Giacomo di Grassi

Giacomo di Grassi
Born	16th century Modena, Italy
Died	after 1594 London, England
Occupation	Fencing master
Genres	Fencing manual
Language	Italian (1570) English (1594)
Notable work(s)	Ragione di adoprar sicuramente l'Arme (1570)
First printed english edition	His True Arte of Defence (1594)
Concordance by	Michael Chidester
Translations	Český Překlad

Giacomo di Grassi was a 16th century Italian fencing master. Little is known about the life of this master, but he seems to have been born in Modena, Italy and acquired some fame as a fencing master in his youth. He operated a fencing school in Trevino and apparently traveled around Italy observing the teachings of other schools and masters.

Ultimately di Grassi seems to have developed his own method, which he laid out in great detail in his 1570 work Ragione di adoprar sicuramente l'Arme ("Discourse on Wielding Arms with Safety"). In 1594, a new edition of his book was printed in London under the title His True Arte of Defence, translated by an admirer named Thomas Churchyard and published by an I. Iaggard.

Treatise

While di Grassi's teachings were arguably designed for the side sword, the English translation renders spada ("sword") as "rapier". The translator justifies this by pointing out that English distinguishes between "sword" and "rapier" while Italian does not, and in Italy as well as England the common civilian weapon carried by gentlemen was the rapier (and dagger), not the sword. However, he goes on to note, the reader should not construe the word in such a narrow sense as to exclude the sword altogether. This decision is particularly odd in light of the fact that the new illustrations created for this edition portrayed swords which were shorter and broader than those of the Italian.

Preface

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	Giacomo DiGrassi His True Art of Defense, plainly teaching by infallible Demonstrations, apt Figures and perfect Rules the manner and form how a man without other Teacher or Master may handle all sorts of Weapons aswell offensive as defensive:	RAGIONE DI ADOPRAR SICVRAMENTE L'ARME SI DA OFFESA, COME DA DIFESA	DiGrassi, His True Arte of Defence, plainlie teaching by infallable Demonstrations apt Figures and perfect Rules the manner and forme how a man without other Teacher or Master may safelie handle all sortes of Weapons as well offensive as defensive:
	With a Treatise Of Deceit or Falsing: And with a way or Means by private Industry to obtain Strength, Judgement, and Activity	Con un Trattato dell'inganno , & con un modo di essitarsi da se stesso , per acquistare forza , giudicio , & prestezza,	With a Treatise Of Desceit or Falsinge : And with a waie or meane by priuate Industrie to obtaine Strength, Iudgment and Actiuitie.
	First written in Italian by the Fore-said Author, And Englished by I. G. gentleman.	DI GIACOMO DI GRASSI. CON PRIVILEGIO.	First written in Italian by the foresaid Author, And Englished by I.G.gentleman.
	Printed at London for I. I. and are to be sold within Temple Barre at the Signe of the Hand and Starre 1594	In Uenetia, appresso Giordano Ziletti , & compagni . MDLXX	Printed at London for I.I. and are to be sold wi hin Temple Barre at the Signe of the Hand an Starre. 1594
			To the Right Honorable my L. Borrow Lord Governor of the Breil, and Knight of the most honorable order of the Garder, T.C. wisheth continuall Honor, worthines of mind, and learned knowledge, with increas of worldlie Fame, & heavenlie felicitie. HAving a restless desire in the dailie exercises of Pen to present some acceptable peece of work to your L. and finding no one thine so fit for my purpose and your honorable disposition, as the knowledge of Armes and Weapons, which defends life, countrie, & honour, I presumed to preferre a booke to the print (translated out of the Italyan language) of a gentlemans doing that is not so gredie of glory as many glorious writers that eagerly would snatch Fame out of other mens mouthes, by a little labour of their own, But rather keeps his name unknowen to the world (under a shamefast clowd of prayes where it maketh smallest bragg: for the goodnes of the mind seekes no glorious gwerdon, but hopes to reap the reward of well doing among the rypest of judgement & worthiest of sound consideration, like unto a man that giveth his goods unto the poore, and maketh his treasurehouse in heaven, And further to be noted, who can tarrie til the feed sowen in the earth be almost rotten or dead, shal be sure in a bountiful harvest to reap a goodly crop of corne And better it is to abyde a happie season to see how things will prove, than soddainly to seeke profite where slowlye comes commoditie or any benefit wil rise. Some say, that good writers doe purchase small praise till they be dead, (Hard is that opinion.) and then their Fame shal flowrish & bring foorth the fruite that long lay hid in the earth.
			This gentleman, perchaunce, in the regard smothers up his credit, and stands carelesse of the worlds report: but I cannot see him so forgotten for his paines in this worke is not little, & his merite must be much that hath in our English tongue published so necessarie a volume in such apt termes & in so bigg a booke (besides the lively descriptions & models of the same) that shews great knowledge & cunning, great art in the weapon, & great suretie of the man that wisely can use it, & stoutly execute it. All manner of men allowes knowledge: then where knowledge & courage meets in one person, there is ods in that match, whatsoever manhod & ignorance can say in their own behalfe. The fine book of ryding hath made many good hors-men: and this booke of Fencing will save many mens lyves, or put comon quarrels out of use because the danger is death if ignorant people procure a combate. Here is nothing set downe or speach used, but for the preservation of lyfe and honour of man: most orderly rules, & noble observations, enterlaced with wise councell & excellent good wordes, penned from a fowntaine of knowledge and flowing witt, where the reasons runnes as freely as cleere water cometh from a Spring or Conduite. Your L. can judge both of the weapon & words, wherefore there needes no more commendation of the booke: Let shewe itself, craving some supportation of your honourable sensure: and finding favour and passage among the wise, there is no doubt but all good men will like it, and the bad sort will blush to argue against it, as knoweth our living Lord, who augment your L. in honour & desyred credit.
			Your L. in all humbly at commaundement. Thomas Churchyard.
			The Authors Epistle unto divers Noble men and Gentle-men. AMong all the Prayers, wherein through the whole course of my life, I have asked any great thing at Gods hands, I have always most earnestly beseeched, that (although at this present I am verse poore and of base Fortune) he would notwithstanding give me grace to be thankefull, and mindfull of the good turnes which I have received. For among all the disgraces which a man may incurre in this world, there is none in mine opinion which causeth him to become more odious, or a more enimic to mortall men (yea, unto God himselfe) than ingratitude. Wherefore being in Treuiso, by your honours courteously intreated, and of all honourably used, although I practised litle or nought at all to teach you how to handle weapons, for the which purpose I was hyred with an honourable stipend, yet to shewe my selfe in some sort thankefull, I have determined to bestowe the way how to handle all sortes of weapons with the advantage and safetie. The which my worke, because it shall finde your noble hearts full of valure, will bring foorth such fruite, being but once attentively read over, as that in your said honors will be seene in actes and deedes, which in other men scarsely is comprehended by imagination. And I, who have beene and am most fervently affected to serve your Ls. for asmuch as it is not graunted unto me, (in respect of your divers affaires) to applie the same, and take some paines in teaching as I alwaies desired, have yet by this other waie, left all that imprinted in your noble mindes, which in this honourable exercise may bring a valiant man unto perfection.
			Therefore I humbly beseech your honours, that with the same liberall mindes, with the which you accepted of mee, your Ls will also receive these my indevours, & vouchsafe so to protect them, as I have alwaies, and wil defend your honours most pure and undefiled. Wherein, if I perceive this my first childbirth (as I have only published it to thentent to help & teach others) to be to the generall satisfaction of all I will so straine my endevours in an other worke which shortly shall shew the way both how to handle all those weapons on horse-backe which here are taught on foote, as also all other weapons whatsoever.
			Your honours most affectionate servant Giacomo di Grassi of Modena
			The Author, to the Reader. EVen as from our swathing bands wee carrie with us (as it were) an unbridled desire of knowledge: So afterwardes, having attained to the perfection thereof, there groweth in us a certaine laudable and fervent affection to teach others: The which, if it were not so, the world happily should not be seene so replenished with Artes and Sciences.
			For if men generally were not apt to contemplation and searching out of things: Or if God had not bestowed upon every man the grace, to be able to lift up his minde from the earth, and by searching to finde out the causes thereof, and to imparte them to those who are lesse willing to take any paines therein: it would come to passe, that the one parte of men, as Lordes and Masters, should beare rule, and the othe parte as vyle slaves, wrapped in perpetuall darknesse, should suffer and lead a life unworthie the condition of man. Wherefore, in mine opinion it standes with great reason that a man participate that unto others which he hath searched and found out by his great studie & travaile. And therefore, I being even from my childhood greatly delighted in the handling of weapons: after I had spent much time in the exercise thereof, was desyrous to see and beholde the most excellent and expert masters of this Arte, whome I have generally marked, to teach after divers ways, much differing one from another, as though this misterie were destitute of order & rule, or depended onely upon imagination, or on the devise of hime who professeth the same: Or as though it were a matter impossible to find out in this honourable exercise (as well as in all other Artes and Sciences) one onely good and true way, whereby a man may attaine to the intire knowledge of as much as may be practised with the weapon, not depending altogether upon his owne head, or learning one blowe to day of one master, on the morowe of another, thereby busying himselfe about perticulars, the knowledge whereof is infinite, therefore impossible. Whereupon being forced, through a certaine honest desire which I beare to helpe others, I gave my selfe wholy to the contemplation thereof: hoping that at the length, I shoulde finde out the true principles and groundes of this Arte, and reduce the confused and infinite number of blowes into a compendious summe and certaine order: The which principles being but fewe, and therefore easie to be knowen and borne away, without doubt in small time, and little travaile, will open a most large entrance to the understanding of all that which is contained in this Arte. Neigher was I in this frustrate at all of my expectation: For in conclusion after much deliberation, I have found out this Arte, from the which onely dependeth the knowledge of all that which a man may performe with a weapon in his hand, and not onely with those weapons which are found out in these our dayes, but also with those that shall be invented in time to come: Considering this Arte is grounded upon Offence and Defence, both the which are practised in the straight and circuler lynes, for that a man may not otherwise either strike or defend.
			And because I purpose to teach how to handle the Weapon, as orderly and plainly as is possible: I have first of all layd down the principles or groundes of all the Arte, calling them Advertisements, the which, being of their owne nature verie well knowen to all those that are in their perfect wittes: I have done no other then barely declared them, without rendring any further reason, as being a thing superfluous.
			These principles being declared, I have next handled those things, which are, and be, of themselves, Simple, then (ascending up to those that are Compound) I shewe that which may be generally done in the handling of all Weapons. And becase, in teaching of Artes and Sciences, Things are more to be esteemed of than Wordes, therefore I would not choose in the handling hereof a copious and founding kinde of speach, but rather that which is more briefe and familiar. Which maner of speach as in a small bundle, it containeth divers weightie things, so it craveth a slowe and discreete Reader, who will soft and faire pearce into the verie Marrowe thereof.
			For this cause I beseech the gentle Reader to shewe himselfe such a one in the reading of this my present worke, assuring him selfe by reading it, to reape great profite and honour thereby. And Not doubting but that he (who is sufficientlie furnished with this knowledge, and hath his bodie proporcionably exercised thereunto) shall far surmount anie other although he be indewed with equal force and swiftnes.
			Moreover, because this art is a principal member of the Militarie profession, which altogether (with learning) is the ornament of all the World, Therefore it ought not to be exercised in Braules and Fraies, as men commonlie pracitse in everie shire, but as honorable Knights, ought to reserve themselves, & exercise it for the advantage of their Cuntry, the honour of weomen, and conqueringe of Hostes and armies.
			An Advertisement to the curteous reader. Good Reader, before thou enter into the discourse of the hidden knowledge of this honourable exerise of the weapon now layd open and manifested by the Author of this worke, & in such perfectnes translated out of the Italian tongue, as all or most of the marshal mynded gentlemen of England cannot but commend, and no one person of indifferent judgement can justly be offended with, seeing that whatsoever herein is discoursed, tendeth to no other use, but the defence of mans life and reputation: I thought good to advertise thee that in some places of this booke by reason of the equivocation of certaine Italian wordes, the weapons may doubtfully be construed in English. Therefore sometimes fynding this worde Sworde generally used, I take it to have beene the better translated, if in steede thereof the Rapier had beene inserted: a weapon more usuall for Gentlemens wearing, and fittest for causes of offence and defence: Besides that, in Italie where Rapier and Dagger is commonly worne and used, the Sworde (if it be not an arming Sworde) is not spoken of. Yet would I not the sence so strictly to be construed, that the use of so honourable a weapon be utterly rejected, but so redd, as by the right and perfect understanding of the one, thy judgement may somwhat be augmented in managing of the other: Knowing right well, that as the practise and use of the first is commendable amongst them, so the second cannot so farre be condemned, but that the wearing thereof may well commend a man of valour and reputation amongst us. The Sworde and Buckler fight was long while allowed in England (and yet practise in all sortes of weapons is praisworthie,) but now being layd downe, the sworde but with Serving men is not much regarded, and the Rapier fight generally allowed, as a wepon because most perilous, therefore most feared, and thereupon private quarrels and common frayes soonest shunned.
			But this peece of work, gentle Reader, is so gallantly set out in every point and parcell, the obscurest secrets of the handling of the weapon so clerely unfolded, and the perfect demeaning of the bodie upon all and sudden occasions so learnedly discoursed, as will glad the understander thereof, & found to the glory of all good Masters of Defence, because their Arte is herein so honoured, and their knowledge (which some men count infinite) in so singuler a science, drawen into such Grounds and Principles, as no wise man of an unpartiall judgement, and of what profession soever, but will confesse himself in curtesie farre indebted both to the Author & Translator of this so necessarie a Treatise, whereby he may learne not onely through reading & remembring to furnish his minde with resolute instructions, but also by practise and exercise gallantly to perfourme any conceited enterprise with a discreete and orderly carriage of his bodie, upon all occasions whatsoever.
			Gentle Reader, what other escapes or mistakings shall come to thy viewe, either friendly I intreate thee to beare with them, or curteously with thy penne for thine owne use to amend them. Fare-well.
	[Table of contents]		The Sortes of VVweapons handled...

Introduction

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	The true Art of Defense exactly teaching the manner how to handle weapons safely, aswell offensive as defensive, with a Treatise of deceit or Falsing, And with a mean or way how a man may practice of himself to get Strength, Judgment, and Activity.	DELLA VERA ARTE DI adoprare le arme.	The true Art of Defence exactlie teachinge the manner how to handle weapons safelie, aswel offen sive as defensive, With a Treatise of Disceit of Falsing, And with a mean or waie how a man may practise of himselfe to gett Strength, Judgement, and Activitie.
	There is no doubt but that the Honorable exercise of the Weapon is made right perfect by means of two things, to wit: Judgment and Force: Because by the one, we know the manner and time to handle the weapon (how, or whatsoever occasion serves:) And by the other we have the power to execute therewith, in due time with advantage.	NON é dubio alcuno l'essercitio honoratissimo de l'arme farsi per due cose perfettissimo, cioe per il giuditio,& per la forza , percioche da l'uno s'acquista la cognitione, del modo & del tempo di operare in qual si uoglia accorrenza,& da l'altro si sa habili a poter il tutto esequire in tépo debito & con auantagio,	THere is no doubt but that the Honorable exercise of the Weapon is made right perfect by meanes of t wo things, to witt: Judgment and Force: Because by the one, we know the manner and time to handle th e wepon (how, or whatsoever occasion ferneth:) And by the other we have power to execute therewith, in due time with advauntage.
	And because, the knowledge of the manner and Time to strike and defend, does of itself teach us the skill how to reason and dispute thereof only, and the end and scope of this Art consists not in reasoning, but in doing: Therefore to him that is desirous to prove so cunning in this Art, as is needful, It is requisite not only that he be able to judge, but also that he be strong and active to put in execution all that which his judgment comprehends and sees. And this may not be done without strength and activity of body: The which if happily it be feeble, slow, or not of power to sustain the weight of blows, Or if it take not advantage to strike when time requires, it utterly remains overtaken with disgrace and danger: the which faults (as appears) proceed not from the Art, but from the Instrument badly handled in the action.	per theil cono scer il modo & iépa di ferire e riparar per se solo gioua solamente al saperne ragionare, il fine di quest'arte non e il dire ma il fa re.onde a uoler in essa riuscire quanto si conuiene egli e dibisogno oltra l'hauer guiditio, hauer anco modo di poter prestissimo esequire quel tanto che il giuditio comprehende & uede, & questo non si puo fare se non con la forza & destrezza del corpo, la quale se perauentura é debole o tarda ouero che non può sostentare i pesi delle botte, ouero per non andar a ferir quando il tempo richiede resta auilluppato. i quali errori come si uede , non procedono da l'arte ma da l'instruméto mal accomodato ad exequirla;	And because, the knowledge of the manner and Time to strike and defende, dooth ol it selfe teach vs the skil how to reason and dispute thereof onely, and the end and scope of this Art consisteth not i n reasoning, but in dooinge: Therefore to him that is desierous to prove so cunning in this Art, as is needfull, It is requisite not onelie that he be able to judg, but also that he be stronge and active to put in execution all that which his judgement comprehendeth and seeth. And this may not bee done without strength and activitie of bodie: The which if happelie it bee feeble, flowe, or not of power to sustaine the weight of blowes, Or if it take not advauntage to strike when time requiereth, it utterlie remaineth overtaken with disgrace and daunger: the which falts (as appeareth) proceed n ot from the Art, but from the Instrument badly handled in the action.
	Therefore let every man that is desirous to practice this Art, endeavor himself to get strength and agility of body, assuring himself, that judgment without this activity and force, avails little or nothing: Yea happily gives occasion of hurt and spoil. For men being blinded in their own judgments, and presuming thereon, because they know how, and what they ought to do, give many times the onset and enterprise, but yet, never perform it in act.	peró s'af faticherà ogn'uno che uorrà in quest' adoperarsi di acquistar questa forza,tenendo per certo che il giuditio fenza questa forza & destrezza sia o di poca o di niuna utilita,ma forse di danno, percioche gli huomini acietati dal giuditio, per sapere come le co se si debbano fare, si pongono a imprese nelle quali poscia non riescono in fatti;	Therefore let everie man that is desierous to practise this Art, indevor himselfe to get strength and agilitie of bodie assuringe himself, that judgment without this activitie and force, availeth litl e or nothinge: Yea, hapelie giveth occasion of hurt and spoile. For men beinge blinded in their owne judgements, and presuminge thereon, because they know how, and what they ought to doo, give manie times the onset and enterprise, but yet, never perfourme it in act.
	But least I seem to ground this Art upon dreams and monstrous imaginations (having before laid down, that strength of body is very necessary to attain to the perfection of this Art, it being one of the two principal beginnings first laid down, and not as yet declared the way how to come by and procure the same) I have determined in the entrance of this work, to prescribe the manner how to obtain judgment, and in the end thereof by way of Treatise to show the means ( as far as appertains to this Art) by the which a man by his own endeavor and travail, may get strength and activity of body, to such purpose and effect, that by the instructions and reasons, which shall be given him, he may easily without other master or teacher, become both strong, active and skillful.	ma percioche il dir che la forza a quest'arte sia necessaria & non dar il modo d'acquistarla , essendo ella uno de dua capi principali farebbe un fondar l'arte infogni & inchimere, percio ho deliberato in principio di quest'epra dare il modo di acquistar il giuditio, & in fine di essa far un trattato come l'huomò si possa da se stesso esercitare per acquistar, forza & prestezza, modo per quanto a quest'arte appertiene, di modo che potra ciascuno con le ragioni che si daranno diuenir senz'altro maestro & presto & forte.	But least I seeme to ground this Art uppon dreames and monstrous imaginations (havinge before laid downe, that strength of bodie is very necessarie to attaine to the perfection of this Art, it beinge one of the two principall beeginninges first layd downe, and not as yet declared the way how to come by and procure the same) I have determined in the entrance of this worke, to prescribe first the manner how to obtaine judgemet, and in the end thereof by way of Treatise to shew the meanes (as farre forth as appertaineth to this Art) by the which a man by his owne indevoure and travaile, may get strength and activitie of bodie, to such purpose and effect, that by the instructions and reasons, which shal be here given him, he may easely without other master or teacher, become both stronge, active and skilful.
	THE MEANS HOW TO OBTAIN JUDGMENT Although I have very much in a manner in all quarters of Italy, seen most excellent professors of this Art, to teach in their Schools, and practice privately in the Lists to train up their Scholars. Yet I do not remember that I ever saw any man so thoroughly endowed with this first part, to wit, Judgment, that behalf required.	DEL MODO DI AQUISTAR il gluditio. PER molto che io quali in tutte le parti d'Italia habbia ueduto professori eccelentisimi di quest'arte,& insegnar nelle lor schuo le & exercitar secretamente per condur in stecato: non so di hauer ne ueduto alcuno,ìlgual habbia posseduta questa parte del giuditio come si conuiene puo eßer che l habbino	The meanes how to obtain Judgement. ALthough I have verye much in a manner in all quarters of Italie, seene most excellent professors of this Art, to teach in their Schols, and practise privately in the Listes to traine up their Schollers. Yet I doo not remember that ever I saw anie man so throughly indewed with this first part, to wit, Judgement, as is in that behalfe required.
	And it may be that they keep it secret of purpose: for amongst diverse disorderly blows, you might have seen some of them most gallantly bestowed, not without evident conjecture of deep judgment. But howsoever it be seeing I purpose to further this Art, in what I may, I will speak of this first part as aptly to the purpose, as I can.	& che la tenghino pùre tra molei colpi sregolati, se ne ueggono di bellissimi et giuditiosissimimi, ma sia comúq sì uoglia,io hauendo intentione di .giouar in quest'arte quanto posso , uoglio in questa parte dir tutto quello che mi pare a proposito.	And it may bee that they keep it in secreat of purpose: for amongst divers disorderlie blowes, you might have seen some of them most gallantlie bestowed, not without evident conjecture of deepe judgment. But howsoever it bee seeinge I purpose to further this Art, in what I may, I wil speak of this first part as aptly to the purpose, as I can.
	It is therefore to be considered that man by so much the more waxes fearful or bold, by how much the more he knows how to avoid or not to eschew danger.	Deuesi dunque sapere che l'huomo in tanto diuiene timido & ardito in quanto conosce di poter uietar non uietar il pericolo,	It is therefore to be considered that man by so much the more waxeth fearefull or boulde, by how much the more he knoweth how t' avoid or not to eschew daunger.
	But to attain to this knowledge, it is most necessary that he always keep steadfastly in memory all these advertisements underwritten, from which springs all the knowledge of this Art. Neither is it possible without them to perform any perfect action for the which a man may give a reason. But if it so fall out that any man (not having the knowledge of these advertisements) perform any sure act, which may be said to be handled with judgment, that proceeds of no other thing, than of very nature, and of the mind, which of itself naturally conceives all these advertisements.	ma per hauer questa cognitione, eglie di bisogno hauer continuamente nella memoria fili tutti gli infrascri ti auertimenti, dai quali nafte tutta la cognitione di quest'arte, ne e possibile senza questi far cosa con ragione ne che sia bona et so pu re auiene che alcuno senza hauer saputo questi, habbia fatto cosa con giuditio & utile, questo non uiene da altro,che dalla natura anima, la quale per f conosce tutti questi auertimenti,	But to attain to this knowledg, it is most necessarie that he alwaies kepe stedfastly in memorie all these advertisements underwritten, from which springeth al the knowledge of this Art. Nether is it possible without them to perfome any perfect action for the which a man may give a reson. But if it so fall out that any man (not having the knowledg of these advertisements) performe any sure act, which may be said to be handled with judgement, that proceedeth of no other thing, then of very nature, and of the mind, which of itselfe naturally conceiveth all these advertisementes.
	First, that the right or straight Line is of all other the shortest: wherefore if a man would strike in the shortest line, it is requisite that he strike in the straight line.	i quali son questi, che la linea retta e la piu breue d ognaltra & pero qua do si uorra ferir per la piu corta sara di bisogno ferir per la li, nea retta.	First, that the right or streight Line is of all other the shortest: wherefore if a man would strike in the shortest lyne, it is requisite that he strike in the streight line.
	Secondly, he that is nearest, hits soonest. Out of which advertisement a man may reap this profit, that seeing the enemies sword far off, aloft and ready to strike, he may first strike the enemy, before he himself be struck.	il secondo d , chi e piu uicino giunge piu presto, dal qual auertimento nasce questa, utilità che uedendosi la spada da de l'inimico lontana o alta per ferire all'hura si ferisce prima che esser ferito ,	Secondly, he that is neerest, hitteth soonest.. Out of which advertisment a man may reap this profit, that seeing the enemies sword farr off, aloft and readie to strik, he may first strik the enemie, before he himselfe be striken.
	Thirdly, a Circle that goes compassing bears more force in the extremity of the circumference, than in the center thereof.	il terzo é che un cerchio che giri ha maggior forza nella circonferenza, che uerso il centro,	Thirdly, a Circle that goeth compassinge beareth more force in the extremitie of the circumference, then in the center thereof.
	Fourthly, a man may more easily withstand a small than a great force.	Il quarto che piu facilmente si resiste alla poca che alla molta forza,	Fourthly, a man may more easely withstand a small then a great force.
	Fifthly, every motion is accomplished in time.	Il quinto che ogni moto è fatto in tempo.	Fifthly, everie motion is accomplished in tyme.
	That by these Rules a man may get judgment, is most clear, seeing there is no other thing required in this Art, than to strike with advantage, and defend with safety.	Che da questi auertimenti ne nafta il giuditio e cola chiarißima, percio che altro,non si ricercha in quest'arte che ferir con auantaggio & difendersi sicuramente,	That by these Rules a man may get judgment, is most cleere, seing there is no other thinge required in this Art, then to strike wiht advantage, and defend with safetie.
	This is done, when one strikes in the right line, by giving a thrust, or by delivering an edgeblow with that place of the sword, where it carries the most force, first striking the enemy before he be struck: The which is performed, when he perceives himself to be more near his enemy, in which case, he must nimbly deliver it. For there are a few nay there is no man at all, who (perceiving himself ready to be struck) gives not back, and forsakes to perform every other motion which he has begun.	il che sì fa ferendo per linea retta di punta, o di taglio dotte la spada ha piu tori ferendo prima l'inimico che esser ferito, il che si fa qua» do si conosce di esser piu uicino all'inimico , ne quali casi si spinge, per che pochi o niuno è che sentendo si ferir non dia i» dietro regi di fare ogn'altro moto c'hauesse incominciato,	This is done, when one striketh in the right line, by giving a thurst, or by delyvering an edge blow with that place of the sword, where it carrie th most force, first striking the enemie beefore he b e stroken: The which is perfourmed, when he perceiveth him selfe to be more nere his enemie, in whic h case, he must nimbly deliver it. For there are few nay there is no man at all, who (perceiving him selfe readie to be stroken) gives not back, and forsaketh to performe everie other motion which he hath begun.
	And forasmuch, as he knows that every motion is made in time, he endeavors himself so to strike and defend, that he may use as few motions as is possible, and therein to spend as little time. And as his enemy moves much in diverse times he may be advertised hereby, to strike him in one or more of those times, so out of all due time spent.	& sapendo poi che ogni moto si fa in tempo , si procura per ferir & riparar di far manco moti che sia possibile per consumar poco tempo , & tacendone molti l'inimico , si puo star auertito di ferirlo, fotto uno o piu tempi indebitamente consumati,	And forasmuch, as he knoweth that every motion is made in time, he indevoreth himselfe so to strik and defend, that he may use as few motions as is possible, and therein to spend as litle time, And as his enemie moveth much in divers times he may be advertised hereby, to strike him in one or more of those times, so out of al due time spent.
	THE DIVISION OF THE ART Before I come to a more particular declaration of this Art, it is requisite I use some general division. Wherefore it is to be understood, that as in all other arts, so likewise in this (men forsaking the true science thereof, in hope peradventure to overcome rather by deceit than true manhood) have found a new manner of skirmishing full of falses and slips. The which because it somewhat and sometimes prevails against those who are either fearful or ignorant of their grounds and principals, I am constrained to divide this Art into two Arts or Sciences, calling the one the True, the other, the False art: But withal giving every man to understand, that falsehood has no advantage against true Art, but rather is most hurtful and deadly to him that uses.	DELLA DIVISIONE de l'arte. PRIMA che si uenga a piu particolare dichiaratione di questa arte , fà dibisogno diuiderla ; onde é da' sapere che si come quasi in tutte l'altre arti, in questa ancora, gli huomini, lasciando la uera scienza sperando forse piu con la bugia , che con il nero uittoriosi , hanno trouato un nuouo modo di schermir pieno di finte & di inganni ilquale essendo di qualche utilità contra quelli che o sono timidi , o sono ignoranti de i principÿ , pero fino sforzato a diuidere quest'arte in due. , chiamando l'una , uera , & laltra, inganneuole ; auertendo però ciascuno , l'inganno contra la uera arte non esser di profitto alcuno anzi,di grandissimo danno & mortale a chi l'usa;	The division of the Art BEfore I come to a more perticuler declaration of this Art, it is requisite I use some generall division. Wherefore it is to be understood, that as in all other arts, so likewise in this (men forsaking the true science thereof, in hope peradventure to overcome rather by disceit then true manhood) have found out a new maner of skirmishing ful of falses and slips. The which because it somewhat and some times prevaleth against those who are either fearfull or ignorant of their groundes and principals, I am constrayned to divide this Art into two Arts of Sciences, callinge thone the True, the other, the False art: But withall giving everie man to understand, that falsehood hath no advauntage against true Art, but rather is most hurtfull and deadlie to him that useth it.
	Therefore casting away deceit for this present, which shall hereafter be handled in his proper place and restraining myself to the truth, which is the true and principal desire of my heart, presupposing that Justice (which in every occasion approaches nearest unto truth) obtains always the superiority, I say whosoever minds to exercise himself in this true and honorable Art or Science, it is requisite that he be endued with deep Judgment, a valiant heart and great activity, In which three qualities this exercise does as it were delight, live and flourish.	lasciando dunque da parte per hora.l'inganno delquale si tratterà poi a suo loco & restringendomi alla uerità laquale e il uero & principal desiderio del anima nostra, presuponendo che la giustitia uicinissima alla ue- ritàin ogni occasione sia sempre superiore , dico a chiunque uol in tal mestiero essercitarsi ; gli e dibisogno hauer fornivo giuditio, ani moso core, & gran prestezza nelle quali tre cose si mantiene é ui ue tutto questo esercitio.	Therefore casting away deceit for this present, which shal hereafter be handled in his proper place and restraining my selfe to the truth, which is the true and principall desier of my hart, presupposing that Justice (which in everie occasion approcheth neerest unto truth) obteineth allwaies the superioritie, I say whosoever mindeth to exercise hemselfe in this true and honorable Art or Science, it is requisite that he be indued with deep Judgement, a valiant hart and great activitie, In which thre qualities this exercise doth as it were delight, live and florish.
	OF THE SWORD Albeit Weapons aswell offensive as defensive be infinite, because all that whatsoever a man may handle to offend another or defend himself, either by flinging or keeping fast in his hand may in my opinion be termed Weapon. Yet notwithstanding, because, as I have before said, they be innumerable so that if I should particularly handle every one, besides the great toil and travail I should sustain, it would also doubtless be unprofitable, because the principals and grounds which are laid down in this Art, serve only for such weapons as are commonly practiced, or for such as happily men will use: and so leaving all those which at this present make not for my purpose, I affirm, that amongst all the weapons used in these days, there is none more honorable, more usual or more safe than the sword.	DELLA SPADA. ANCORA che le arme si da offesa come da diffesa siano quasi infinite,percioche tutto quello che puo l'huomo adoprar per offender altri o per difender se o lanciando, o tenendo in mano mi pare che si possa adimandar arme,nulla dimeno perche quelle com'ho detto sono inumerabili , di modo che a uoler particolarmente di tutte trattar, oltra che ella sarebbe una fatica grandissima , la sarrebbe ancho senza dubio inutile , percioche i principi 9 auertimenti che si danno in questa : seruono per tutte le arme usate & che, forse s'useranno, lasciando dunque tutte quel le che per bora non fanno à nostro proposito dico non esser tra tutte l'armi che hogidi s'usano,la piu honorata,la piu frequentata,ne la più semplice della spada ,	Of the Sword. Albeit Weapons aswel offensive as defensive be infinite, because all that whatsoever a man may handle to offend an other or defend hemselfe, either by flinging or kepinge fast in his hand may in my opinion be tearmed Weapon. Yet notwithstading, because, as I have before said, they be innumerable so that if I shold perticularly handle everie one, besides the great toile and travaile I should sustaine, it would also doubtles be unprofitable, because the principels and grounds which are laid downe in this Art, serve only for such weapons as are commonlye practised, or for such as happely men will use: and so leaving al those which at this present make not for my purpose, I affirme, that amongst al the wepons used in these daies, there is none more honorable, more usual or more safe then the sword.
	Coming therefore first to this weapon, as unto that on which is grounded the true knowledge of this Art, being of reasonable length, and having edges and point, wherein it seems to resemble every other weapon, It is to be considered, that forasmuch as it has no more than two edges and one point, a man may not strike with any other than with these, neither defend himself with any other than with these. Further all edge blows, be they right or reversed, frame either a circle or part of a circle: of the which the hand is the Center, and the length of the sword, the Diameter.	onde a, questa uenendo prima come quella,nella qual solo si fonda la uera scienza di quest'arte, fendo che per hauer longhezza mediocre tagli & punta , molto con ciascun'altra s'assimigli, pero e da sapere che non hauendo ella piu che duo tagli & una punta,non si puo con altri che con questi ferire, ne altri che questi s'ha da schifare, & tutti i colpi di taglio , o sia dritto o fa riuerso , formano o cerchio ó parte di cerchio del quale la mano e il centro, & il meso diametro e la lunghezza d'urna spada,	Comming therefore first to this weapon, as unto that on which is grounded the true knowledge of this Art, beeinge of reasonable length, and having edges and point, wherein it seemeth to resemble everie other weapon, It is to be considered, that forasmuch as it hath no more the two edges and one point, a man may not strike with anie other then with these, nether defend himself with anie other then with these. Further all edg blowes, be they right or reversed, frame either a circle or part of a circle: Of the which the hand is the center, and the length of the sworde, the Diameter.
	Whereupon he that would give either an edge blow in a great compass, either thrust with the point of the sword, must not only be nimble of hand, but also must observe the time of advantage, which is, to know when his own sword is more near and ready to strike than his enemy's. For when the enemy fetches a compass with his sword, in delivering his stroke, at the length of the arm: if he then perceive himself to be nearer by half an arm, he ought not to care to defend himself, but with all celerity to strike. For as he hits home first, so he prevents the fall of his enemies sword. But if he be forced to defend himself from any edge blow, he must for his greater safety and ease of doing it, go and encounter it on the half sword that is hindmost: in which place as the enemies sword carries less force, so he is more near at hand to offend him.	onde glie di bisogno uolendo ferir di taglio per esser gran giro , ouero anco di punta glie dibisogno dico esser presto di mano & conoscere il tempo de l'auantagio , il qual consiste nel conoscer, quando la propria spada e piu uicina a ferir che quella de l'inimico perche se l'inimico per ferir giraffe la sua spada un bracío ritrouandosegli in quel calo uicino mezzo braccio , non si deue curar di riparare, ma ferire, perche giongendo prima, si uiete ra il cader a l'inimica spada, essendo pura constretto a riparar alcun colpo di taglio, si deue per maggior sicurezza & facilita, an dare ad'incontrar da mezza spada indietro,nel qual loco la spada nemica ha manco forza & si ritroua piu uicina per ferir l'inimico.	Whereupon he that would give either an edg blow in a great compasse, either thrust with the point of the sword, must not onely be nimble of hand, but also must observe the time of advatag, which is, to know when his own sword is more nere and readie to strik then his enemies. For when the enemie fetcheth a compasse with his sword, in delivering his stroke, at the length of the arme: if he them perceive himselfe to be nerer by halfe an arme, he ought not to care to defend himselfe, but with all celeritie to strike. For as he hitteth home first, so he preventeth the fal of his enemies sword. But if he be forced to defend him selfe from anie edge blow, he must for his greater safetie and ease of doinge it, go and incounter it on the halfe sword that is hindermost: in which place as the enemies sword carrieth lesse force, so is he more nere at hand to offend him.
	Concerning thrusting, or the most perilous blows of the point, he must provide so to stand with his body, feet and arms, that he be not forced, when he would strike, to lose time: The which he shall do, if he stand either with his arm so forward, either with his feet so backward, either with his body so disorderly, that before he thrust he must needs draw back his arm, help himself with his feet, or use some dangerous motion of the body, the which when the enemy perceives, he may first strike before he be struck. But when a man stands in due order (which shall hereafter be declared) and perceives that there is less distance from the point of his sword unto his enemy, than there is from his enemies sword unto him, In that case he must nimbly force on a strong thrust to the end he may hit home first.	Quanto a i colpi di punta molto periculosi, si deue procurar di filar in modo con la uita, co'i piedi, con le braccia, che non si a bisogno uolendo ferir perder un tempo,iichesifa quando si ila o col bracio tanto inanti,o coi piedi tanto indietro o con la.uita tanto di sadata,che prima che si spinga sia di bisogno o ritirar il braccio o aitarsi dei piedi o far moto con la uita,di che accortosi l'inimicosi puo prima ferir che er ferito, ma stando nel debito modo che si mostrera conoscendo di esser manco distaza da la sua punta di spada all'inimico, che da quella dell'inimico a se si deue in quel caso con prestezza gagliardamente spingere che si giungera prima.	Concerning thrusting, or the most perilous blowes of the point, he must provide so to stand with his bodie, feet and armes, that he be not forced, when he wold strik, to lose time: The which he shal do, if he stand either with his arme so forward, either with his feete so backward, either with his bodie so disorderly, that before he trhust he must needs draw back his arme, helpe himself with his feet, or use some daungerous motion of the bodie, the which when the enemie perceyveth, he may first strik before he be stroken. But when a man standeth in due order (which shall hereafter be declared) and perceiveth that there is lesse distance from the point of his sword, unto his enemie, then there is from his enemies sword unto him, In that case he must nimbly force on a strong thrust to the end he may hitt home first.
	THE DIVISION OF THE SWORD For as much as the Effects which proceed from the length of the sword, are not in every part thereof equal or of like force: It stands with reason besides the declaration of the cause, that I find out also the property and name of each part, to the end every man may understand, which are the parts of the length wherewith he ought to strike, and which the parts, wherewith he must defend.	DELLA DIVISIONE DELLA SPADA. NON eßendo gli effetti della lunghezza della spada in ogni par te eguali, é ragioneuol cosa oltra il farne conoscer la causa, ritrouar di ciascuno la sua proprietà & nome accio poßamente ciascuno sapere quali sian le parti con che egli ha da ferire & con quali debba schifare.	The division of the Sword FOR asmuch as the Effects which procede from the legth of the sword, are not in everie part thereof equall or of like force: It stands with reson besides the declaration of the cause, that I find out also the propertie and name of ech part, to the end everie man may understand, which are the parts of the length wherewith he ought to strike, and which the parts, wherewith he must defend.
	I have said elsewhere, that the sword in striking frames either a Circle, either a part of a Circle, of which the hand is the center. And it is manifest that a wheel, which moves circularly, is more forcible and swift in the circumference than towards the Center: The which wheel each sword resembles in striking. Whereupon it seems convenient, that I divide the sword into four equal parts: of the which that which is most nearest the hand, as mostnigh to the cause, I will call the first part: the next, I will term the second, then the third, and so the fourth: which fourth part contains the point of the sword. of which four parts, the third and fourth are to be used to strike withal. For seeing they are nearest to the circumference, they are most swift. And the fourth part (I mean not the tip of the point, but four fingers more within it) is the swiftest and strongest of all the rest: for besides that it is in the circumference, which causes it to be most swift, it has also four fingers of counterpiece thereby making the motion more forcible. The other two parts, to wit, the first and second are to be used to warde withal, because in striking they draw little compass, and therefore carry with them small force And for that their place is near the hand, they are for this cause strong to resist any violence.	Altroue ho detto la spada nel ferire formar o cerchio o parte di cerchio' del quale la mano e il centro; & é manifesto che una rota che gira, ha maggior forza & uelocità nella circonferenza che uerso il centro, alla qual ruo, ta sendo similißima la spada nel ferire; ci pare di diuiderla in quattro parti eguali; delle quali quella piu uicina alla mano come piu uicina alla causa dimandaremo prima, la sequente seconda ,poi terza,& quarta la parte che contiene la punta , delle quali la terza & quarta useremo per ferir, per che essendo piu uic, ne alla circonferenza sono piu ueloci & la quarta non nella punta ma quattro ditta piu in dentro sara piu ueloce & forte di ciascun' altra; percioche oltra l'esser nella circonferenza per la quale han maggiore uelocità hanno ancora quattro ditta di ferro di contrapeso che -li da nel moto maggior furia. Le altre due particioe' prima & se conda useremo per riparare, per cioche quelle per ferir hauendo poco giro han poca forza & per resister a un'empito per esser uicine alla mano che é causa sono piu forti.	I have said elswhere, that the sword in strikinge frameth either a Circle, either a part of a Circle, of which the hand is the center. And it is manifest that a wheel, which moveth circulerly, is more forcible and swift in the circumference then towards the Center: The which wheel ech sworde resembleth in striking. Whereuppon it seemeth convenient, that I divide the sworde into fower equal parts: Of the which that which is most neerest the hand, as most nigh to the cause, I will call the first part: the next, I wil terme the second, then the third, and so the fourth: which fowerth conteineth the point of the sword. Of which fower partes, the third and fowerth are to be used to strike withal. For seeing they are neerest to the circumference, they are most swift. And the fowerth part (I mean not the tip of the point, but fower fingers more within it) is the swiftest and strongest of all the rest: for besides that it is in the circumference, which causeth it to be most swift, it hath also fower fingers of counterpeize therby making the motion more forcible. The other two partes, to wit, the first and second are to be used to warde withall, because in striking they draw litle compas, and therefore carrie with them but smal force And for that their place is neere the hande, they are for this cause strong to resist anie violence.
	THAT EVERY BLOW OF THE POINT OF THE SWORD STRIKES CIRCULARLY AND HOW HE THAT STRIKES WITH THE POINT, STRIKES STRAIGHT. The Arm likewise is not in every part of equal force and swiftness, but differs in every bowing thereof, that is to say in the wrist, in the elbow and in the shoulder: for the blows of the wrist as they are more swift, so they are less strong: And the other two, as they are more strong, so they are more slow, because they perform a great compass. Therefore by my counsel, he that would deliver an edgeblow shall fetch no compass with his shoulder, because whilst he bears his sword far off, he gives time to the wary enemy to enter first: but he shall only use the compass of the elbow and the wrist: which as they be most swift, so are they strong in ought, if they be orderly handled.	CHE OGNI COLPO DI PUNTA FERISCA circularmente & come ferendo di punta si ferisca rettamente. Non é parimente il braccio in ogni parte della istessa forza & uelocità, anzi per ogni piegatura differente, cioè nella giuntura della mano ,nel gomito & nella spalla, & il colpo di nodo di mano cioè della giuntura della mano che e piu ueloce e manco forte, & gli altri doi si come son piu forti son piu tardi, per cio che fanno maggior giro, pero per mio consiglio nó si dee uolendo ferìre di taglio far il giro della spalla, perche portandosi la spada troppo lontana, si da tempo al'accorto inimico di entrar prima, ma usar solamente il giro del gombitto & il nodo di mano i quali oltra che sono prestißimi sono ancho forti quando si sanno trar.	That everie blow of the point of the sword striketh circulerly and how he that striketh with the point, striketh streight. THE Arme likewise is not in everie part of equall force and swiftnes, but differeth in everie bowing thereof, that is to saie in the wrist, in the elboe and in the shoulder: for the blowes of the wrist as they are more swift, so they are lesse stronge: And the other two, as they are more strong, so they are more slow, because they performe a greater compas. Therefore by my counsel, hee that would deliver an edgeblow shall fetch no compasse with his shoulder, becaus whilest he beareth his sword farre off, he giveth time to the warie enemie to enter first: but he shall onely use the compas of the elboe and the wrist: whcih as they be most swift, so are they stronge inough, if they be orderly handled.
	Having before said and laid down for one the principals of this art, that the straight Line is the shortest of all others (which is most true.) It seems needful having suggested for a truth, that the blow of the point is the straight stroke, this not being simply true, I think it expedient before I wade any further, to show in what manner the blows of the point are struck circularly, and how straightly. And this I will strain myself to perform as plainly and briefly as possibly I may. Neither will I stretch so far as to reason of the blows of the edge, or how all blows are struck circularly, because it is sufficiently and clearly handled in the division of the Arm and the sword.	HAVENDO detto di sopra & posto per una de principy di questa arte Che la linea retta e la piu breue di tutte l'altre il che e uerissimo, ne ha punto bisogno di dimoßratione & che poi hauendo come per uero suggetto che il ferir di punta sia ferir rettamente non essendo ciao semplicemente vero parmi raggioncuole prima che si uada piu inanti dimostrare come i colpi di punta feriscano circularmente & come rettamente il che mi sforzera di fare con quella maggior chiarezza & breuità che possibil sia, ne mi estenderò in parlare de i colpi di taglio, & come tutticircularmente feriscano sendosene di cio abbondante & chiaramen te trattato nella diuisione del braccio & della spada.	HAving before said and laid down for one of the principels of this art, that the streit Line is the shortest of all others (which is most true.) It seemeth needfull that I make demonstration thereof. And further having suggested for a troth, that the blow of the point is the streight strook, this is not being simplie true, I think it expedient before I wade anie further, to shew in what maner the blowes of the point are stroken circulerly, and how streightly. And this I will straine my self to performe as plainly and as briefly as possibly I maie. Neither wil I strech so farre as to reason of the blowes of the edg, or how all blowes are stroken circulerly, because it is sufficiently and clerely handled in the division of the Arme and sword.
	Coming then to that which is my principal intent to handle in this place, I will show first how the arm when it strikes with the point, strikes circularly.	Venendo dunque a quello che e nostra intenti ne di trattare in questo luogo principalmente diro prima come il braccio in ferir di punta ferisca circularmente.	Comming then to that which is my principall intent to handle in this place, I wil shew first how the arme when it striketh with the point, striketh circulerlie.
	It is most evident, that all bodies of straight or long shape, I mean when they have a firm and immovable head or beginning, and that they move with an other like head, always of necessity in their motion, frame either a wheel of part of a circular figure. Seeing then the Arm is of like figure and shape, and is immovably fixed in the shoulder, and further moves only in that part which is beneath it, there is no doubt, but that in his motion it figures also a circle, or some part thereof. And this every man may perceive if in moving his arm, he make trial in himself.	E chiara cosa che tutti i corpi di figura, retta o lunga che uogliam dire quando hanno un capo fermo immobile & che si muouano con l'altro capo sempre & necessariamente in mouendosi formeranno una o parte di figura circulare. sendo dunque una tale figura il braccio ilquale ha la sua parte fissa & imobile nella spalla & si muoue solamente con la parte di sotto non e dubio alcuno che esso ancora non formi in mouendosi o cerchio o parte di esso , ilche puo ciascuno per suo proprio essempio in mouendo il proprio braccio conoscere.	It is most evident, that all bodies of streight or long shape, I mean when they have a firme and immoveable head or beginninge, and that they move with an otherlike head, alwaies of necessitie in their motion, frame either a wheel or part of a circuler figure. Seeing then the Arme is of like figure and shape, and is emmoveably fixed in the shoulder, and further moveth onely in that parte which is beneth it, there is no doubt, but that in his motion it figureth also a circle, or some parte thereof. And this everie man may perceive if in moving his arme, he make trial in himselfe.
	Finding this true, as without controversy it is, it shall also be as true, that all those things which are fastened in the arm, and do move as the Arm does, must needs move circularly. This much concerning my first purpose in this Treatise.	se questo dunq; é come e' necessariaméte uero sarà anco uero che tutte quelle cose che saranno a esso braccio attaccate mouendosi al moto di esso braccio si debbano circularmente mouere & questo sia quanto al primo proposito.	Finding this true, as without controversie it is, it shal also be as true, that all those thinges which are fastned in the arme, and do move as the Arme doth, mustneeds move circulerlie. Thus much concerning my first purpose in this Treatise.
	Now I will come to my second, and will declare the reasons and ways by which a man striking with the point strikes straightly. And I say, that whensoever the sword is moved by the only motion of the Arm, it must always of necessity frame a circle by the reasons before alleged. But if it happen, as in a manner it does always, that the arm in his motion makes a circle upwards, and the hand moving in the wrist frame a part of a circle downwards the it will come to pass, that the sword being moved by two contrary motions in going forwards strikes straightly.	Venirò, dunque al secondo & mostrero le ragioni per lequali ferendo di punta si ferisca rettamente dico che qual uolta la spada sarà mossa dal solo moto del braccio che sempre & necessariamente formerà cerchio per le ragioni gia dette, ma se auiene come quasi sempre auiene che il braccio in mouendo ormi un cerchio a l'insu, & la mano mouendosi nel nodo formi una parte di cerchio al'ingiu, al'hora accaderà che questa spada mossa da questi doi contrarii moti in andando innanzi possa rettamente ferire	Now I will come to my second, and wil declare the reasons and waies by which a man strikinge with the point striketh straightly. And I say, that when soever the sworde is moved by the onelie mocion of the Arme, it must alwaies of necesitie frame a cirkle by the reasons before alleaged. But if it happen, as in his motion make a circle upwardes, and the hand moving in the wrist frame a part of a circle downewards then it wil com to passe, that the sword being moved by two contrarie motios in going forwards striketh straightly.
	But to the intent that this may be more plainly perceived, I have framed this present figure for the better understanding whereof it is to be known, that as the arm in his motion carries the sword with it, and is the occasion that being forced by the said motion, the sword frames a circle upwards, So the hand moving itself in the wrist, may either lift up the point of the sword upwards or abase it downwards. So that if the hand do so much let fall the point, as the arm does lift up the handle, it comes to pass that the swords point thrusts directly at an other prick or point than that it respects.	& perche ciao pia c chiaramente si conosca ne f ormero la presente figura per intelligeniia della quale e da sapere che si come il braccio in mouendo porta reco la spada & cagione ch'ella dal medesimo moto spinta formi cerchio, al'infu cosi la mano mouendosi nel suo nodo puo inalzare & abbassare la punta a l'ingiu, onde abbassando essa mano la punta della spada tanto quanto il braccio inalza il manico,auiene che la spada ua a ferir di punta nel punto retto che si mira .	But to thentent that this may be more plainlie perceived, I have framed this present figure for the better understading whereof it is to be known, that as the arme in his motion carrieth the sworde with it, and is the occasion that beeing forced by the saide motion, the sworde frameth a circle upwards, So the hand moving it selfe in the wrist, maie either lift up the point of the sword upwards or abase it downwards. So that if the hand do so much let fal the point, as the arme doth lift up the handle, it commeth to passe that the swords point thrusteth directly at an other prick or point then that it respecteth.
	Wherefore let A.B. be the circle which is framed by the motion of the arm: which arm, if ( as it carries with it the sword in his motion ) it would strike at the point D. it should be constrained through his motion to strike at point B. And from hence proceeds the difficulty of thrusting or striking with the point. If it therefore the arm would strike directly at the point D. it is necessary that as much as it lifts the handle upwards, the hand and wrist do move itself circularly downward, making this circle AC and carrying with it the point of the sword down-wards, of force it strikes at the point D. And this would not so come to pass, if with the only motion of the arm, a man should thrust forth the sword, considering the arm moves only above the center C.	sarà dunque il cerchio A B quello che e fatto dal moto del braccio, il quale braccio se portando seco nel suo moto la spada uolesse ferir rettamente nel punto. D. andarebbe neceßitato dal suo moto a ferir nel punto. B & di qui nasce la difficultà del ferir giusto de punta. Se dunque uorrà rettamente esso braccio ferir nel punto.D.sarà dì bisogno quanto esso inalza il manico, che il nodo di mano moué dosi circularmente a l'ingiu & formando il cerchio A C Questo tirando seco la punta della spada a l'ingiu la fa di neceßita andar a ferir nel punto. D. ilche non auenirebbe se con un solo moto del braccio ilquale si muoue sopra il centro E.	Wherefore let A.B. be the circle which is framed by the motion of the arme: which arme, if (as it carrieth with it the sword in his motion) it would strike at the point D. it should be constrained through his motion to strik at the point B. And from hence procedeth the difficultie of thrustinge or striking with the point. If therefore the arm wold strik directly at the point D. it is necessary that as much as it lifteth the hadwrist do move it self circulerlie downward, making this circle AC & cariyng with it the point of the sword downewardes, of force it striketh at the point D. And this would not so come to passe, if with the only motion of tharme, a man should thrust forth the sword, considering the arme moveth onelie above the center C.
	Therefore seeing by this discourse it is manifest that the blow of the point, or a thrust, cannot be delivered by one simple motion directly made, but by two circular motions, the one of the Arm the other of the hand, I will hence forward in all this work term this blow the blow of the straight Line. Which considering the reasons before alleged, shall breed no inconvenience at all.	si uolesse spinger la spada sendo adunque per mio .auifo manifesto che il ferir di punta non e semplicemente et per un solo moto rettamente fatto ma in uertu di doi moti circolari cioè del braccio & del la mano lo nominero in tutta l'opra ferir per linea retta ilche per le ragioni dette non e punto inconveniente.	Therefore seing by this discourse it is manifest that the blow of the point, or a thrust, can not bee delivered by one simple motion directly made, but by two circuler motions, the one of the Arme the other of the hand, I wil hence foreward in all this work tearme this blow the blow of the streit Line. Which considering the reasons before alleaged, shall breed no inconvenience at all.
	Most great is the care and considerations which the paces or footsteps require in this exercise, because from them in a manner more than from any other thing springs all offense and Defense. And the body likewise ought with all diligence to be kept firm and stable, turned towards the enemy, rather with the right shoulder, than with the breast. And that because a man ought to make himself as small a mark to the enemy as possible. And if he be occasioned to bend his body any way, he must bend it rather backwards than forwards, to the end that it be far off from danger, considering the body can never greatly move itself any other way more than that and that same way the head may not move being a member of so great importance.	GRANDISSIMA consideratione rechiegono i passi in questo esercitio, percioche da essi quasi piu che da ogn'altra cosa nascono le offese & diffese & la uita parimenti si deue con ogni industria lenir ferma & falda, uolta uerso l'inimico piu presto con la spalla destra che con il petto, & cio per far manco bersaglio di se che sia posibile, & douendola tenir in qualche parte piegata far che pieghi piu presto in dietro che inanti affine che sia lontana da l'offesa non potendo maximamente mouersi mai la ui la in parte alcuna per piu di lei in quella medesima parte non si muoua la testa parte di tanta importanza	MOst great is the care and considerations which the paces or footstepps requier in this exercise, because from them in a maner more the from anie other thine springeth all offence and defence. And the bodie likewise ought with all diligence to be kept firme and stable, turned towards the enemie, rather with the right shoulder, then with the brest. And that beecause a man ought to make himself as smal a mark to thenemie as is posible, And if he be occasioned to bed his body any way, he must bend it rather backwards then forwards, to thende that it be far of from danger, considering the bodie can never greatly move it self anie other waie more then that and that same waie the head maie not move being a member of so great importance.
	Therefore when a man strikes, either his feet or his arm are thrust forwards, as at that instant it shall make best for his advantage. For when it happens that he may strongly offend his enemy without the increase of a pace, he must use his arm only to perform the same, bearing his body always as much as he may and is required, firm and immovable.	peró quando si uuo ,le andare a ferir si spingono inanti i piedi o le braccia secondo che in quel caso torna meglio, percioche quando auiene che si possa coglier gagliardamente l'inimico senza crescer il passo, cio si deue fare & usar solamente le braccia tenendo pur sempre la uita per quanto si puo & richiede ferma & immobile ;	Therefore when a man striketh, either his feet or his arme are thrust forwards, as at that instant it shall make best for his advauntage. For when it hapneth that he may strongly offend his enemie without the increase of a pace, he must use his arm onely to perfourme the same, bearing his bodie alwaies as much as he maie and is required, firme and immoveable.
	For this reason I commend not their manner of fight, who continually as they fight, make themselves to show sometimes a little, sometimes great, sometimes wresting themselves on this side, sometimes on that side, much like the moving of snails. For as all these are motions, so can they not be accomplished in one time, for if when they bear their bodies low, they would strike aloft, or force they must raise themselves, and in that time they may be struck. So in like manner when their bodies are writhed this way or that way.	onde non si loda la maniera di schermir di quelli che tutta uia si fanno hora piccioli hora grandi hora torcono uerso una parte hora uerso laltra che paiono biscie, percioche tutti questi son moti, non se ne possono far tanti in una uolta, unde se son baßi , per ferir in alto bisogna che prima si leuino, & in quel tempo possono esser feriti, & il simile quando son uolti uerso l'una ò latra parte,	For this reason I commend not their maner of fight, who continually as they fight, make theselvs to shew sometimes litle, sometimes great, sometimes wresting themselves on this side, sometimes on that side, much like the moving of snailes. For as all these are motions, so can they not be accomplished in one time, for if when they beare their bodies low, they would strike aloft, of force they must first raise them selves, and in that time they may be stroken. So in like maner when their bodies are writhed this way or that waie.
	Therefore let every man stand in that order, which I have first declared, straining himself to the uttermost of his power, when he would either strike or defend, to perform the same not in two times or in two motions, but rather in half a time or motion, if it were possible.	percio si starà nel modo detto sforzandosi a piu poter uolendo ferir ò riparar di far cio non in duo tempi, & duo moti, ma in mezo , tempo & moto se poßibil fusse	Therefore let euery man ſtand in that order, which I haue firſt declared, ſtraining himſelf to the uttermoſt of his power, when he would ether ſtrik or defenc, to performe the ſame not in two times or in two motions, but rather in half a time or motion, if it were posſible. (Transcribed by Michael Chidester)
	As concerning the motion of the feet, from which grow great occasions aswell of offense as Defense, I say and have seen by diverse examples that as by the knowledge of their orderly and discreet motion, aswell in the Lists as in common frays, there has been obtained honorable victory, so their busy and unruly motion have been occasion of shameful hurts and spoils. And because I cannot lay down a certain measure of motion, considering the difference between man and man, some being of great and some of little stature: for to some it is commodious to make his pace the length of an arm, and to other some half the length or more. Therefore I advertise every man in all his wards to frame a reasonable pace, in such sort that if he would step forward to strike, he lengthen or increase one foot, and if he would defend himself, he withdraw as much, without peril of falling.	Quanto al moto de i piedi da quali nascono le grandi offese & difese; hauendosene molti essempi, che si come il saperli ordinatamente & con ragione mouere causò, si , ne, i, stecati, come nelle brighe che tutto di si fanno, honorata uittoria, cosi il troppo mouerli & senza ragione su causa di grandißimi danni & uergogne per cio non sene potendo dar certa misura per la diuersità de huomini grandi & piccioli, ad alcuno de quali torna como do il fare passo d'un braccio, ad altri di mezzo o piu per cio farà ciascuno auertito di formar in tutte le guardie un passo mediocre, di modo che si poßi , per uoler crescer a ferir allungarlo un piede, & altrotanto ristringerlo per saluarsi, senza pericolo, di cadere;	As concerninge the motion of the feete, from which grow great occasions aswell of offence as defence, I saie and have seene by divers examples that as by the knowledg of their orderlie and discreet motion, aswel in the Listes as in common fraies, ther hath bin obtained honorable victorie, so their busie and unrulie motion have bine occasion of shamefull hurts and spoils. And because I can not laie downe a certein measure of motion, considering the difference betwene man and man, some being of great and some of litle stature: for to some it is comodious to make his pace the length of and arme, and to other some half the length or more. Therefore I advertise everie man in al his wards to frame a reasonable pace, in such fort that if hee would step forward to strik, he lengthen or increas one foot, and if he would defend himself, he withdraw as much, without peril of falling.
	And because the feet in this exercise do move in diverse manners, it shall be good that I show the name of every motion, to the end that using those names through all this work, they may the better be understood.	Ma perche i piedi in questo esercitio si muo buono in diuersisi modi sia buono dir il nome di ciascuno atti che tifandoli per tutta l'operai f a inteso deuesi	And because the feet in this exercise doe move in divers maners, it shall be good that I shew the name of everie motion, to thend that usinge those names through al this work, they maie the better be understood.
Straight Line A - B Straigh Pace C - D Crooked Slope Pace C - E Straight Half Pace C - F Circular Half Pace C - G Line . retta . A . B Paſſo . retto . C . D Paſſo . obliquo . C . E Mezo . paſo retto . C . F Mezo . paſo circulare . C . G Streight Line A.B. Streight Pace C.D Crokedor ſlope pace C.E. Streighte halfe pace C.F. Circuler halfe pace C.G	OF THE AGREEMENT OF THE FOOT AND HAND It is to be known that the feet move either straightly, either circularly: If straightly, then either forwards or backwards: but when they move directly forwards, they frame either a half or a whole pace. By whole pace is understood, when the foot is carried from behind forwards, keeping steadfast the forefoot. And this pace is sometimes made straight, sometimes crooked. By straight is meant when it is done in a straight line, but this does seldom happen. By crooked or slope pace is understood, when the hindfoot is brought also forwards, but yet a thwart or crossing: and as it goes forwards, it carries the body with it, out of the straight line, where the blow is given.	DELLA CONVENIENTIA DEL piede & della mano. dunque sapere che i piedi si muoiono o rettamente o circularmente, se rettamente o inanzi o in dietro, et possonó mouendosi inanzi rettamente o uero muouere un passo intiero ilche si intende quando si porta il piede di dietro innanzi tenendo fermo quello che era dinanti; & questo passo alle uolte si fà diritto alle uolte obliquo, diritto si intende per retta linea & questo di raro accade, obliquo intendo quàdo il piede di dietro si porta pur dinanzi ma di trauerso portà do con esso crescendo inanti la uita fuor della linea retta oue si se risce ,	Of the Agreement of the Foot and Hand It is to be knowen that the feete move either streightly, either circulerly: If streitly, then either forwardes or backwards: but when the move directly forwards, the frame either a halfe or a whol pace. By whole pace is understood, when the foot is carried from behind forwards, kepinge stedfast the forefoot. And this pace is sometimes made streight, sometimes crooked. By streight is meant when it is done in the streit line, but this doth seldome happen. By croked or slope pace is understood, when the hinderfoot is brought also forewards, but yet a thwarte or crossing: and as it groweth forwardes, it carieth the bodie with it, out of the straightline, where the blowe is given.
	The like is meant by the pace that is made directly backwards: but this back pace is framed more often straight than crooked. Now the middle of these back and fore paces, I will term the half pace: and that is, when the hindfoot being brought near the forefoot, does even there rest: or when from thence the same foot goes forwards. And likewise when the forefoot is gathered into the hindfoot, and there does rest, and then retires itself from hence backwards. These half paces are much used, both straight and crooked, forwards and backwards, straight and crooked.	il medesmo si intende indietro, ma si usa in dietro piu diritto che obliquo, la metà di questi indietro o inanti s'adimanderan mezzi paßi, cio e quando si porta il pie di dietro appresso quel di nanti fermandolo,& quando si cresce quel dinanzi, similmente raccogliendo quel dinanzi appresso quel di dietro affermandolo & poscia ritirando quel di dietro questi mezzi paßi s'usano molto & retti & obliqui. habbiamo dunque paßi diritti & paßi obliqui inanti & indietro & parimente mezzi passi inanti indietro diritti & obliqui.	The like is ment by the pace that is made directly backwardes: but this backe pace is framed more often streight then croked. Now the midle of these backe and fore paces, I will terme the halfe pace: and that is, when the hinder-foote being brought nere the foorefoote, doth even there rest: or when from thence the same foote goeth forwardes. And likewise when the fore-foote is gathered into the hinder-foote, and there doth rest, and then retireth it selfe from hece backwards. These half paces are much used, both streit & croked, forwards & backwardes. And in like sorte, halfe paces forwardes & backewardes, streight and crooked.
	Circular paces, are not otherwise used than in half paces, and they are made thus: When one has framed his pace, he must fetch a compass with his hind foot or fore foot, on the right or left side: so that circular paces are made either when the hindfoot standing fast behind, does afterwards move itself on the right or left side, or when the forefoot being settled before does move likewise on the right or left side: with all these sort of paces a man may move every way both forwards and backwards.	Decirculari non s'usano altro che mezzi paßi & anco questi si fanno quando hauendo formato il passo e di bisogno girar l'un de'piedi quel di dietro o quel dinanti nella parte destra o sinistra, onde si ha che i paßi in cerchio si fanno quando il piede di dietro stando pur di dietro si muoue nella parte destra o sinistra , & quel dinanzi stando tutta uia dinanzi si mouoe anch'egli alla destra o sinistra, con tutti questi paßi si puo muouere in tutte le parti, & crescer & ritirarsi.	Circuler paces, are no otherwise used than halfe paces, and they are made thus: When one hath framed his pace, he must fetch a copaise with his hinder foote or fore foote, on the right or lefte side: so that circuler paces are made either when the hinder-foot standing fast behinde, doth afterwards move it selfe on the lefte or right side, or when the fore-foote being setled before doth move likewise on the right or left side: with all these sort of paces a man may move everie waie both forwardes and backewardes.
	The right leg ought always to be the strength of the right hand, and likewise the left leg of the left hand: So that if at any time it shall happen a thrust to be forcibly delivered, reason would that it be accompanied with the leg: for otherwise, by means of the force and weight, which is without the perpendicular or hanging line of the body, having no prop to sustain it, a man is in danger of falling. And it is to be understood, that the pace does naturally so much increase or diminish his motion, as the hand. Therefore we see when the right foot is behind, the hand is there also: for what who so strains himself to stand otherwise, as he offers violence unto nature, so he can never endure it: wherefore when he stands at his ward, bearing his hand wide, there also the foot helps by his strength, being placed towards that part: and when the hand is borne low, and the right foot before, if then he would lift his hand aloft, it is necessary that he draw back his foot: And there is so much distance from the place where the foot does part, to join itself to the other foot, as there is from the place whence the hand parts, to that place where it remains steadfast, little more or less: wherefore presupposing the said rules to be true, he must have great care to make his pace, h move his hand at one time together: And above all, not to skip or leap, but keep one foot always firm and steadfast: and when he would move it, to do it upon some great occasion, considering the foot ought chiefly to agree in motion with the hand, which hand, ought not in any case what soever happen to vary from his purpose, either in striking or defending.	LA GAMBA diritta deue sempre esser fortezza della man diritta, & similmente la sinistra della sinistra onde qual uolta accaderà di spingere una puntà, il douer uole che ella si a dalla gamba accompagnata, perche altrimenti dalla furia & dal peso che è fuor della linea perpendicolar della uita non hauendo sotto alcuno puntello si ua a rischio di cadere, & si deue sapere che tanto naturalmente cresce & minuisce il passo quanto la mano, però si uede che quando si ha il pie desiro indietro la mano ancora ui si ritruoua, & sforzandosi di star in altro modo si fa uiolenza alla natura , & non i puo durare; onde quando si forma una guardia tenendo la mano allargata il piede anchora si conduce per fortezza uerso quella parte, quando si ha la mano bassa & similmente il pie deliro inanti, uolendo leuar la mano in alto si a anco dibisogno ritirar il piede, & tanta distanza é dal laco doue il piede si parte per unirsi con laltro a laltro piede, quanto dal loco doue si parte la mano a quel loco oue ella i ferma ò poco meno . stando dunque tutte le predette auertenze si deue por grandißima cura nel muouer il passo a tempo con la mano , & sopra tutto non far salti, ma hauer sempre un piede fermo & stabile, & mouerlo con grandißima ragione douendosi massimamente conuenir in moto con la mano la qual non deue punto uariar per niuno accidente dal suo proposito di ferir ò riparare.	THe right legge ought alwaies to be the strength of the right hand, and likewise the lefte legge of the left hand: So that if at any time it shall happen a thrust to bee forciblie delivered, reson would that it be accompanied with the legge: for otherwise, by meanes of the force and waight, which is without the perpendiculer or hanging line of the body, having no prope to sustain it, a man is in daunger of falling. And it is to be understood, that the pace doth naturally so much increase or diminish his motion, as the hand, Therefore we see when the right foote is behinde, the hand is there also: so that who so straineth himselfe to stand otherwise, as he offereth violence unto nature, so hee canne never indure it: wherefore when he standeth at his ward, bearing his hand wide, there also the foote helpeth by his strength, being placed towards that parte: & when the hand is borne a lowe, & the right foote before, if then he would lifte his hand alofte, it is necessarie that he draw backe his foote: And there is so much distance from the place where the foot doth parte, to joyne it selfe to the other foote, as there is from the place whence the hande parteth, to that place wher it remaineth stedfast, litle more or lesse: wherefore, presupposing the said rules to be true, he must have great care to make his pace, & move his hand at one time together: And above all, not to skip or leape, but keepe one foote alwaies firme and stedfast: and when he would move it, to do it upon some great occasion, considering the foote ought chiefely to agree in motion with the hand, which hande, ought not in any case what soever happen to varie from his purpose, either in striking or defending.
	OF WARDS Wards in weapons are such sites, positions or placings which withstand the enemy's blows, and are as a shield or safeguard against them. For he who has no skill to carry his body and bear these weapons orderly, which either cover, or may easily may cover the whole body, cannot be said to stand in ward, insomuch that a man ought to use great diligence in the apt carrying of his body and weapons, For many times he ought to settle and repose himself in his ward, therein deliberating upon some new devise, or expecting when his enemy will minister occasion to enter upon him.	DELLE GVARDIE. LE GVARDIE nell'arme sono siti ò positioni tali che uietamo le offese inimiche ,& sono come scudo & muraglia ; però quello che non si saprà in modo raccoglier con la uita & tenir in modo l'armi, che o lo cuoprano o facilmente poßino coprir tutta la uita non si pótrà dir che egli sia in guardia , grandißima diligenza dunque si deue porre nell'accomodar la uita & l'armi , che si sia sicuro , douendosi in essa alle uolte ripossare per pigliar nuouo partito, o per espettar che l'inimico appresenti occasione d'entrare;	Of wards WArds in weapons are such sites, positions or placings which withstand the enemies blowes, and are as a shield or safegarde against them. For he who hath no skill to carrie his bodie and beare these weapons order lie, which either cover, or easely maie cover the whole bodie, cannot be saide to stand in warde, insomuch that a man ought to use great diligence in the apt carriyng if his bodie and weapons, For manie times he ought to settle and repose himself in his ward, therein deliberating upon some new devise, or expecting when his enemie wil minister occasion to enter upon him.
	The Wards which may be used with the single sword are threefold, Neither in my opinion may they be any more: for that one only straight line, which is the sword, may not cover, defend and easily offend after any other manner.	quello che possono nella spada sola usar sono tre , ne possono per mio aui so esser piu , non si potendo in altro modo con una sola linea retta che é la spada, coprirsi & diffendersi , e facilmente offendere.	The Wards which maie be used with the single sword are threefold, Neither in my opinion maie they be anie more: for that one onlie straight line, which is the sword, maie not cover, defend and easelie offend after amie other maner.
	THE HIGH WARD. This high ward, which also might be called the first, being the very same which every man frames at the drawing of the sword out of the sheath, may so far forth, and insomuch be termed a ward, in how much, by turning the point of the sword downward, it wards the whole person, and for that, by gathering in of the hindfoot, and increasing forwards with the right foot, a man may discharge a strong thrust above hand at his enemy.	DELLA GVARDIA ALTA. QUESTA guardia alta che parimente si potrebbe dimandar prima per esser quella che forma l'huomo neltrar la spada del fodro, in tanto si puo dimandar guardia, in quanto che co'l , uolger la punta della spada in giu aiffende tutta la persona; & ancho per che raccogliendo il piede di die tro si puo con il crescere il destro scaricar una grand imbroccata all'inimico;	The high ward. THis high warde, which also might be called the first, beeinge the very same which every man frameth at the drawing of the sword out of the sheath, may so farre foorth, and in somuch be termed a warde, in how much, by turning the poynt of the sworde downewarde, it wardeth the whole person, and for that, by gathering in of the hinderfoote, & incresing forwardes with the right foote, a man may discharge a strong thurst above hande at his enemie.
	In this, and in all other wards, it is diligently to benoted, that he bear his weapons so orderly disposed, that the straight line which goes from the sword's point be still best to strike the enemy, either in the face or the breast: for if the point be so borne that it respect over the enemy's head, the enemy may easily first enter underneath and strike before the fall or descend thereof : And by holding the point two low, he may by beating it somewhat downwards cause it to be quit void of his body, and so safely come in to strike, the which has been many times seen.	bene da auertir, in questa & in ogn'altra guardia di tenir sempre l`arme disposte in modo che la retta linea che usci sce dalla punta della spada uadi a ferir l'inimico o in faccia o in petto, perche tenendola che uadi sopra la testa de l'inimico puo facilmente l'inimico prima che la spada si cali entrar sotto a ferire, & tenendola troppo bassa puo l'inimico co'l batterla alquanto in giu; farla uscir in tutto della uita & uenir sicuramente ferir, ilche si e ueduto molte uolte.	In this, and in al other wardes, it is diligently to be noted, that he beare his weapons so orderly disposed, that the streight lyne which goeth from the swords point be stil bet to strike the enemy, ether in the face or in the brest: for if the point be so borne that it respect over the enemies head, the enemie may easely first enter underneth & strike before the fall or discend thereof: And by holding the poynt two lowe, he may be beating it somewhat downwards cause it to be quit void of his bodie, and so safelie come in to strik, the which hath bine manie times sene.
	THE BROAD WARD This second ward from the effect shall be called the broad or wide ward, because the Arm widening and stretching itself directly as much as possible from the right side, bears the sword so far off from the body, that it seems to give great scope to the enemy to enter, albeit in truth it be nothing so. For although the hand and the handle of the sword, be both far from the body, and quite out of the straight line, yet the point of the sword, from which principally proceeds the offense, is not without the said line: For it is borne so bending toward the left side that it respects directly to strike the enemy, and being borne in that sort, it may very well both strike and defend. And when the point of the sword is borne out of the straight line, as the hand and handle is, then a man is in danger to bee hurt easily by the enemy, the which happens not when the point is bending, for in such order, it is as a bar and defense to the whole body.	DELLA GVARDIA LARGHA. QUESTA seconda da l'essetto s'adimanderà guardia largha per che allarghando il braccio dalla ritta per quanto si puo dirittamente distendere , tiene la spada cosi lontana dalla uita, che par che allarghi la strada allinimico di entrare , anchora che cosi non sia ; percio che auenga che la mano & il manico della spada siano & lontani dalla uieta & fuora della linea retta , non percio ui e la punta ; dalla quale nasce principalmente l'offesa; per che ella si tiene tanto piegata uerfo la parte sinistra che la uadi a ferir l'inimico, per che in tal modo puo offendere & difendere; & quando si come si tiene la mano & il manico, si tenisse ancho la punta fuor della linea , retta; si andarebbe a rischio d'esser sicuramente offesi, ilche non auiene piegata, per che in tal modo ella e come sbarra a tutta la uita.	The broad ward. THis second warde from the effecte shall be called the broad or wide warde, because the Arme widning and stretching it selfe directlie as much as is possible from the right side, beareth the sword so farre off from the bodie, that it seemeth to give great scope to the enimie to enter, albeit in truth it be nothing so. For although the hand & the handle of the sworde, be both farr from the bodie, and quite out of the streight line, yet the poynt of the sworde, from which principallie procedeth the offence, is not without the saide lyne: For it is borne so bending towarde the left side that it respecteth directlie to strike the enimie, and being borne in that sorte, it may verie well both strike and defend. And when the poynt of the sword is borne out of the streight lyne, as the hand and handle is, then a man is in daunger to bee hurte easelie by the enimie, the which happeneth not when the poynt is bending, for in such order, it is as a barre and defence to the whole bodie.
	THE LOW WARD This also from the effect is called the base ward or lock: Neither is this name improperly given by the Professors of this Art, for that it is more strong, sure and commodious then any other ward, and in the which a man may more easily strike, ward and stand therein with less pain. This ward is framed in the Schools after diverse fashions, either bearing the hand low before the knee, either very much stretched forwards, either between both the knees. All which fashions, (if we regard natural reason, and the motions used therein) are to small purpose: for, besides that they are all violent, and for a small time to be endured, they are also such, in the which a man may not strike but in two times, or at least in one, and then very weakly. Wherefore, casting all these aside, I will frame such a ward, as shall be applied, to time, to nature, and to safety: And it is, when one bears his arm directly downwards near his knee (but yet without it) and his sword with his point somewhat raised, and bearing towards the left side, to the end, it may arm and defend that part also, in such sort, that (being borne without violence) he may continue long. And if he would strike, he may in one time, forcibly deliver a great thrust. But this he cannot do, if he bear his sword directly before him, for then he must either draw back his arm when he would strike, or else strike in one time, but very weakly.	DELLA GVARDIA BASSA. QUESTA ancora da l'effetto s'adimanda bassa, ne forse li disconviene il nome datoli da: tutti li professori di quest'arte, essendo questa talmente forte & sicura & commoda che niun'altra é nella quale l'huomo polsi piu facilmente offendere & diffendere , & nella quale stia con minor fatica, questa si forma in diuersi modi per le scuole; cioè o tenendo la mano bassa dinanti al ginocchio, ouero molto allungata inanti, ouero tra l'uno & l'altro ginocchio, i quali tutti modi se guardiamo la ragione della natura & del moto, son poco conueneuoli, percio che oltra che sono tutti uiolenti, onde poco in essi sì può durare sono anco tali che non si può ferire se non in duo tempi, ouero in uno con poca forza, pero lasciando tutti quelli ne for meremo uno ilquale sarà accomodato al tempo, alla Natura, & alla sicurezza; ilquale sarà a tenire il braccio dirritto in giu appresso il genochio ma di fuora uia ,& la spada alquanto con la punta leuata & uerso la parte sinistra, affine che armi & diffenda anco quella in tal modo per che il braccio si tiene fenza uiolenza , si puo molto durare & .uolendo ferire, si puo in un sol tempo spinger una gran punta, ilche non aquiene tenendo il braccio inanti, nel qual caso, ouero hai da ritirar il braccio per ferir, ouero ferir in un tempo debolißimamente.	The low Ward. THis is also from the effect is called the base ward or lock: Neither is this name improperlie given by the Professors of this Art, for that it is more strong, sure and commodious then anie other ward, and in the which a man may more easelie strik, ward & stand therein with lesse paine. This ward is framed in the Schools after dyvers fashions, either bearing the hand low before the knee, either verie much stretched forwardes, either betweene both the knees. All which fashions, (if we regard naturall reason, and the motions used therein) are to small purpose: for, besides that they are all violent, and for a small time to be endured, they are also such, in the which a man may not strike but in two tymes, or at the least in one, and then verie weakly. Wherefore, casting all these aside, I will frame such a warde, as shalbe applyed, to time, to nature, and to safetie: And it is, when one beareth his arme directly downwardes neere his knee ( but yet without it) and his sworde with the point somewhat raysed, and bearing towards the left side, to the end, it may arme and defend that part also, in such sort, that (being borne without violence) he may continue long. And if he would strike, he may in one time, forcibly deliver a great thrust. But this he cannot do, if he beare his sword directly befor him, for then he must either draw backe his arme when he would strike, or els strike in one time, but verie weakly.
	This ward therefore must be framed with the arm stretched downwards near the knee, but yet on the outside thereof, because after this manner a man stands safely, commodiously, and more ready, both to strike and defend.	la si formerà dunque con il braccio disteso in giu presso al ginocchio, ma di fuora per che in tal modo si sta sicuri comodi & si puo presto offendere & difendere.	This warde therfore must be framed with the arme stretched downwards neere the knee, but yet on the outside thereof, because after this manner a man standeth safely, commodiously, and more readie, both to strike and defend.
The line of the edge is from A to B, The line of the point from C. to D. and from D. to E. L ine del Taglio da A in B, Line de ponta de C in D E el de D in E The Line of the edg is from A to B, The line of the point from C. to D. and from D. to E.	THE MANNER HOW TO STRIKE Without all doubt, the thrust is to be preferred before the edgeblow, aswell because it strikes in less time, as also for that in the said time, it does more hurt. For which consideration, the Romans (who were victorious in all enterprises) did accustom their soldiers of the Legions to thrust only: Alleging for their reason, that the blows of the edge, though they were great, yet they are very few that are deadly, and that thrusts, though little and weak, when they enter but iii fingers into the body, are wont to kill. Therefore I lay down this for a firm and certain rule, that the thrust does many times more readily strike, and give the greater blow against the enemy. And to the end, a man may thrust it out with the greatest force at the most advantage, and uttermost length that may be, he must always remember to carry his left foot compassing behind him in such sort, that the hindfoot so compassing may always be in the straight line of the hand and sword, as a Diameter in the middest of a Circle. And in finishing of a blow, to draw his hindfoot a half pace forwards, and so by that means the blow is longer and stronger, and shoulder and side are only opposite to the enemy, and so far from him, that they may not be struck: and it is not possible for a man to frame a longer blow than this.	DEL MODO DI FERIR SENZA dubio alcuno la punta si deue preporre al taglio, si perche ferisce in minor tempo come anco per che ferendo in minor tempo fa maggior danno. per la qual cosa i Romani che furon in tutte le imprese Vittoriosi. assuefaceuano i loro soldati delle legioni a ferir di punta solamente; allegando in lor ragione che pochi sono i colpi di taglio che uccidano ancor che grandi & le punte benche picciole qua quando entrano in un corpo tre dita , il piu delle uolte sogliono uccidere. Si haurà dunque per ferma & immutabile regola il ferir di punta qual uolta si truoua con essa uerso l'inimico per ferir piu presto & far maggior colpo. Et in questo ferir di punta per spingerla con maggior furia che si possa & con maggior auantaggio et piu lunga. fi deue sempre auertir di girar il piede sinistro uerso la parte di dietro di modo che sempre il piede di dietro uadi girando per esser sempre nella linea retta della mano & della spada come il diametro d'un cerchio, per il girare del cerchio . Et nel finir il colpo ritirar il piede di dietro mezo passo innanti, a questo modo il colpo uien piu lungo & piu forte, & si oppone all'inimico non la spalla & il fianco & in modo da esso luntani che non li può ferire perche non e' poßibil far piu lnnga botta dì questa.	The manner how to strike. WIthout all doubt, the thrust is to be preferred before the edge blowe, aswell because it striketh in less time, as also for that in the saide time, it doth more hurt. For which consideratio, the Romanes (who were victorious in all enterprises) did accustome their souldiers of the Legions to thrust onely: Alleaging for their reason, that the blowes of the edge, though they were great, yet they are verie fewe that are deadly, and that thrustes, though litle & weake, when they enter but iii. fingers into the bodie, are wont to kill. Therefore I laye down this for a firme and certaine rule, that the thrust doth many times more readily strike, and give the greater blowe against the enimie. And to the end, a man may thrust it out with the greatest force at the most advantage, and uttermost length that may be, he must alwaies remember to carrie his left foote compassing behind him in such sort, that the hinderfoot so compassing may alwaies be in the straight lyne of the hand and sworde, as a Diameter in the middest of a Circle. And in finishing of the blowe, to drawe his hinder-foote a halfe pace forwardes, and so by that meanes the blow is longer & stronger, and the shoulder and side are onely opposite to the enimie, and so farre off from him, that they may not be strooken: and it is not possible for a man to frame a longer blowe than this.
	WHEN IT IS BETTER TO STRIKE WITH THE EDGE For no other cause, the edge is preferred before the point, then for the time: the shortness whereof, is so to be esteemed above all other things in this Art, that (omitting the point and edge) it ought to be given for the best and chief counsel, that the same to be the better blow, in which a man spends least time. And therefore when this happens and may be done with the edge, then the edge is to be preferred before the point: the which as occasion serves shall be further declared.	QVANDO SIA MEGLIO FERIR di taglio. PER niun' altra causa il taglio si prepone alla punta se non per il tempo; 1a breuità del quale talmente ad ogn'altra cosa in quest' arte si deue anteporre che lasciando & punta & taglio da parte si deue dar per ottimo & principal consiglio che quello si tenghi per miglior colpo nel quale si consuma manco tempo, però quando questo auiene nel taglio si deune preporre il taglio alla punta, la qual cosa quando accada si dirà.	When it is better to strike with the edge. FOr no other cuase, the edge is preferred before the poynt, then for the time: the shortnes whereof, is so to be esteemed above all other things in this Arte, that (omitting the point and edge) it ought to be given for the best and chiefe counsell, that same to be the better blowe, in which a man spendeth least time. And therfore when this happeneth and may be done with the edge, then the edg is to be preferred before the point: the which as occasion serveth shalbe further declared.
	When I reasoned of the blow of the point or thrust I said that a man ought to thrust when the point is in the straight line, because the blow is then performed in one time. But the edge differs from the point, in that being out of the straight line, it endeavors to come into the same again. Therefore when it happens the point to be borne either on the right, either on the left side, either aloft, out of the straight line, if then one would thrust in the right line, he cannot perform it but in two times, whereas if he would strike with the edge be it right or reversed, or downwards, he may do it in one time. It shall be also very commodious rather to strike with the edge, when as sometime a man bearing his sword in the straight line, and the enemy there finding it, does with his hand beat it on this side or that side. In which case, if he would return it again into the said line of purpose to strike, he shall be constrained to do it with great violence and much time.	Dißi quando parlai del ferir di punta, che all'hora si deue ferir di punta , quando la punta e ne la linea retta perche all'hora si può ferir in un tempo; ma si come il taglio e diuerso dalla punta et il non esser nella linea retta, da l'esserui. Peró quando auenirà che sia con la punta della spada a destra a sininistra ò in alto, di modo fuora della linea retta che à uoler uenir in essa, per ferir di punta non si può far se non in duo tempi & ferendo di taglio diritto o riuerso o a l'ingiu si fa in un tempo. Torna anco comodo piu ferir di taglio quando alle uolte hauendo la spada nella linea retta l'inimico trouandola con la mano la batte in l’una o in laltra parte nel qual caso se si uuol tornar nella linea retta per ferir, si fa con gran Violenza, & molto tempo	When I reasoned of the blow of the point or thurst I said, that a man ought to thrust when the point is in the straight line, because the blowe is then performed in one time. But the edg differeth from the point, in that that being out of the strait line, it indevoreth to come into the same againe. Therefore when it happeneth the point to be borne either on the right, either on the left side, either aloft, out of the strait line, if then on would thrust in the right line, he cannot performe it but in two times, where as if he would strik with thedg be it right or reversed, or downwards, he may do it in one time. It shalbe also verie commodious rather to strik with the edg, when as sometime a man bearinge his sword in the striat line, and the enimie ther finding it, doth with his hand beat it on this side or that side: In which case, if he would return it again into the said line of purpose to strik, he shalbe constrained to doe it with great violence and much time.
	For these reasons I hold it better to let the sword sway to that side, whereto the enemy beats it, and to join unto it such force, as he may to help the motion, and (fetching withal a compass) to strike with the edge.	onde e molto meglio, piu presto lasciar andar la spada uerso quella parte che l'inimico la batte & aggiungerui quella furia che si puo per aggiutar quel moto, et facendo un cerchio ferir di taglio	For these reasons I hold it better to let the sworde swaie to that side, whereto the enemie beateth it, and to join unto it such force, as he may to help the motion, and (fetching withall a compas) to strik with the edg.
	The which blow is so ready strong, that the enemy can hardly have time to withstand it, being already occupied in beating aside the sword and pretending to strike: nothing at all expecting that the adversaries sword will strike again either so quickly, or with the edge, on that side from which it was beaten.	il qual colpo e tanto presto & forte che difficilmente troua l'inimico tempo di ripararlo, per esserr gia statò occupato nel batter la spada, & nel uoler da poi ferir, non espettando la spada inimica ne cosi presta ne di taglio uerso quella parte.	The which blow is so readie & strong, that thenimie can hardly have time to withstand it, being alredy occupied in beating aside the sword & pretending to strik: nothing at al expecting that thadversaries sworde wil strik again either so quickly, or with the edge, on that side from which it was beaten.
	THE MEANS TO DEFEND The means of defending a blow given either with the edge or point of the sword, are three. one is when the weapon is opposed to the blow, in such sort that the weapon which comes striking either at the head or at the body, cannot hit home to the place whereunto it is directed, but hindered by some thing or other then set against it, be it sword, dagger, target, bill, javelin, or any thing else, which at that instant a man has in his hand. For it chances not always to wear or carry weapons of purpose, or ordained to that extent. framed to that end: for which cause, it may well be said, that the soldier differs from other men, not because he is more skillful in handling the sword or javelin, but for that he is expert in every occasion to know the best advantage and with judgment both to defend himself with any thing whatsoever, and therewithal safely to offend the enemy: In which and no other thing consists true skirmishing. He that persuades himself that he can learn this Art by the exercise of a few particular strokes of the point and edge is utterly deceived:	DEI MODI DEL DIFFENDERE. MODI di diffender l'ofesa di taglio & di punta sono tre, l'uno, opponendo l'arme a l'offesa, dimodo che l'arma che uenirà per ferir la testa ò la uita non poßi giungere al loco oue crainuiata, & si truoui impedita da alcuna' cosa che per all'hora se gli hauerà oppòsta , o sia spada, pugnale,rotella ,ronca, spiedo, o altro che si ritroua in quel caso hauer in mano , per che non sempre accade di hauer arme determinate & per tal effetto formate , ne per auentura sarrebbe cosa da Soldato, da Caualliero, il non saper offendere ne difendere se non con arme per tal bisogno formate. Onde si potrebbe dire che il Soldato non fosse da gli altri huomini diferente per saper meglio adoperar la spada, o la roncha, ma per saper in ogni occasione conoscer meglio l'auantagio & con giuditio sapersi difendere con qual si uoglia cosa, & sicuramente offendere, che in altro non consiste il uero schermir, & chi pensa poter apprehender quest'arte per essesercitarsi in molti colpi particolari di punta & di taglio s'inganna.	The meanes how to defend. THE meanes of defending a blowe given either with the edg or point of the sword, are three. One is when the weapon is opposed to the blow, in such sort that the weapon which cometh striking either at the head or at the bodie, cannot hit home to the place whereuto it is directed, but hindered by some thing or other then set against it, be it sword, dagger, target, bil, Javelin, or anie thing els, which at that instant a man hath in his hand. For it chanceth not alwaies to weare or carrie weapons of purpose, or ordained to that entent. Neither happelie is it thought shoulier or gentlemanlike, not to know how to strike or defend, but onely with wepons framed to that end: for which cause, it may wel be said, that the soldier differeth from other men, not because he is more skilful in handling the sword or javelyn, but for that he is expert in everie occasion to know the best advantage & with judgement both to defend himself with anie thing whatsoever, and therewithal safelie to offend the enimie: In which & no other thing consisteth true skirmishing.
	for besides, that by those particular tricks, there is small knowledge gotten: So the chances in this Art are so dangerous and diverse, that it is impossible to deliberate suddenly, except he have the universal knowledge and understanding of all the rules and principals hereof, being grounded upon offending and defending, and not only upon the sword, the dagger, the target, the javelin and the bill. For a man at all times (when he is occasioned to strike or defend) does not carry these weapons about him, but is constrained to defend himself with a piece of wood from a javelin, with a stool or form from a sword, or with a cloak from a dagger, in which case men commonly use many other things not ordained for that purpose, doing that therewith which natural instinct teaches them. And this instinct is no other thing then the knowledge of the rules before laid down: which knowledge, being it is naturally grafted in the mind, is something the rather helped and qualified by Art, and makes a man so assured and bold, that he dares to enter on any great danger, and judges (when he sees the quality of the weapon, and the site wherein it is placed) what it may do, or in how many ways it may either strike or defend. From which his judgment springs the knowledge of all that he has to do, and how he has to handle himself to encounter any danger.	Percioche oltra che con queste cose particolarì acquista poca scienza, gli Accidenti in quest'arte sono tanti & diuersi che non à poßibile pigliar partito subito, non hauendo uniuersalmente intelligenza di tutti gli auertimenti & principi de l'arte, i quali son fondati solamente sopra l'offesa & difesa, & non sopra la spada sola, pugnale, targha , rotella, spiedo, & roncha, perche non sempre, che si ha da of fendere o difendere si maneggia quest'armi, ma sarà alle uolte bisogno con un legno difendersi da un spiedo, con un scanno da una spada, & con una capa, da un pugnale , ne quali casi non s'adoprano per diffesa molt' altri diritti riuersi ma si fa quello che porge all'hora l'instinto naturale, il quale instinto non e altro che cognitione de gli auertimenti dati, la quale cognitione per esser naturalmente nell anima, s'auiene che ella sia alquanto da l'arte agiutata & habituata, fa in tal modo l'huomo sicuro & audace che ardisce entrare in ogni gran periglio, & sa, come uede la qualità dell'arma & il sito in che ella è, che cosa ella poßi fare & in quanti modi poßi offender & difender , dal qual giuditio ne nscee cognitione al quanto s'habbia a fare, & come s'habbia da adoprar contr'essa.	He that perswads hemself that he can learn this Art by the exercise of a few perticuler stroks of the point and edg is utterlie deceived: for besids, that by those perticuler triks, there is smal knowledge gotten: So the chaunces in this Arte are so daungerous & divers, that it is impossible to deliberat suddenly, except he have the universall knowledg and understandinge of all the rules and principels hereof, being grounded upon offending & defending, and not only opon the sword, the dagger, the target, the javelin & the bil. For a man at al times (when he is occasioned to strike or defend) doth not carrie these weapons about him, but is constrained to defend himselfe with a stoole or fourme from a sworde, or with a cloake from a dagger, in which case men commonly use many other things not ordained for that purpose, doing that therewith which naturall instinct teacheth them. And this instinct is no other thing then the knowledge of the rules before laide downe: which knowledge, because it is naturally grassed in the mynde, is some thing the rather holpen and quallified by Arte, and maketh a man so assured and bolde, that he dares to enter on any great daunger, and judgeth (when he seeth the qualitie of the weapon, and the syte wherein it is placed) what it maye do, or in how many waies it may either strike or defend. From which his judgement springs the knowledge of all that he hath to do, and how he hath to handle himselfe to encounter any danger.
	But returning to my purpose, to wit, of the way how to defend, which is to carry the weapon opposite, this manner is commonly used, but is not so profitable, being used as it is. And the reason is, because when men endeavor themselves to encounter or oppose themselves against the weapon which comes to strike them, (neither making bold that their weapon can, neither knowing how it should defend) they withdraw their body with their foot, and commit all these faults following.	ma tornando a proposito del modo di difender che é di opponer l'arme, questo s'usa & i uulgarißimo, ma non utile nel modo che si usa la causa, e' perche quando uanno ad incontrar & ad opponersi al'arma che uiene per offendere non si fidando che l'arma poßi difendere , ne sapendo come ella poteßi difender, ritira no insieme con il piede la uita , & fanno tutti questi errori;	But returning to my purpose, to wit, of the way how to defend, which is to carrie the weapon opposite, this maner is commonly used, but is not so profitable, being used as it is. And the reason is, because when men endevour themselves to encounter or oppose themselves against the weapon which commeth to strike them, (neither making bolde that their weapon can, neither knowing how it should defend) they withdraw their bodie with their foote, and commit all these faultes following.
	1. First, by withdrawing of themselves, they encounter the enemy's sword towards the point, in which place it bears most force, and therefore with great difficulty they sustain the blow.	prima che ritirandosi uengeno ad incontrar la spada inimica uerfso la punta oue ha piu forza, & pero difficilmente si puo sosten tar quel colpo,	1. First, by withdrawing of themselves, they encounter the enimies sworde towardes the poynt, in which place it beareth most force, and therefore with great difficultie they sustaine the blowe.
	2. Another is, if they would strike the enemy, of force they must return their feet and weapons thither, where they were before, and yet increase forwards somewhat more, if they would strongly strike him: And in this they spend so much time, that the enemy may not only easily defend, but also, very well and safely strike.	l'altro che uolendo poi ferir l'inimico bisogna che torni i piedi & l'arme la doue erano prima & che cresca anco piu inanzi , se uuol gagliardamente ferir l'inimico, & qui si consuma tanto tempo, che ogn'uno si puo non solo facilmente difendere ma puo commoda & sicuramente sotto questo temopo offendere.	2. Another is, if they would strike the enimie, of force they must returne their feete and weapons thither, where they were before, and yet encrease forwards somewhat more, if they would strongly strike him: And in this they spend so much time, that the enimie may not onely easily defend, but also, verie well and safely strike.
	To him then that would use this manner of defense without danger, it is necessary and needful, when he encounters the enemy's sword, that he do not withdraw himself, but with his left foot increase a crooked or slope pace forwards, the which shall encounter the sword, which before was coming striking with the edge, on that part thereof, in which it has least power to offend, and shall by that means easily withstand the blow. But if the sword come with a thrust, he must find it and beat it aside: for every little motion is sufficient to drive the point far enough from danger of hurt. And there is the advantage gotten, aswell in the blow of the edge as of the point, that the body is voided out of the straight line, by means of the said slope pace: and it stands so apt and so near to offend the enemy, that one may strike in the very instant, neither can the enemy so much withdraw himself as is sufficient to avoid the stroke: For a man has to use the straight pace of the right foot to follow the enemy, which pace is so strong and so swift, that the enemy may not avoid it. And because this manner of defense, in mine opinion, seems to be most sure and short, I will use it above all other.	Auoler dunque usar questo modo di difender sicuramente glie di bisogno quando si ua ad incontrar la spada inimica, non ritirarsi, ma crescere un passo obliquo il piede sinistro che si incontrerà la spada uenendo di taglio inanti, nella parte per offender men forte, onde facilmente si ritiene il colpo & uenendo di punta si ua a trouar & spinger la spada inimica in parte che ogni poco di moto basta per alluntanar la punta dall'offesa, & si ha si nel colpo di taglio, come di punta questo auanta gio che si fugge la uita dalla linea retta oue si ferisce & si troua tàto uicino & commodo all'inimico per offendere che quasi in instante si ferisce ne puo l'inimico ritirarsi tanto che basti per fu gir l'offesa, per chef si ha il passo diritto del pie destro da segui tarlo il qual passo é tanto forte & ueloce che non puo l'inimico schifarlo, & questo modo di difendere per parermi piu sicuro & piu breue io l'ufero piu d'ogn'altro.	To him then what woulde use this manner of defence without danger, it is necessarie and needefull, when he encountreth the enimies sworde, that he do not withdrawe himselfe, but with his left foote increase a crooked or slope pace forwardes, the which shall encounter the sword, which before was comming striking with the edge, on that parte thereof, in which it hath least power to offend, and shal by that meanes easily withstand the blowe, But if the sworde come with a thrust, he must finde it and beat it aside: for every litle motion is sufficient to drive the poynt farre enough from danger of hurte. And there is this advantage gotten, aswel in the blow of the edge as of the point, that the bodie is voided out of the straight lyne, by meanes of the said slope pace: and it standeth so apt and so neere to offende the enimie, that one may strike in the verie instant, neither can the enimie so much withdrawe himselfe as is sufficient to avoyde the stroke: For a man hath to use the straight pace of the right foote to follow the enimie, which pace is so strong and so swift, that the enimie may not avoide it. And because this manner of defence, in mine opinion, seemeth to be most sure and short, I will use it above all other.
	There is another way, to wit, when one perceives the enemy's sword in the delivery of an edge blow, to fetch a great compass, he may strike him before the fall of his sword with a thrust : or else when the enemy thrusts, (but yet spends many times in the doing thereof) he may likewise strike him in as short time as may be. The which manner of defending is most profitable, and perchance the better of the two. For there is no man that will run himself headlong upon the weapon, or that, perceiving himself ready to be struck, will not suddenly draw back and withhold that blow which he had already prepared to discharge. And although there be some, who being struck run rashly on, yet generally, men will not so do, albeit they be struck when they are most choleric, but will, when they are struck or wounded, give back and be dismayed and by reason of the blood which goes from them, always more and more be weakened.	un'altro modo e quando accorgendosi che la spada dell'inimico uolendo ferir di taglio faccia gran giro prima che la spada cada si ferisce l'inimico di punta ouero quando uuol ferir di punta in molti tempi, parimente in tempo piu breue si ferisce , il qual modo di diffender è utilißimo & forse il miglior percioche niuno è che uenga precipitosamente ad inuerstirsi nell'arme & che sentendosi ferir non si ritiri subito ritenghi ogni colpo che di gia hauesse preparato per scaricare, & se bene alcuni si truouano che sen tendosi feriti corrono temerariamente adoßo, questo si fa in tutti pòco da poi che sono stati feriti quando la colera li assalta, ma in quell'insante che si feriscono tutti danno in dietro & si sgomentano & per il sangue che esce sempre piu s'indeboliscono.	There is another waie, to wit, when one perceiveth the enimies sworde in the deliverie of an edge blowe, to fetch a great compasse, he may strike him before the fall of his sword with a thrust: or els when the enimie thrusteth, (but yet spendeth many times in doing therof) he may likewise strike him in as shorte time as may be. The which manner of defending is most profitable, & perchaunce the better of the two. For there is no man that will runne himselfe hedlong upon the weapon, or that, perceiving himselfe readie to be strooken, will not suddenly drawe backe and with-hold that blowe which he had alreadie prepared to discharge. And although there be some, who being strooken runne rashly on, yet generally, men wil not so do, albeit the be strooken when they are most collorick, but will, when they are strooken or wounded, give backe and be dismayed and by reason of the bloud which goeth from them, alwaies more & more be weakened.
	But when they be so wounded, it shall be for their profit to be well advised, and not to discomfort themselves for the greatness of the blow, but to bear it patiently : for that which they do in disdain and fury shall turn them to much displeasure.	Onde poscia che si ha ferito glie util cosa star su l'auiso, & non si smarir di animo per furia del ferito, ma stia in ceruello che lo tornerà a cogliere in molti incouenienti che fa a per lo sdegno.	But yet when they be so wounded, it shall be for their profit to be well advised, and not to discomfort themselves for the greatnes of the blowe, but to beare it paciently: for that which they doe in disdaine and furie shal turne them to much displeasure.
	3. The third manner of defense is, when the body voids out of the straight line towards this or that side, but this is seldom used alone and by itself, but rather accompanied with the opposing of the weapon, or with the second manner of defense aforesaid. If it be used alone, the manner is to slip the blow, and to strike the enemy in the same time that he is over reached in his blow.	Il terzo modo e fuggendo di uita per uscir della linea retta uerso l'una ol'latra parte, ma questo modo rare uolte s'usa per se folo, ma accompagnato con l'opponer l'arme o con il secondo, & se s'usa solo, si usa di lasciar andar uuoto il colpo & ferir poi l'inimico nel tempo che e trasportato dal colpo.	3. The third manner of defence is, when the bodie voideth out of the straight lyne towardes this or that side, but this is seeldome used alone & by it selfe, but rather accompanied with the opposing of the weapon, or with the second manner of defence aforesaid. If it be used alone, the manner is to let slipp the blow, and to strike the enimie in the same time that he is over reached in his blowe.
	THE METHOD WHICH SHALL BE USED IN HANDLING THE CHAPTERS FOLLOWING. Forasmuch as I ought in the Chapters following to teach more particularly all the blows and defenses in every ward, (to the end that no man do marvel why I do not perform the same, and do think that the instruction is therefore imperfect) I think good (because my purpose is now to entreat of that only which pertains to true Art, to the which the blow of the point, or thrusts, are most agreeable, being more ready and strong than any other) to handle them principally, and yet not so, but that I will also talk of edgeblows when in my treatise I come to that place where it shall be most commodious to strike therewith, placing them near to their wards and defenses, although against all edgeblows this is the best defense, to strike by the right line before the fall of the enemy's sword, for, being delivered in shorter time, it withstands their fall and lighting. The order I say, which I will observe, shalbe, to lay down every ward, their blows and defenses, but principally of the point, then of the edge, if need require.	DEL MODO CHE SI TENIRA NEL trattar i seguenti Capi. DOVENDO nei seguenti Capi uenir a piu particolar amaestramento, Et insegnar le offese & difese in ogni guardia, affine che alcuno noni marauigli, non uolendo in es se offese, & difese notare ogni particolar colpo in ogni guardia. Et perciò credamo che la dottrina sia tronca, & manca, ci par di dire che hauendo intentione dir solo quello che spetta per hora alla uera arte, nella quale li colpi di punta sono piu ad essa conueneuoli per esser piu presti & piu forti, di essi principalmente si tratterà non restando però di parlar anco de tagli quando si sarà in loco oue il ferir di taglio torni commodo , & porli appresso le sue difese, benche a tutti i colpi di taglio si a ottima quella difesa del ferir per linea retta prima che la spada caschi, perche andando in tempo piu breue si uieta il cader. l'ordine dunque che teniremo sarà di per per ogni guardia , le sue offese & difese delle punte principalmente, & poi de tagli se sarà bisogno.	The methode which shalbe used in handling the Chapters following. For as much as I ought in the Chapters folowing to teach more particularly all the blowes and defences in every warde, (to the ende that no man doe mervaile why I do not perfourme the same, and do thinke that the instruction is therefore imperfect) I thinke good (because my purpose is now to intreat of that only which pertaineth to true Arte, to the which the blow of the point, or thrustes, are most agreeable, being more readie and strong than ony other) to handle them principally, and yet not so, but that I will also talke of edg blows when in my treatise I come to that place where it shalbe commodious to strike therewith, placing them neere to their wardes and defenses, anthough against all edgeblose this is the best defence, to strike by the right lyne before the fall of the enimies sword, for, being delivered in the shorter time, it withstandeth their fall and lighting. The order I say, which I will observe, shalbe, to laie downe every warde, their blowes and defences, but principally of the poynt, then of the edge, if neede require.

Side Sword

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	THE HURT OF THE HIGH WARD AT SINGLE RAPIER The truest, and surest blow that may be given when a man lies at the high ward, is, the thrust above hand, aswell for that it is in the straight line, as also, because it naturally stays itself in the low ward: So that from the beginning to the ending of this blow, there is never any time given to the enemy to enter, by reason, that the point stands always directly against him. But in the discharging of this blow, a man must remember to draw his left foot near his right foot, and then to increase forwards with the right foot, and to deliver it as forcibly as he may, staying himself in the low ward.	DELLA OFFESA DI GVARDIA ALTA di spada sola. IL PIV uero & sicuro colpo che si poßi trar ritrouandosi in guardia alta , è la imbrocata; per esser di linea retta, & andando a fermarsi naturalmente in guardia bassa, di mo do che dal principio al fine di questo colpo, mai si da tempo all'inimico di entrare , per star sempre con la punta uerso lui, ma nel scaricar .questo colpo, si uuol auertir di prima ritirar il pie stanco appresso il destro & lasciarla poi andar con la cresciuta del pie destro con quella maggior furia che si puo, affermandosi in guardia bassa.	The hurt of the high warde at single Rapier. The truest, and surest blowe that may be given when a man lyeth at the high warde, is, the thrust above hande, aswell for that it is in the straight lyne, as also, because it naturally stayeth it selfe in the lowe warde: So that from the beginning to the ending of this blowe, there is never any time given to the enimie to enter, by reason, that the point standeth alwayes directly against him. But in the discharging of this blowe, a man must remember to drawe his left foote neere his right foote, & deliver it as forcibly as he may, staying him selfe in the lowe warde.
	True it is, that he may also deliver a right and reversed edgeblow at the head: or else, strike downwards from the wrist of the hand: but because he is not able to turn his wrist in so small a compass, in the discharge of an edgeblow, either high or low, but that the point of the sword will be out of the straight line, by the length of a sword, in the which (before it return) the enemy has sufficient time to strike: Therefore I would not counsel any man to use them either alone, or both together. But yet between two thrusts, they may be used together, by continuing the one after the other (though they be voided) until the last thrust, the which does safely rest in the low ward. The use of them is on this manner.	Ben e uero che si può trar anco un diritto & riuerscio alla testa, o uero anca all'ingiu di nodo di mano , ma per non si poter uolger in pugno tanto poco per trar colpo di taglio o alto o basso che non s'alon tani la punta della spada dalla linea retta la lungazza duna spada , nella qual prima che si torni, si da tempo all'inimico di ferir; però non darei per consiglìo ad alcuno di usarli. Soli ne ambi doi insieme, ma si ben fra due imbroccate continuan do l'uno dietro all'altro se uan d'essetto uuoii sin al'ultima imbroccata, la qual poi s'asicura in guardia bassa. Il modo di usar li e questo.	True it is, that he may also deliver a right and reversed edgeblowe at the head: or els, strike downwardes from the wrist of the hand: but because he is not able to turne his wrist in so small a compasse, in the discharge of an edgeblowe, either high or lowe, but that the poynt of the sworde will be out of the straight lyne, by the length of a sworde, in the which (before it returne) the enimie hath sufficient time to strike: Therefore I would not councell any man to use them either alone, or both togither. But yet betweene two thrusts, they may be verie well used togither, by continuing the one after the other (though tye be voyded) untill the last thrust, the which doth safely rest it selfe in the lowe ward. The use of them is one this manner.
	When one having discharged a thrust from the high ward, perceives that it does not hurt, because it was voided by the enemy's sword, he must turn a right edgeblow from the wrist athwart the enemy's head, fetching a compass with his foot behind him toward the right side, to the end the blow may be the longer, which is the longest of all others. But if the enemy void this in like case (which is very difficult) then he must suddenly turn the reverse from his elbow increasing therewithall a slope pace with the hindfoot. And it is to be noted, that in delivering a reverse, the slope pace is in a manner always to be used, to the end he may go forth of the straight line, in the which (if he should deliver it) he may easily be struck. Having used this pace and reverse, whether it hit or not, the sword in the same instant is something to be drawn or slid: which drawing is profitable in this, that in giving the reverse it does both cause the weapon to cut, and make the greater blow. Wherefore it is to be understood, that all edgeblows ought so to be delivered, that they may cut: for being directly given without any drawing, they cause but a small hurt.	Che ritrouandosi hauer spinta la punta di guardia alta senza offesa per esser stata riparata da la spada inimica, subito si dee uolgere il mandiritto di nodo a trauerso la testa girando alquanto il piede di dietro nella parte destra per allun gar piu quel taglio , ilquale per sua natura e piu dngo dogn'altro colpo. Et se l'inimico riparasse questo che é assai dificile, subito si dee uolger il riuerso del gombito crescendo il piede di dietro un passo obliquo . Et é' da auertire che sempre quasi nel trar il riuerscio si deue usar questo passo obliquo, per uscir della linea retta nella qual facilmente trando riuersi si puo esser ferito , però fatto questo passo & tratto il riuerscio o colga o non colga se li deue subìto ritirando alqnanto la spada, il qual ritirar uien in cio ad esser utile, c'hauendo, con il riuerscio ferito, questo ritirar sega & fa grandißima ferita, onde é da saper che si deuerebbon tutti i colpi di taglio trar in modo che segassero,
	Coming therefore to my purpose, I say: that as soon as he has so drawn his sword, he ought with the straight pace of the right foot, discharge a thrust underneath, being already prepared, the which thrust is so strong, both for aptness thereof and increase of the pace, that it pierces through any impediment withstanding it. And all these blows (beginning from the thrust abovehand, till the end of the thrust underneath) being roundly delivered one after another with such swiftness as is required, are in manner not to be warded. Besides, they have so great increase of pace, that it is not almost possible for the enemy to retire so much backward, as these increase upon him forward.	percioche per il diritto fan poca botta tór nando dunque a proposito dico che subito ritirata la spada, si deue con il passo diritto del pie destro scarricar la stoccata bassa gia preparata la qual é tanto forte & per la commodità &' per la cresciuta che romperebbe ogni impedimento. Et tutti questi colpi cominciando dalla imbrocata alta sino alla stoccata bassa, sendo tratti l'un dietro l'altro con quella uelocità che si richiede sono quasi irreparabili, & ui è in eßi tanta cresciuta che non é quasi poßibile che possa huomo alcuno, tanto ritraisi indietro quanto questi crescono inanti
	THE DEFENSE OF THE THRUST OF THE HIGH WARD AT SINGLE RAPIER All the fury in striking before spoken of, is utterly frustrated, when, as here it may be withstands and encounters the first thrust. For the defense whereof it is needful that he stand at the low ward, and as the thrust comes, that he encounter it without, with the edge of the sword, and increase a slope pace forward, with the hindfoot at the very same time, by which pace he moves out of the straight line, and passes on the right side of the enemy. And he must remember to bear always the point of the sword toward the enemy: So that the enemy in coming forwards, either runs himself on the sword, which may easily happen, and so much the rather, when he comes resolutely determined to strike, or else if he come not so far forwards that he encounters the sword, yet may be safely struck, with the increase of a straight pace: to which pace, having suddenly joined a slope pace, a man must return and increase again though the enemy were struck at the first increase of that pace: For if at the first stroke and increase, the enemy were not hit in the eye, it shall be of small purpose. Therefore as soon as he has used the crooked or slope pace, he must presently increase an other straight pace, the which does so much gather upon the enemy, that if he would strike him in the breast, he may thrust his sword up to the hilts.	LA DIFESA DELLA PVNTA DI guardia alta. TUTTA la furia del colpir già detto sarà nulla & uana quando nel modo che qui si uede si andarà a uietare & ad incontrar la prima punta, per il qual ripara gli é dibisogno di ritrouarsi in guardia bassa & uenendo la punta andarla ad incontrar per di fuora con il, crescendo nel medesmo tempo con il piede di dietro un passo obliquo, con il qual passo si muoue fuor della linea retta & si passa nella parte destra dell'inimico & duesi star auertito, di tenir se sempre la punta della spada uerso l'inimico, acciò, ò uenendo inanti uenga da se stesso a ferirsi ilche suol facilmente accadere, & tanto piu quante uengono risolutamente a ferir; ouero non uenendó tanto inanti che s'incontrino nella spada possino esser al sicuro feriti dalla cresciuta del passo diritto, al qua le subito fatto il passo obliquo si dee risoluere, ancor che l'inimico restasse nella prima cresciuta ferito percioche quella ferita non cogliendo nell occhio sarà di poca importanza però subito che si haurà fatto il passo obliquo, si crescera con l'altro passo retto, ilqual passo cresce tanto adosso l'inimico cha uenendo, fatto di passarlo nel petto gli si cacciera, la spada fino al'else.
	Now for the lofty edgeblows, both right and reversed, the rules aforesaid may suffice: To wit, the edgeblow fetches a compass. The blow of the point or thrust is the shortest, and in this blow, he that is nearest hits the soonest: So then he must thrust under any of these edgeblows. And farther, for asmuch as it is naturally given to every man to defend himself, he may encounter the right edgeblow after an other way, and that is, to encounter it with the edge of his sword, and presently, to drive therewithall a thrust at the enemy's face, and to compass his hindfoot, towards the right side behind, to the end, that the thrust may be lengthened and his body thereby covered, considering he shall then stand right behind his sword.	Quanto al diritto & riuerscio alti, per diffesa di questi douerebbon bastar gli auertimenti che il colpo di taglio fa il giro, & che la punta piu breue, con quello chi e piu uicino giunge piupresto & percio ferir di punta sotto eßi colpi di taglio, pure per esser cosa naturale il difendersi anco in altro modo dico, che si puo incontrar il diritto con il fillo spingendo nellistesso tempo la punta alla faccia giranda alquanto il piede di dietro per di dietra nella parte destra per allungar piu la punta, & per esser piu coperto dietro all spada.	Now for the loftie edge-blowes, both right and reversed, the rules aforesaide may suffice: To witte, the edge-blowe sectheth a compasse. The blowe of the poynt or thrust is the shortest, & in this blowe, he that is nearest hitteth soonest: So then he must thrust under any of these edgeblowes. And farther, for asmuch as it is naturallie given to everie man to defend himselfe, he may encounter the right edge-blowe after an otherwaie, and that is, to encounter it with the edge of his sworde, and presentlie, to drive there withall a foote, towardes the right side behinde, to the ende, that the thrust may be lengthned and his bodie thereby covered, considering he shall then stand right behinde his sword.
	This manner of defense, may serve to ward all blows of the edge, delivered from the high ward, and it is the best way of all other, because it does not only ward, but also in one and the selfsame time, both strike and defend safely.	Et questo modo di difender sia destoper tutti I diritti alti, percio che questo è il miglior di ogni altro per tal causa che non solo difende ma nel istesso tempo ferisce & aßicura.	This manner of defence, may serve to warde all right blows of the edg, delivered from the high ward, and it is the best waie of all other, because it doth not onely warde, but also in one and the selfesame time, both strike and defend safely
	This manner of thrust is called the reversed thrust. But if one would ward a reverse, he must oppose the edge of sword without, and therewithall increase a slope pace, and then deliver a thrust with the increase of a straight or right pace. And this may suffice for all that may be used against a lofty, reversed, edgeblow, as far forth as a man endeavors to oppose himself against the weapon. And this is the very same also with which may be used for the warding of the thrust.	Chiamasi questa sorte di difesa punta riuersa. Volendo riparar il riuerstio si opponerà, pur il taglio per di fuera, & si crescerà il passo obliquo ferendo poi della punta preparata con la crescuita del passo diritto, & questo modo ancora sia detto per tutto quello che si puo usar a diffender un riuercio alto uolendo opporsi alla spada & questo è il modesmo che si usa anco per difender la punta.	This manner of thrust is called the reversed thrust. But if one would warde areverse, he must oppose the edge of his sword without, and therewithall increase a slope pace, & then deliver a thrust with the increase of a straight or right pace. And this may suffice for all that which may be used against a loftie, reversed, edgeblowe, as farfoorth as a man endevoureth to oppose himselfe against the weapon. And this is the verie same also which may be used for the warding of the thrust.
	THE HURT OF THE BROAD WARD AT SINGLE RAPIER The most sure, most true principal blow that may be used in this ward is the thrust underhand, so that a man draw his left foot near his right foot, and then discharge it with the _ of the said foot, and settle himself in the low ward.	DELL’ OFESA DI GVARDIA LARGA. La Vera principale & piu sicura botta che si poßi in questa guardia usare; e la stocatta, tirando prima il pie stanco appresso il destro. Et scarirandola poi con la cresciuta del piu destro; affermandosi in guardia bassa,	The hurt of the broad warde at single Rapier. THe most sure, most true & principall blowe that may be used in this warde is the thrust underhand, so that a man draw his left foote neere his right foote, and then discharge it with the increase of the saide foote, and settle himselfe in the lowe warde.
	He may also in this ward with the said increase of the right foot, deliver a right edgeblow from the wrist of the hand, and stay himself in the low ward. And perchance he may (although with great danger) bestow also a reverse: yet considering he shall do it out of the straight line, in the which only he strikes safely, I do not think it good, that he use either the said reverse, either the said right blow except it be very seldom, and for the same cause, assuring himself in the blow of the point, or thrust, the which he shall not give, except it be very commodious, or that he be forced of necessity, considering this thrust does not only easily and commodiously defend, but also, at one instant, safely strike, and offend, as shall be showed in the defense of this ward. That therefore which he may safely do, in this ward, is to expect and watch for his enemy's coming.	si potrebe anco in questa guardia con la detta cresciuta di piede trar un diritto di nodo andandosi pur ad affermare in guardia bassa. Et farse si potrebbe, ben che con gran discommodo trar un riuersio. Nulla di meno per uscir troppo della linea retta nella qual sola si ferisce sicuramente non mi par che si debba usare, & forse anco poco il madritto, per il medesmo rispetto. Percio si deue aßicurar solamente nella punta, la qual anco non trauersi se gran commodità o bisogno a cio non mi spingesse; sendo che ella non solo si puo con commidita riparare, ma si puo anco sott’ essa quasi si curamento ferire come nella difesa si mostrerà. Quello adunque che piu sicuramente si puo fare ritrouandosi in questa guardia è l`aspettar l`inimico.	He may also in this warde with the said increase of the right foote, deliver a right edgeblowe from the wrist of the hand, and stay himselfe in the low warde. And perchaunce he may (although with great daunger) bestowe also a reverse: yet considering he shall do it out of the straight lyne, in the which onely he striketh safely, I do not thinke it good, that he use either the saide reverse, either the saide right blowe except it be verie seldom, & for the same cause, assuring himselfe in the blow of the poynt, or thrust, the which he shall not give, except it be verie commodious, or that he be forced of necessitie, considering this thrust doth not onely easily and commodiously defend, but also, at one instant, safely strike, and offend, as shalbe shewed in the defence of this warde. That therefore which he may safely do, in this warde, is to expect and watch for the enimies commin.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE BROAD WARD AT SINGLE RAPIER If a man would defend himself from the blows of the aforesaid broad ward, it is good that he stand against his enemy in the low ward: for the whilst he is so opposite in the same ward, the enemy may neither easily enter, neither commodiously defend himself. So that he which is in the low ward may very easily withstand the downright blow, and the reverse by giving a thrust, for that he shall hit him first, And if he would only oppose his sword, and not strike also therewithall, he must encounter his enemy's sword with the edge of his own, and turning the same edge fetch a reverse, striking at the face of the enemy. And as he so turns his hand and edge of his sword, it shall be good that he carry his forefoot a half crooked or slope pace towards his right side, staying himself in the broad ward. For defense of the reverse, it is to be marked, when the enemy lifts up the end of the Rapier out of the straight line, because then of force he fetches a compass: And whilst he so does, a man must make a straight pace forwards, and with his left hand take holdfast of the sword hand of his enemy, and incontinently wound him with a thrust underneath already prepared.	LA DIFESA DI GVARDIA LARGA. Volendosi difender dalli colpi che escono dall sopradetta guardia larga è buono ritrouraseli contra in guardia bassa; percioche l`esserli opposto nella medesma guardia; non porge facilità di entrare; & torna molot discommoda al difendere, onde che ritroundaosigli in guardia bassa si puo facilmente & commodamente uietar il mandritto & riuerscio con il spinger, per che si giungerà prima & uolendosi pur oppor alla spada & non ferirli soto, si deura incontrar la spada inimca con il filo uolgendol poi subito ferendo di riuerso la faccia inimica, & con questo uolger di mano & di taglio sarà buono portrar il pie dinanzi mezo passo obliquo nella parte destra affermandosi in guardia larga. Alla difesa del riuerso si deue star auertito quando l`inimico leua la punta della spada dalla linea retta, percio che è forza che giri, & in quel tépo có la sinistra mano facendo un passo retto si deue prender la mano dell`inimico della spada, & ferirlo nel modesimo tempo d’una punta di sotto già preparata per riparo della stocata	The Defence of the broad Ward at single Rapier. IF a man would defend himselfe from the blowes of the foresaide broad warde, it is good that he stande against the enimie in the lowe warde: for whilest he is so opposite in the same warde, the enimie may neither easily enter, neither commodiously defend himselfe. So that he which is in the lowe warde may very easily withstand the downright blow, and the reverse by giving a thrust, for that he shall hit him first, And if he would onely oppose his sworde, and not strike also therewithall, he must encounter the enimies sword with the edge of his owne, and turning the same edge fetch a reverse, striking at the face of the enimie. And as he so turneth his hand and edge of his sworde, it shalbe good that he carrie his forefoote a halfe crooked or slope pace towards his right side, staying himselfe in the broad warde. For defence of the reverse, it is to be marked, when the enimie lifteth up the point of the Rapier out of the straight lyne, because then of force he fetcheth a compasse: And whilest he so doth, a man must make a straight pace forwardes, and with his left hande take holdfast of the sworde hande of the enimie, and incontinently wound him with a thrust underneath alreadie prepared.
	Now, the very same defense is to be used against the thrust underneath, which is against the right edgeblow. Neither is there any other difference between these two defenses, but that whilst the right blow fetches his compass, a man may give a thrust and hit him first: For the thrust underneath, must only of necessity be warded, because, coming in the straight line, it ministers no advantage or time to hit home first.	si deue usar la medesma difesa che si fa nel diritto ne in qusto due difese ui è altra differenza se non che sotto il diritto si può nel tempo del giro spinger la punta & giunger prima, che la stocata di neceßità deue esser riparata percioche uenendo per linea retta non porge auantaggio o tempo di giunger prima.	Now, the verie same defence is to be used against the thrust underneath, which is against the right edgeblowe. Neither is there any other difference between these two defences, but that whilest the right blowe fetcheth his compas, a man may give a thrust and hit home first: For the thrust underneath, must onely of necessitie be warded, because, coming in the straight lyne, it ministreth no advantage or time to hit home first.
	THE HURT OF THE LOW WARD AT SINGLE RAPIER A Man may in like manner in this ward, as in others, deliver a thrust, a right blow, and a reverse: but the true and principal effect of this ward, is to expect the enemy, aswell for that a man bears himself without wariness, as also, because it is apt and ready to defend all blows either high or low: For being in the middle, it is easily somewhat lifted up, as something borne down: So that when one stands in this ward, he may not (as for his advantage) be the first that shall give either the downright blow, or the reverse: for both the one and the other (departing out of the straight line) are deadly, because they give time to the enemy to enter nimbly with a thrust. The thrust therefore, may be only used when one means to strike first, and it is practiced either within, or without, always regarding in either of the ways, so to bear and place his arm, that he have no need (before he thrust) to draw back the same. The enemy ward it, by the traverse or cross motion of his Rapier, as many use to do, then he ought to increase a straight pace and lift up his sword hand, holding the point thereof downwards betwixt the enemy's arm and his body and with the increase of a straight pace to deliver a thrust. And this manner of thrust does easily speed, because it increases continually in the straight line in such sort that the enemy can do no other then give back, and especially when it is done without, for then the sword is safe from the traverse motion of the other sword.	DELLA OFESA DI GVARDIA BASSA. SI PUO parimente in questa guardia si come nell’altre ferir di punta, taglio diritto riuerso, ma il uero & principal effetto di essa, è l’aspettar l`inimico, si perche in essa si puo tratenir algnanto l’huomo senza stancarsi, s ianco perche è molto atta à riparar con prestezza tutti i colpi si alti come baßi. Percioche essendo nel mezzo puo facilmente un poco alzarsi & alquanto abbassarsi. Ritrouandosi dunque alcuno in questa guardia non deue per suo auantaggio esser primo a trar mandritto o riuerso percioche partendosi l’uno & l’altro dalla linea retta possono esser causa di morte, dando tempo all’inimico di presto entrar di punta. La punta sola si puo usar uolendo esser primo a ferire, & si può trar o dentro o di fuori. Auertendo però in l’uno & l’altro modo di hauer il braccio in tal modo situato. Che non sia bisogno prima che si spinga ritirarlo, & uenendo questa punta riparata dall’inimico con la spada di trauerso, come alcuni sogliono. All’hora si deue crescer un passo diritto & alziar la mano dalla spada facendo andar la punta in giu tra la spada & la uita, all uita, dell’inimico spingendo la punta con la cresciuta del passo diritto del pie destro & questa punta suol facilmente ferir percioche ua crescendo & continuamente per linea retta di modo che l’inimico non puo far altro che ritirarsi & maximamente quando si ferisce per di fuora per trouarsi a quel modo la spada al sicruo di trauerso.	The hurt of the Lowe warde at single Rapier. A Man may in like maner in this ward, as in others, deliver a thrust, a right blowe, and a reverse: but the true and principall effect of this warde, is to expect the enimie, aswell for that a man beareth him selfe without warinesse, as also, because it is apt and readie to defende all blowes either high or lowe: For being in the middle, it is as easily somewhat lifted up, as something borne downe: So that when one standeth in this warde, he may not (as for his advantage) be the first that shall give either the down-right blowe, or the reverse: for both the one and the other (departing out of the straight lyne) are deadly, because they give time to the enimie to enter nimbly with a thrust, The thrust therefore, may be only used when one meaneth to strike first, and it is practised either within, or without, alwaies regarding in either of the waies, so to beare and place his arme, that he have no neede (before he thrust) to drawe backe the same. And if the enimie warde it, by the traverse or crosse motion of his Rapier, as many use to do, then he ought to encrease a straight pace and lift up his sword hand, holding the point thereof downwards betwixt the enimies arme and his bodie, & with the encrease of a straight pace to deliver a thrust. And this maner of thrust doth easily speede, because it increaseth continually in the straight lyne in such sort that the enimie can do no other then give backe, and especially when it is done without, for then the sworde is safe from the traverse motion of the other sworde.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE LOW WARD AT SINGLE RAPIER Because both the downright blow, and the reverse are very easily defended in this ward, I will not stand to speak of any other then of the thrust, restraining myself thereunto. The which thrust, if at the first it be not withstood, may prove very mortal and deadly. Therefore, when this thrust is given within, it must be beaten inwards with the edge of the Rapier, requiring the turn of the hand also inwards, and the compass of the hindfoot, so far towards the right side, as the hand goes towards the right side. And the enemy shall no sooner have delivered the thrust, and he found the sword, but he ought to turn his hand, and with a reverse to cut the enemy's face, carrying always his forefoot on that side where his hand goes. If the enemy's thrust come outwards, then it is necessary, that with the turn of his hand he beat it outwards with the edge of his sword increasing in the same instant one slope pace, by means whereof he delivers his body from hurt. And therewithall (increasing another straight pace, and delivering his thrust already prepared) he does most safely hurt the enemy.	DIFESA DI GVARDIA BASSA. SENDO sicurißima & facdifesa del diritto & riuerso di questa guardia non ne starò per hora adir altro ristringend mi solo all punta, la quale non uenendo uietata in principio puo esser causa di morte. Sendo dunque tratta questa punta di dentro, si si deue batterla con il filo per di dentro & questo si adimanda uolta di mano indentro girando tanto il pie di dietro nella parte destra quanto la mano ua la sinistra & trouata & spinta che si ha la spada inimica si deue uolger la mano & tagliar di riuerso alla faccia portando pur sempre il piede dinanzi in quella parte oueua la mano. Se mo questa punta uenirà per di fuora, bisogna pur spingerla con il’filo & uolta di mano infuora, crescnedo nell’istesso tempo un passo obl;iquo, mediante il quale si teua la uita dall’ofesa, & crescendo l’altro passo diritta spingendo la punta perparata, si ua al sicro a ferir l’inimico.	The Defence of the Lowe warde at single Rapier. BEcause both the down-right blowe, and the reverse are verie easily defended in this warde, I will not stand to speake of any other then of the thrust, restraining my selfe thereunto. The which thrust, if at the first it be not withstoode, may prove verie mortall & deadly. Therefore, when this thrust is given within, it must be beaten inwardes with the edge of the Rapier, requiring the turne of the hand also inwards, and the compasse of the hinder foote, so farre towards the right side, as the hande goeth towardes the right side. And the enimie shall no sooner have delivered the thrust, and he found the sword, but he ought to turne his hand, and with a reverse to cut the enimies face, carying alwaies his forefoote on that side where his hand goeth. If the enimies thrust come outwardes, then it is necessarie, that with the turne of his hand he beat it outwards with the edge of his sword encreasing in the same instant one slope pace, by meanes whereof he delivereth his bodie from hurt. And therewithall (encreasing another straight pace, and delivering his thrust alreadie prepared) he doth most safely hurt the enimie.
		Il Fine della sola spada

Sword and Dagger

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	THE RAPIER AND DAGGER Having as briefly as I might possibly finished all that which might be said, of true knowledge of single Rapier: it seems convenient, that coming from the simple to the compound, I handle these weapons first, which from the Rapier forwards are either most simple or least compound: And especially those which now adays are most used, and in the which men are most exercised, the which weapons are the Rapier and Dagger accompanied together, and are a great increase and furtherance both in striking and defending.	DELLA SPADA ET PUGNALE Essendo con quanta breuita è stata poßibile uenuto al fine di quello che per la uera scienza della spada si può trattare, pare cosa conueneuole, uenendo dal semplice al composito, trattar di quelle armi prima ceh dalla spada sola in fuori sono o piu semplici o meno composite, & di quelle principalmente che piu hoggi di s’ufsano, & nelle quali piu gli huomini si esercitano, le quali sono la spada accompagnata dal pugnale, che è accrescimento si in offesa a come in difesa.	The Rapier and Dagger. Having as briefely as I might possibly finished all that which might be saide, of true knowledge of Single Rapier: it seemeth convenient, that comming from the simple to the compound, I handle those weapons first, which from the Rapier forwards are either most simple or least compound: And especially those which noweadayes are most used, and in the which men are most exercised, the which weapons are the Rapier & Dagger accompanied together, and are a great encrease and furtherance both in striking and defending.
	Wherefore, it is to be first considered, that which these and the like weapons, a man may practice that most desired and renowned manner of skirmishing, which is said to strike and defend both in one time, which is thought to be impossible to be done with the single Rapier, and yet in truth is not so: For there are some kind of blows in the defense of which one may also strike (as in the blows of the edge, down right and reversed) both high and low, and other high blows which here are not spoken of.	Onde è da auertire che si pue in quests & simili arme esercitar quel tanto desiderato & apprezzato modo di schermire, che si dice pararare & ferir in uno istesso tempo, il che si ha per impoßibile nella sola spada, anchor che cosi non sia. Perche sono alcuni colpi nella difesa de quali s’offende come sono i tagli dritti & riuersi alti & baßi, & de gli alti che hora si tacciono, in queste arme dunque per potere una agiutar l’altra, su puo con gran comodità difendere, & ferire.	Wherefore, it is first to be considered, that with these and the like weapons, a man may practise that most desired and renowmed manner of skirmishing, which is saide to strike and defend both in one time, which is thought to be impossible to be done with the single Rapier, and yet in truth it is not so: For there are some kinde of blow in the defence of which one may also strike (as in the blowes of the edge, downe right and reversed) both high and lowe, and other high blowes which here are not spoken of.
	Wherefore seeing with these weapons a man may very commodiously, both strike and defend, for that the one is a great help to the other, it is to be remembered, that because these weapons are two, and the one of lesser quantity than the other, to each one be allotted that part both of defending and striking, which it is best able to support. So that to the Dagger, by reason of his shortness, is assigned the left side to defend down to the knee: and to the sword all the right side, and the right and left side jointly downwards from the knee. Neither may it seem strange that the only Dagger ought to defend all blows of the left side : for it does most easily sustain every edgeblow, when it encounters the sword in the first and second part thereof.	Onde si deue auertir, che essendo queste arme due & di minor quantità l’una d l’altra, che a ciascuna si deue dar quella parte di difesa & offesa che puo sopportare, però al pugnale, per esser corto, si deue dar tutta la parte sinistra da diffendere sino al ginocchio. Et alla spada tutta la parte destra & la destra & sinistra insieme dal ginocchio in gia, ne deue parer strano che il pugual solo debba difender tutti colpi dalla parte sinistra; percioche facilißimamente il pugnale sostiene ogni gran colpo di taglio quando si uuol andar ad incontrar la spada nella prima & seconda parte,	Wherefore seing with these weapons a man may verie commodiously, both strike and defend, for that the one is a great helpe to the other, it is to bee remembred, that because these weapons are two, and the one of lesser quantitie then the other, to each one bee allotted that part both of defendinge and strikinge, which it is best hable to support. So that to the Dagger, by reason of his shortnes, is assigned the left side to defend downe to the knee: and to the sword all the right side, & and the right and left side joyntly downwardes from the knee. Neither may it seeme strange that the onely Dagger ought to defend all the blowes of the left side: for it doth most easily sustaine everie edgeblowe, when it encountreth the sworde in the first and second parte thereof.
	But yet let no man assure himself, to bear any blow, with his only Dagger when he meets with the sword on the third and fourth part thereof, because that part carries more force with it then may be sustained with the only Dagger. And yet for all that, no man ought to accustom himself to defend blows with the Rapier and Dagger both together, which manner of defending is now commonly used because men believe, that they stand more assuredly by that means, although in truth it is not so. For the Rapier and Dagger are so bound thereby, that they may not strike before they be recovered, and therein spend two times, under the which a man may be struck when he strikes continuing by the straight line, increasing forwards, perceiving his enemy to be occupied and troubled in defending of himself. And albeit this is not seen to come to passe many times, yet that is because the advantage is not known, or being known, men either ready to execute it, either stand greatly in fear to do it.	ma non si deue già alcuno aßicurar di sostenire con il solo pugnale in contrando la spada nella terza & quarta parte, essendo quelle di troppo gran forza & da non esser sostenuta dal solo pugnale. Ne percio sideue alcuno asseufare di riparare i colpi con la spada & pugnale insieme, il qual modo di difender e hoggi da tutti usato credendo per tal modo di meglio aßicurarsi ancor che cosi non sia, percioche si mette la spada & pugnale in ser uitu talmente che non si puo offendere se prima non si riscuotono l’armi, onde qui si consumano doi tempi, sotto i quali si sarebbe ferito quando quello che ferisce cintinuando per la linea retta non abbandoasse il cresere uedendo l’inimico impazzato a difendersi, & se cio non si è ueduto molte uolte in fatto è perche non si consote questo auantaggio, o conoscendolo non sono presti ad esequir, o temono lasciando.	But yet let no man assure himselfe, to beare any blowe, with his only Dagger when he meeteth with the sword of the thirde and fourth parte thereof, because that parte carrieth more force with it then may be sustained with the onely Dagger. And yet for all that, no man ought to accustome himselfe to defende blowes with the Rapier and Dagger both together, which manner of defending is now commonly used because men beleeve, that they stand more assuredly by that meanes, although in trueth it is not so. For the Rapier and Dagger are so bound thereby, that they may not strike before they be recovered, and therein are spent two tymes, under the which a man may be strooken when he that striketh continuing by the straight lyne, encreaseth forwards, perceiving his enimie to be occupied and troubled in defending of himselfe. And albeit this is not seene to come to pass many times, yet that is because the advantage is not knowen, or being known, men either are not readie to execute it, either stand greatly in feare to do it.
	Therefore leaving aside this manner of defense, let each man use to oppose, one only weapon against the enemy's sword, keeping the other free, that he may be able to strike at his pleasure.	Dunque quel modo di riparare si userà di oppore una sola arma alla spada inimica tenendo l’altra libera da poter a suo piacer offendere.	Therefore leaving aside this maner of defence, let each man use to oppose, one only weapon against the enimies sworde, keeping the other free, that he may be able to strike at his pleasure.
	And it is diligently to be noted, that not only the blows of the sword, but also of any other weapon be it never so great, may with the only Dagger be sustained and defended, when a man does boldly encounter it towards the hand.	Et molto è da aueetire che con il solo pugnale non solo i colpi di spada ma di qualunque altra arma anchor che grandißima si possono sostenire & difendere, quando si aßicura di andarli ad incontrar uerso la mano.	And it is diligently to be noted, that not onely the blowes of the sworde, but also of any other weapon be itnever so great, may with the onely Dagger be sustained and defended, when a man doth boldly encounter it towards the hand.
	It is therefore to be known, that in the handling of these two weapons one may with less danger give a blow with the edge then at single Rapier: For albeit the point of the Rapier be moved out of the straight line: yet for all that there is not free power given to the enemy's to strike, considering there is an other weapon contrariwise prepared to defend: but this does not so fall out at the single Rapier, which bearing itself far off when it strikes with the edge, does present and give the means to the enemy to hit home first. And yet for all that, I would not counsel no man, either in this or in any other sort of weapon to accustom himself to give blows with the edge: for that he may under them be most easily struck with a thrust.	Deuesi anco sapere, che con minor perice lo si può in quest’arme trar colpi di taglio, che nella spada sola percioche, quantunque si muoua la punta della spada dalla linea retta, non percio resta libero potere all’inimico di ferire, essendoui un altra arma contra preparata per difendere, ilche non auiene nella sola spada, laquale alluntanandosi per ferire di taglio appresenta, & da modo all’inimico do giungere prima. Ne gia per questo darei consiglio ad alcuno, che o in questa ouero in altra sorte d’arme s’auezzasse à trar colpi di taglio; percioche si puo sott’eßi facilmente ferir di punta.	It is therefore to be knowen, that in the handling of these two weapons one may with lesse danger give a blowe with the edge then at the single Rapier: For albeit the poynt of the Rapier be moved out of the straight lyne: yet for all that there is not free power given to the enimie to strike, considering there is an other weapon contrariwise prepared to defend: but this doth not so fall out at the single Rapier, which bearing it selfe farre off when it striketh with the edge, doth present & give the meanes to the enimie to hit home first. And yet for all that, I would counsell no man, either in this or in any other sort of weapon to accustome himselfe to give blowes with the edge: for that he may under them be most easily strooken by a thrust.
	OF THE WARDS In the handling of these weapons, men use to frame many wards, all which, because many of them carry no reason, for that they are ether out of the straight line, either under them a man may be easily be struck, I will cast aside as impertinent to my purpose, and retain myself unto those three with the which a man may safely strike and defend, whereunto all the rest may be reduced.	DELLA GVARDIE. Si sogliono in quest’arme porre molte quardie; delle quali sendone molte che non banno ragione per cioche o sono fuori della linea retta, o si puo sotiesse facilmente eßer ferito lequali tutte come danose, & nõ tõuenieti pute al proposito nosiro lasciero da parte ristringedomi a quelle tre sole co le quali si puo facilmete offedere et difendersi, le altre tutte facilmente a queste tre si possono ridurre.	Of the Wardes. IN the handling of these weapons, men use to frame manie wardes, all which, because many of them carrie no reason, for that they are ether out of the streight line, either under them a man maie easelie bee stroken, I wil cast aside as impertinent to my purpose, & regrain my self unto those three with the which a man may safele strike & defend, wherunto all the rest maie be reduced.
	HOW TO DEFEND WITH THE DAGGER said elsewhere that the left side of the person is that part which the dagger ought to defend, that is to say, from the knee upwards: the lower parts together with the right side ought wholly to be warded with the sword.	DEL MODO DI RIPARARE COL PVGNALE. Altrove ho detto quella parte della persona, che deue defendere il pugnale esser la sinistra cioè; dal ginocchio in su. Ma la parte piu bassa inseme con la destra uuole tuttoa esser difesa dalla spada per piu commodità, & sicurezza.	How to defend with the Dagger. I Have said elswhere that the left side of the eperson is that part which the dagger ought to defend, that is to saie, from the knee upwards: the lower parts together with the right side ought wholy to bee warded with the sword.
	Considering the dagger, that which is to be done therewith, it is to be noted, that for great advantage, it would be held before with the arm stretched forth and the point respecting the enemy, which although it be far from him, yet in that it has a point, it gives him occasion to bethink himself.	Quanto a quello che si ha da fare co’l pugnale si deue auertire, che per grandißimo auantagio, il pugnale uuele esser tenuto inanti co’l braccio desteso, & con la punta, che guardia l’inimico , la qual punta, benche sia lontana dall offesa pur per esser punta da da pensare all’inimico.	Concerning the dagger, that which is to bee done therewith, it is to be noted, that for great advantage, it would be holden before with the arme streched forth & the point respecting the enemie, which although it be far from him, yet in that it hath a point, it giveth him occasion to bethink himself.
	Now whether a man ought to hold his Dagger with the edge or flat towards the enemy, it may be left to judgment of him that handles it, so to use it, as shall be most for his advantage. I have seen some, who bear it with the edge towards the enemy, alleging this to be their advantage, that as they encounter the enemy's sword (which comes with the edge or point) in the first or second part thereof, and therewithall do increase a pace forwards, of force the hand turns and places the edge of the Dagger there where the flat was first: So that they are to drive the enemy's sword far from them without any great trouble, because each little motion in the first part of the sword causes very great variety in the point, from which principally proceeds the hurt. In which case, it shall be very profitable to have a good large Dagger.	Se si debba poi tenire il pugnale co’l taglio, o con la faccia uerso l’inimico, cio si puo rimettere algiuditio di chi l’adopra secondo che li torna piu auantagio. He ueduto alcuni, che lo teng no co’l taglio uerso l’inimico allegando in suo auantagio, che incontrando la spada che uenga di taglio, o punta ne la prima, & seconda parte, crescendo un passo inanti di neceßità uolta la mano, & meite il taglio del pugnale, oue prima era la faccia, di modo che uine aspingere la spada inimica lontana da se senza fatica molta percioche ogni peco di moto nelle prime parti della spada causa molta uarietà nella punta di doue principalmente uienel offensa nel qual caso sarebbe molto utile un pugnale largo.	Now whether a man ought to holde his Dagger with the edge or flatt towardes the enimie, it may be left to the judgement of him that handleth it, so to use it, as shalbe most for his advantage. I have seene some, who beare it with the edge towards the edimie, alledging this to be their advantage, that as the encounter the enimies sworde (which commeth with the edge or poynt) in the first and second parte therof, & therewithall do increase a pace forwards, of force the hand turneth and placeth the edge of the Dagger there where the flatt was first: So that they are to drive the enimies sword farre from them without any great trouble, because each little motion in the first parte of the sworde causeth verie great varietie in the poynt, from whence principally proceedeth the hurt. In which case, it shalbe very profitable to have a good large Dagger.
	There be other some, whom it pleases to carry their Dagger with the flat towards the enemy, using for their defense, not only the Dagger, but also the guards thereof with the which (they say) they take holdfast of the enemy's sword : and to the end they may do it the more easily, they have daggers of purpose, which beside their ordinary hilts, have also two long sterts of Iron, four fingers length, and are distant from the dagger the thickness of a bowstring, into which distance, when it chances the enemy's sword to be driven, they suddenly strain and holdfast the sword, the which may come to pass, but I hold it for a thing rather to be imagined then practiced, the case so standing, that in the heat of fight, where disdain bickers with fear, little does a man discern whether the sword be in that straight or no. And when he is to premeditate and mark, endeavoring and striving in his lively judgment, he must advise himself to perform it with exquisite knowledge and perfect discerning of the enemy's motions, his nearness and farness, and to resolve himself to strike by the shortest way that may be : for there hence springs the victory.	Altri sono a quali piace di tenir il pugnale con la faccia uerso l’inimico, sereundosi per difesa non solo del pugnale, ma delle guardia ancora di esso pugnale con la quali dicono che si fa presa d’una spada, & per cio fare piu facilmente, hanno i loro pugnali, i quali oltra l’else ordinaire hanno anchora due alette di ferro lunghe quatro ditta dirrittte distanti dal pugnale la grossezza d’una corda d’arco, nella quale distanza quando auiene, che ss gli cacci la spada inimica, eß subito uolgendo la mano stringono la spada facendo prese di essa, la qual cosa puo essere cheriesco, ma io l’ho per piu imaginabile, che per fattibile essendo che nel feruore dell’arme, ou cõtrasta lo sdegno co’l timore poco si discernese la spada sia nell’incastro o non & quando pure si ha da discorrere, & mantenir combatendo il guidito uiuo. Bisogna igegnar si di cio fare col conoscere accuraméte, et discernere con prudeza i moti dell’inimico , la uicináza & lútanáza, et rissoluersi di ferire per la piu corta che quindi nasce la uittoria.	There be other some, whome it pleaseth to carrie their Dagger with the flatt towardes the enimie, using for their defence, not onely the Dagger, but also the guardes thereof with the which (they saye) they take holdfast of the enimies sword: and to the ende they may do it the more easily, they have daggers of purpose, which beside their ordinarie hilts, have also two long sterts of Iron, foure fingers length, and are distant from the dagger the thicknes of a bow-string, into which distance, when it chaunceth the enimies sworde to be driven, they suddenly straine and holde fast the sworde, the which may come to passe, but I holde it for a thing rather to be immagined then practised, the case to standing, that in the heate of fight, where disdaine bickereth with feare, little doth a man discerne whether the sworde be in that straight or no. And when he is to premeditate and marke, endevouring and striving in his lively judgement, he must advise himselfe to perfourme it with the exquisite knowledge and perfect discerning of the enimies motions, his neerenesse and farensse, and to resolve himselfe to strike by the shortest way that may be: for therchaence springeth the victorie.
	Let every man therefore hold his dagger with the edge or flat towards the enemy, as it shall most advantage him, or as he has been most accustomed. True it is, that by holding the edge towards the enemy there is this advantage to be gotten, that with the dagger he may strike with the edge, which he may not do the other way. But let every man hold it as he will, yet he ought to carry his arm stretched out before him, with the point in the manner aforesaid, to the end he may find the enemy's sword a great deal before it hits his person.	Tenira dunq ciascuno il pugnale col taglio o faccia uerso l’inimico, secódo che co’l pugnale si puo ferire di taglio il che non auiene nell’altro modo ma tengasi come si uoglia si deue tenir il braccio disteso inanit con la punta al modo detto per poter trouare la spada molto ináti che ella giúga alapersona.	Let every man therefore holde his dagger with the edge or flatte towardes the enimie, as it shall most advantage him, or as he hath beene most accustomed. True it is, that by holding the edge towards the enimie there is this advantage gotten, that with the dagger he may strike with the edge, which he may not do the other waie. But let every man hold it as he wil, yet he ought to carrie his arme stretched out before him, with the poynt in manner aforesaide, to the end he may be able to finde the enimies sworde a great deale before it hitteth his person.
	Besides this, he ought to observe for an infallible rule, that when the point or edge comes on the left side, he must beat it from that side with the dagger. And in like sort defending himself with the sword, to drive it from the right side, for doing otherwise : that is, if he force the blows given on the left side outwards on the right side (forasmuch as the enemy's sword has by that means two motions, the one crossing, which is already given, the other straight which the enemy gives it, continuing the one with the other) it may be, that in the straight motion, it may hit the person, before that (by the thwart or crossing motion) it be driven quite outwards. Therefore all blows shall be beaten outwards toward that side or part of the body which is least to the end it may sooner avoid danger. And those blows that come on the right side must be beaten towards the right side : and those on the left side must in like manner be voided from the same side.	Si deue oltra cio hauere o ordine infallibile, che quádo uiene púta o taglio nella parte sinistra, fa dibisogno trarli foura co'l pugnale dalla parte sinistra. Et cosi difendendoli con la spada farli uscire dalla parte destra, perche altramente facendo cioè spingendo fuora di copi sinistri dalla parte destra hauendo la spada inimica oltra il motto di trauerso che gli si da per trarla fuora il retto anco ra che gli da l'inimico, continuando l'uno & laltro può essere che giunga il moto retto in qualche parte della persona prima che il moto di trauerso la spinga fuora, però si traran sempre fuora i colpi inuerso quella parte di uita che è minore, affine che piu presto esca del periglio quelli colpi che uenir anno dalla banda destra spingerli dalla destra. Et quelli che ueniranno dalla sinistra far parimente che escano dalla sinistra.	Besides this, he ought to observe for an infallible rule, that when the poynt or edge commeth on the left side, he must beat it from that side with the dagger. And in like sort defending himselfe with the sword, to drive it from the right side, for doint otherwise: that is, if he force the blowes given on the left side outwardes: on the right side (forasmuch as the enimies sworde hath by that meanes two motions, the one crossing, which is alreadie given, the other straight which the enimie giveth it, continuing the one with the other) it may be, that in the straight motion, it may hit the person, before that (by the thwart or crossing motion) it be driven quite outwardes. Therefore all blowes shalbe beaten outwards toward that side or parte of the bodie which is leaft to the end it may the sooner avoide daunger. And those blowes that come on the right side must be beaten towards the right side: and those on the left side must in like manner be voided from the same side.
	Now, as concerning the fashion of the Dagger, thus much is to be said : that it would be strong, able to bear and encounter the blows of the sword : (indifferently long) that it may be quickly drawn out of the sheath somewhat short : and those that are of the middle size would be chosen.	Della forma de pugnali tanto si ha da dire, che uogliono essere per sostenire i colpi della spada forti, & per incontrarla facilmente longhi, & per poterli presto trar del fodro uorebbeno esser corti onde s'ellegéran no mediocri.	Now, as concerning the fashion of the Dagger, thus much is to be saide: that it would be strong, able to beare and incounter the blowes of the sword: indifferently long) that it may be quickly drawen out of the sheath some what short: and those that are of the middle size would be chosen.
	THE OFFENSE OF THE HIGH WARD AT RAPIER AND DAGGER As in handling the single Rapier, so likewise in this, it shall not be amiss to begin with the High ward, which in managing these two weapons may be framed after two sorts. The one with the right foot before, which I call the first : and the other with the same foot behind, which I will term the second. This second requires a greater time, because the point of the sword is farther off from the enemy. The first (being more near) with the only increase of the foot forwards, strikes more readily, yet not with more forcible than the second, which, when it strikes with an increase of a straight pace, joins to the force of the arm and hand, the strength of the whole body.	DELLA GVARDIA ALTA DI SPADA & pugnale. ESSENDO questa guardia naturalmente prima si come ho detto nella sola spada, sarà conuencuole l'incominciar da questa, la quale in quest'arme, si può formare in duo modi,l'uno con il pié dritto inanti, ilquale dimanderemo primo, l'altro con l'istesso piede indietro, ilquale s'adimanderà secondo, & questo per hauere la punta della spada piu luntana da l'inimico , uiene ad hauere bisogno di maggior tempo, ma il primo, per essere piu d uicino, con la sola cresciuta del pie dinanzi serisce piu presto, ma non già contanta forza, come il secondo, ilquale ferendo con il passo retto, aggiunge alla forza del braccio , & della mano, anco la forza di tutta la uita .	The offence of the High warde at Rapier and Dagger. As in handling the single Rapier, so likewise in this, it shall not be amisse to begin with the High warde, which in managing these two weapons may be framed after two fortes. The one with the right foote before, which I will call the first: and the other with the same foot behind, which I will terme the second. This second requireth a greater time, because the point of the sworde is farther off from the enimie. The first (being more neere) with the onely encrease of the foote forwardes, striketh more readily, yet not more forcible than the second, which, when it striketh with the encrease of a straight pace, joyneth to the force of the arme & hand, the strength of the whole bodie.
	Beginning then with the first, as with that which each man does most easily find: I say, he ought if he will keep himself within the bounds of true Art, to thrust only with the increase of the foot forwards, settling himself in the low warde.	Cominciando dunque dalla prima, come da quella in che piu facilmente l'huomo si ritruoua dico che si de ue in questa, uolendo stare ne i termini della uera arte trar solo la punta con la cresciuta del pie dinanti , fermandosi in guardia bassa.	Beginning then with the first, as with that which each man doth most easilie find: I saie, he ought if he will keepe himselfe within the boundes of true Arte, to thrust onely with the increase of the foote forwards, setling himselfe in the lowe warde.
	In the second way, which is framed with the right foot behind, the sword aloft, and the dagger before, and borne as aforesaid, he ought in like sort discharge a thrust as forcible as he may, with the increase of a straight pace, staying himself in the low ward. Neither ought any man in the handling of these weapons to assure himself to deliver edgeblows, because he knows that there is an other weapon which defends : For he that defends has the self same advantage, to wit, to be able to with one weapon (and happily the weaker) to defend himself and strike with the stronger. The which stroke is painfully warded by him, who has already bestowed all his force and power, in delivering the said edgeblow, by means whereof, because there remains in him small power to withstand any great encounter, let him provide to thrust only.	Et nel secondo modo il quale si forma con il pie diritto indietro, & la spada in alto con il pugnale inanti tenendolo nel modo detto, in questo similmente si deue spingere solamente la punta con la maggior furia che si può con la cresciuta d un passo retto, fermand si pure in guardia bassa. Ne si deue in quest'arme asicure di trar colpi di taglio per sapere d hauere in mano un' arma da difendersi, perche il medesmo auantagio ha quello, che difende di poter con una arma difendere, & for fe con la piu debole, & ferir con la piu gagliarda ,la quale uien p i riparata con fatica da quello c'haueua gia posto ogni forza, & potere pér trar un colpo di taglio, onde poca uirtu gli resta da difendere un gran de incontro però, si procurera di ferir di punta.	In the socond waie, which is framed with the righte foote behind, the sword alofte, and the dagger before, & borne as aforesaid, he ought in like sorte discharge a thrust as forciblie as he may, with the increase of a straight pace, staying himselfe in the lowe warde. Neither ougt anie man in the handling of these weapos to assure himselfe to deliver edgeblowes, because he knoweth that there is an other weapon which defendeth: For he that defendeth hath the selfe same advatage, to witt, to be able with one weapon (and happelie the weaker,) to defend himself and strike with the stronger. The which stroake is painfully warded by him, who hath alreadie bestowed all his force and power, in delivering the saide edgeblowe, by meanes whereof, because there remaineth in him small power to withstand anie great encounter, let him provide to thrust onelie.
	Of all, or of greater part of the edgeblows, aswell of striking as defending, I will reason at large in the Treatise of Deceit.	Di tutti ó della maggior parte de tagli, si da offesa come di difesa se ne tratterrà abundantemente nell'inganno.	Of all, or of the greater parte of the edgeblowes, aswell of striking as defending, I wil reason at large in the Treatise of Deceite.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE HIGH WARD AT RAPIER AND DAGGER To speak of the manner how to withstand the blows of the edge, having already said that all such blows may easily be warded by giving a thrust, I omit as superfluous. But for the defenses of both sides of the body: I say, it is great vantage, to stand at the low ward, with the right foot forwards which manner of standing, the right side is put forth toward the enemy, whereunto he will direct all his thrusts: and those may be encountered after three sorts, that is to say: with the Dagger only: with the Sword only: and with both joined together. But in each of them, a man must remember to increase a whereby that part of the body which is to be struck is voided out of the straight line.	DIFESA DI GUARDIA ALTA DI spada, & pugnale. Come cosa superflua lascio di dire la maniera conlaqua.,le si uietano i colpi ai taglio, hauendo di gia detto, che có le pú te sipossono uietare tutti i colpi di taglio. per difesa dunq; delle due parte é grandißimo auàtagio ritrouarsi in guardia bassa con il pie diritto inanti , il qual sito uenirai ad esponere all inimico la parte destra, nella quale egli drizzera le sue pute, alle quali si puo opponere in tre modi, cioe, ó con il solo pugnale:, o con la sola spada, o con ambidoi inseieme; main ciascuno dessi si dee auertire di crescere un passo obliquoo, mediante il quale uiene arimo uere dalla linea retta quella parte de la uita nella qual si ueniua a ferire.	Of the defence of high Warde at Rapier and Dagger. TO speake of the manner how to withstand the blowes of the edge, having alreadie saide that all such blowes may easelie be warded by givinge a thrust, I omit as superfluous. But for the defences of both sides of the bodie: I saie, it is greate vantage, to stand at the lowe warde, with the right foote forwardes, by the which manner of standing, the right side is put fourth towarde the enimie, whereunto he will direct all his thrustes: and those may be encountred after three fortes, that is to saye: with the Dagger onely: with the Sworde onely: and with both joyned together. But in each of them, a man must remember to encrease a slope pace, whereby that parte of the bodie which was to be strooken is voided out of the straight lyne.
	When one wards with his Dagger only, he shall increase a pace, and bear his arm forwards, and having found the enemy's sword, he shall (with the increase of a straight pace) strike him with a thrust underneath, already prepared.	Quando si riparerà con il solo pugnale si crescerà il passo, il bracio inanti, & trouata la spada,si ferina con la cresciuta del passo diritto della punta bassa preparata.	When one wardeth with his Dagger onely, he shall encrease a pace, and be are his arme forwards, and having found the enimies sworde, he shall (with the encrease of a straight pace) strike him with a thrust underneath, alreadie prepared
	When he wards with his sword only, it is requisite, that making a slope pace, he lift up his sword, and bear it outwards, or else, as soon as he has found the enemy's sword, that with his dagger he strike at the temples of his enemy's head, staying his sword with his own : or else instead of striking with the Dagger, therewith to stay the enemy's sword, and with it, (increasing another straight pace) to deliver a thrust : but it is very commodious to strike with the Dagger.	Se si difende con la sola spada, è di bisogno nel far il passo ,obliquo leuare la spada, portarla di fuora, ouero come si ha trouata la spada inimica ferir con il pugnale nelle temple fermando la spada con la spada, ouero in uece di ferir co' l pugnale, con esso fermare la spada inimica, & con quella' conia cresciuta de laltro passo diritto ferir a punta, ma é molto commodo il ferir del pugnale.	When he wardeth with his sworde onely, it is requisite, that making a slope pace, he lift up his sworde, and beare it outwards, or els, as soon as he hath found the enimies sworde, that with his dagger he strike at the temples of hes enimies head, staying his sworde with his owne: or els in steede of striking with the Dagger, therewith to staie the enimies sword, & with it, (encreasing another straight pace) to deliver a thrust: but it is verie commodious to strike with the Dagger.
	The third way : As soon as he has made the slope pace, and found the enemy's sword, he ought to stay it with his Dagger, and therewithall, withdrawing his own sword, to discharge a thrust underneath with the increase of a straight pace.	Il terzo mod dopo il passo obliquo poscia che si ha trouata la spada inimica, deue fermarla co'l pugnale, cauandone la spada ferire di punta di sotto con la cresciuta del passo retto.	The thirde waie: As soone as he hath made the slope pace, and found the enimies sworde, he ought to staie it with his Dagger, and therewithall, withdrawing his owne sworde, to discharge a thrust underneath with the encrease of a straight pace.
	THE HURT OF THE BROAD WARD AT RAPIER AND DAGGER In each weapon and ward, I have laid down as a general precept, that no man ought, (either for the procuring of any advantage, either for striking the enemy more readily) deliver blows of the edge. And in like sort, I have said, that easily and with small danger, one may be struck under any such blow : which precepts, as in each time and place, they ought to be observed: so in this ward principally they may not be forgotten. For a man may not without great discommodity and loss of time, strike with any edgeblow, as he stands in this ward.	OFFESA DI GVARDIA LARGA DI spada, & pugnale. Per uniuersale precetto ho dato in ogni arma & in ogni guardia, che no si debba per procurarsi auantagio ouero p fe¬rir piu presto linimico, trar colpi di taglio et pariméte che có facilità, et có poco pericolo si puo essere feriti sotto le coltellate. I quali precetti se ben si debbono in ogni luogo, & tempo osserrare, in questa guardia principalmente non si debbono giammai preterire, percioche in essa non si puo se non con grandißima discomodità, et lungezza di tempo ferire di tagliò.	The hurt of the broad warde at Rapier and Dagger. IN each weapon and warde, I have layde downe as a generall precept, that no man ought, (either for the procuring of any advantage, either for striking the enimie more readily) deliver blowes of the edge, And in like sorte, I have saide, that easily and with small danger, one may be strooken under any such blowe: which precepts, as in each time and place, they ougth to be observed: so in this warde principally they may not be forgotten. For a man may not without great discommoditie and losse of time, strike with any edgeblowe, as he standeth at this warde.
	It rests therefore, that the thrust be only used, which ought to be delivered with the increase of the foot forwards, always regarding before it be given (if it be possible) to beat away the point of the enemy's sword with the Dagger.	Resta solo dunque di usare la punta, la quale si debbe trar con la cresciuta del pie dinanzi, auer tendo prima, che si spinga, se è poßibile, battere la punta della spada inimica co'l pugnale.	It resteth therefore, that the thrust be onely used, which ought to be delivered with the encrease of the foote forwards, alwaies regarding before it be given, if it be possible) to beate awaie the point of the enimies sworde with the Dagger.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE BROAD WARD AT RAPIER AND DAGGER This thrust as well as the other may be warded after three sorts, to wit: with the Dagger only, with the sword only, and with both joined together. But for a mans defense in any of these ways, it is good to stand at the low ward. And when he wards with the dagger only, he must make a slope pace, and finding the enemy's sword, with his said dagger, discharge a thrust underneath with the increase of a straight pace.	DELLA DIFESA DI GVARDIA LARGA di spada, & pugnale. VESTA ancora si come, l'altre punte, si può in tre modi difendere cioè o co'l solo pugnale, o con la sola spada, o có ambidoi insieme, ma per difendersi in qual si uoglia modo é utilisimo il ritrouarsi in guardia bassa & quando si parerà col solo pugnale, si douerà crescere il passo obliquo, & trouata co'l pugnale la spada inimica ferire subito d'une punta dissotto con la cresciuta del passo, retto.	The defence of the broad warde at Rapier and Dagger. THis thrust also as well as the other may be warded after three sortes, to wit: with the Dagger only, with the sword only, and with both joyned together. But for a mans defence in any of these waies, it is good to stande at the lowe warde. And when he wardeth with the dagger only, he must make a slope pace, and finding the enimies sworde, with his said dagger, discharge a thrust underneath with the increase of a straight pace.
	And when he wards with the sword only (which is the best of any other, both to strike the enemy, and to defend himself) he must oppose the edge of his sword against the enemy's, and drive a thrust at his face, fetching a compass with his hindfoot, both for the lengthening of the thrust, and assuring of himself.	Et difendendo con la spada sola che d il miglior d'ogn'altro modo per ferir l'inimico & difendere se stesso bisogno opponere il filo alla spada inimica & spingere la punta alla faccia girando pur il pie di dietro incerchio , per allungare piu la punta, & meglio aßicurarsi.	And when he wardeth with the sworde onely (which is the best of any other, both to strike the enimie, and defend himselfe) he must oppose the edge of his sworde against the enimies, and drive a thrust at his face, fetching a compasse with his hinderfoote, both for the lengthning of the thrust, and assuring of himselfe.
	It is possible to withstand the thrust with the sword and dagger joined together : but it is so discommodious and so ridiculous a way, that I leave to speak thereof, as of a way nothing safe to be practiced.	Con l'una& laltr'arma insieme, è poßibile opporsi punta. Ma questo é tanto discommodo , & sgarbato modo , che io come non conueneuole lascio di dirle.	It is possible to withstand the thrust with the sworde and dagger joyned together: but is is so discommodious and so rediculous a waie, that I leave to speake thereof, as of a waye nothing safe to be practised.
	THE HURT OF THE LOW WARD AT RAPIER AND DAGGER In each ward, when one stands bearing the point of the sword towards the enemy, it does much disadvantage him to strike with the edge. And if in any sort it be lawful so to do, it is, when he stands at the low ward: For it is commodious, and there is spent but little time in the bestowing of an edgeblow between thrusts. or, the rather to try the enemy, there may be delivered an edgeblow from the wrist of the hand, in the which as there is spent little time, so the point is carried but a little out of the straight line, so that the enemy may very hardly enter to strike under either of these blows. But it is better, not to use them, resolving rather to discharge thrust after thrust, then any edgeblow.	DELLA OFFESA DI GVARDIA BASSA di spada, & pugnale. In tutte le guardie qual uolta si truoua con la punta uerfo l'inimico, é grandßimo disauantagio il ferire di taglio, & se in modo alcuno è pur lecito ferire di taglio, è quando l'huomo si ritruoua in questa guardia bassa, percioche torna commodo, et f consuma poco tempo à trar qualche taglio tra le punte, ouero trahendo può facilmente, presto per tentare l'inimico trar un taglio di nodo, nel quale, & si consuma poco tempo, et si leua poco la punta dalla linea retta, di modo che dificilmente si puó sotto questi tagli entrar a ferire, pur il non usarl sarà meglio risoluendosi piu prestoa trar una púta dopo una punta, che un taglio.	The hurt of the lowe warde at Rapier and dagger. IN each warde, when one standeth bearing the poynt of the sworde towards the enimie, it doth much disadvantage him to strike with the edge. And if in any sorte it be lawfull so to do, it is, when he standeth at the lowe warde: For it is commodious, and there is spent but little time in the bestowing of an edgeblowe betweene thrustes. Or, the rather to trie the enimie, there may be delivered an edgeblow from the wrist of the hand, in the which as there is spent little time, so the poynt is carried but a litle out of the straight lyne, so that the enimie may very hardly enter to strike under either of these blowes. But it is better, not to use them, resolving rather to discharge thrust after thrust, then any edgeblowe.
	This warde may (as the high ward) be framed after two sorts, to wit: with the right foot behind, and the same foot before : but that with the right foot behind, is used rather to respect the enemy than to strike first. For although it carries great force by reason that the sword is far off from hurting, and before it hits home, it spends much time, yet the hurt thereof may be easily warded, either with the weapon, or by retiring a pace. I will speak of that only which is framed with the right foot before. And in this, one may strike two ways, to wit: either within or without: By (Within) I understand, when his sword is borne between the enemy's sword and dagger. By (Without) I mean, when any one of them is borne in the middle against the other.	Questa guardia, si come l'alta, si puo formare in duo modi cioè con il pie dritto indietro, & ma quella con il pie diritto indietro e piu presto per aspettar l'inimico, che per esser prima a offendere , percioche l'offesa in questa , ancora che ella sia di gran forza, per esser la spada cosi lontana da l'offesa; alla quale prima, che giunga, consuma molto tempo. può facilmente' esser riparata, o con arme o con la ritirata d'un passo, pero dire di quella sola con il pie diritto inanti. In questa si puo ferir in duo modi , sendo dentro, o di fuori , dentro intendo quando la spada si truouatra la spada, & il pugnale de !'inimico; & di fuora quando ne sono alcuno d'essi in mezo a laltro .	This warde may (as the high ward) be framed after two sortes, to wit: with the right foote behinde, and the same foote before: but that with the right foote behind, is used rather to expect the enimie that to strike first. For although it carrieth great force by reason that the sworde is farre off from hurting, and before it hitteth home, it spendes much time, yet the hurt thereof may easily be warded, either with the weapon, or by retyring a pace. I will speake of that onely which is framed with the right foote before. And in this, one may strike two waies, to wit: either within or without: By (Within) I understand, when his sworde is borne betweene the enimies sword & dagger. By (Without) I meane, when any one of them is borne in the middle against the other
	When one finds himself within, at the half of the enemy's sword, the point whereof, is directed to strike at the right side, he must very swiftly increase a slope pace, and in a manner straight, to the end he may approach the nearer his enemy, and therewithall suddenly barring the enemy's sword in the middle with his own sword and dagger, increase a straight pace, and deliver a thrust.	Ritrouandoti dunque di dentro a mela la spada dellinimico nel qual caso si ha la punta inimica, che uiene a ferir nella parte destra , si deue con gran uelecità crescere il passo obliguo, & quasi retto per auicinarsi piu all’inimico, & subito serrando la spada inimica in mezzo alla propria spada, & pugnale & subito fermata crescere il passo retto & ferire di punta.	When one findeth himselfe within, at the halfe of the enimies sword, the poynt whereof, is directed to strike at the right side, he must verie swiftly encrease a slope pace, and in a manner straight, to the ende he may approch the neerer his enimie, and therewithall suddenly barring the enimies sworde in the middle with his owne sworde and dagger, encrease a straight pace, and deliver a trhust.
	This may be done after another plainer way, and that is: when he stands at the half sword, to beat the enemy's swords point out of the straight line on that side which shall be most commodious, and in that line increasing his foot forwards to drive a forcible thrust, at the enemy's face or breast.	Si puo in un altro modo, & piu semplice ritrouandosi à meza spada battondo se prima si puo, con il pugnale la punta sell’inimica spada duori della linea retta à quella banda che torna piu commodo, & in quel tempo crescendo il pie dinanzi spinger con gran forza una punta alla facia o petto.	This may be done after another plainer waie, and that is: when he standeth at the halfe sworde, to beat the enimies swordes point out of the straight lyne on that side which shalbe most commodious, and in that lyne encreasing his foote forwards to drive a forcible thrust, at the enimiew face or brest.
	But standing without, he may (with the increase of his foot forwards) give a thrust at the face, which the enemy of necessity must defend with his sword : but therein the sword and the point thereof is commonly carried out of the straight line, in which case he may (with the increase of a slope pace) turn a reverse at the legs, and then presently something withdrawing his sword, deliver a thrust underneath with the increase of a straight pace.	Ritrouandosi poi di fuori, si puo crescnedo il pie dinanzi spingere una punta all facio. La quale quasi di neceßità uiene riparata dall spada dellinimico nel qual riparo si fuol portare la spada con la punta fuori della linea retta, nel qual caso si puo sicuramente crescendo il passo obliquo, uolger presto un riuerso alle gambe, & poi subito ritirando alquanto la spada spingere la punta baßa con la cresciuta del passo retto.	But standing without, he maie (with the encrease of his foote forwards) give a thrust at the face, which the enimie of necessitie must defend with his sword: but therein the sword and the poynt thereof is commonly carried out of the straight line, in which case he may (with the encrease of a slope pace) turne a reverse at the legges, and then presently something withdrawing his sworde, deliver a thrust underneath with the encrease of a straight pace.
	He may also after a second manner, give a right edgeblow from the wrist, as short and strong as is possible, not so much pretending to strike as to find the enemy's sword : And it being suddenly found he must with the increase of a slope or crooked pace, lift up his hand and drive a thrust downwards, with the increase of a straight pace.	Si puo nel secondo modo trar un taglio diritto di nodo piu breue, & forte che sia poßibile, non tanto per il ferire quanto la spada inimica, la qual subito trouata si dee crescendo il passo obliquo leuar la mano, & caceiar una punta all’ingiu con la cresciuta d’un passo retto.	He may also after a second manner, give a right edgeblow from the wrist, as short and strong as is possible, not so much pretending to strike as to finde the enimies sworde: And it being suddenly found hee must with the encrease of a slope or crooked pace, lift up his hand and drive a thrust downwards, with the increase of a straight pace.
	After a third sort also, he may strike, and that is to deliver the aforesaid blow from the wrist, and having met with the enemy's sword, to make presently a slope pace, and stay the sword with his dagger, and then nimbly recovering his own sword, to thrust underneath with the increase of a straight pace.	Nel terzo modo si puo anco ferire menando il detto nodo di mano, & trouata la spada inimica, crescere subito il passo obliquo, & fermarla con il pugnale, poscia subito cauatane la spada ferire d’una punta di sotto con il passo retto.	After a thride sort also, he may strike, and that is to deliver the foresaid blowe from the wrist, and having met with the enimies sworde, to make presently a slope pace, and staie the sworde with his dagger, and then nimbly recovering his owne sworde, to thrust underneath with the increase of a straight pace.
	These be sufficient, concerning that which may be done in this warde with the sword both within and without, at least, for so much as may be done by true Art.	Et questo basti quanto à quello, che per di dentro, & di fuori si puo fare della spada, & pugnale in questa guardia uolendo quel solo che per la uera arte, & per la retta si puo fare.	These be sufficient, concerning that which may be done in this warde with the sworde both within and without, at least, for so much as may be done by true Arte.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE LOW WARD AT RAPIER AND DAGGER Although in the defense of blows in each ward there is great consideration and heed to be taken: yet in this especially is required a far more excellent judgment and readiness in action. For this ward does oppose itself against all others. And the greater part of blows which are of importance, proceed from this ward. Besides, every man does naturally more accustom himself to stay and repose himself in it, than in any other. Neither is it (as I believe) for any other cause, then that he knows, by so bearing himself, he may easily both strike and defend. And because in this ward, as I have before said, in the hurt or offense thereof, it more commodious to strike with the edge than in any other ward, albeit, it is not there given for counsel to be good to use it.	DIFESA DI GVARDIA BASS DI spada, & pugnale. Ancora che perdifesa de i colpi di ogni guardia uisia bisogno di grandißima consideratione, in questa nulla uimeno molto piu eccelente giudito, & prestezza, percioche questa guardia si oppone a tutte l’altre, & la maggior parte de colpi importanti piu che in ciascun’ altra si ferma, & riposa, ne credo per altra cagi ne, che per conoscere di potersi in tal sito facilmente difendere, & offendere, & perche in questa come si detto nell offesa piu che in niun’ altro modo torna comodo il ferir di taglio, ancora che non si sia datao per consiglio che sia buono usarlo;	The defence of the lowe warde at Rapier & Dagger. ALthough in the defence of blowes in eche warde, there is great consideration & heede to be taken: yet in this especially is required a farr more excellent judgement and readines in action. For this warde doth oppose it selfe against all others. And the greater part of blowes which are of importance, proceed from this warde. Besides, every man doth naturally more accustom himself to staie and repose himselfe in it, than in any other. Neither is it (as I beleeve) for any other cause, then that he knoweth, by so bearing himselfe, he may easilie both strike and defend. And because in this warde, as I have before saide, in the hurt or offence thereof, it is more commodious to strike with the edge than in any other warde, albeit, it is not there given for counsell to be good to use it.
	But yet because it may easily happen, there shall be here laid down some defense for it: calling this principle before any other to remembrance, (He that is nearest hits soonest) to the end, that knowing what way either sword makes, each man may resolve himself to deliver a thrust under an edgeblow, by the which is prevented the fall of the said blow.	pure per poter facilmente accadere senc porra qualche difesa. Raccordando inanzi ad’ognaltra cosa quel principio. Chi è piu uicino giunge piu presto. Accio conoscendo quanto uiagio facia l’una, & l’altra pada, sempre ciascuno si risolua di ferire di punta sotto i colpi di taglio, per la qual punta si uieta il cader del taglio;	But yet because it may easily happen, there shall be here layde downe some defence for it: calling this principle before any other to remembrance, (He that is nearest, hitteth soonest,) to the ende, that knowing what way either sworde maketh, each man may resolve himselfe to deliver a thrust under an edge blowe, by the which is prevented the fall of the saide blowe.
	But because none, but such as are endued with deep judgment, great activity, and stout courage, do or may safely put this in practice: And to the end also, that those, who accustom to defend every blow, performing that in two times which might aswell be done in one, may rest satisfied : I will lay down the defense of the edgeblow. Therefore, whensoever edgeblows are given, they are either right or reversed, high or low.	ma perche à cio fare s’aßicurano, ouer aßicurar solamente presti, & di gran cuore; Affine che quelli ancora restino sodisfati che uogliono riparare tutti i colpi, & fare in duo tempi quello, che potrebbono fare in uno, ponerò per cio la difesa del taglio. Ogni uolta dunque che uenirano colpi di taglio sarano dritti o riuersi, alti, o baßi.	But because none, but such as are endued with deepe judgement, great activitie, and stout courage, do or may safely put this in practise: And to the end also, that those, who accustom to defend every blow, perfourming that in two times which might aswell be done in one, may rest satisfied: I will laye downe the defence of the edgeblow. Therefore, whensoever edgeblows are given, they are either right or reversed, high or low.
	Against the right high blow, either the only dagger is to be opposed, either the sword and Dagger both together. When the only dagger is used, then a straight pace must be increased, and the dagger hand lifted up to encounter the enemy's sword in the weakest part thereof, and being suddenly found a straight pace is to be increased, and a thrust underneath (already prepared) to be discharged. But if the sword and dagger be both together opposed, they both must be lifted up, and as soon as the blow is encountered, the enemy's face be cut by discharging a reverse, with the only turn of the hand, resting and staying itself in the broad warde. The right blow, given beneath, or below, must be warded after no manner, then by driving a thrust at the enemy's thigh, which thrust is to this purpose, that it hits home safely under that blow, and farther is a let, or bar, to the enemy's sword, so that it may not light on the legs, considering that in the discharge of the said thrust, the hindfoot must necessarily go compassing towards the right side behind.	Al dritto alto si oppone o il solo pugnale, o la spada & pugnale insieme . quando si oppenerà il pugnale solo, si deue crescere il passo retto, leuar la mano dal pugnale per incontrare la spada inimica nella parte piu debole & subito trouata col pugnale la spada inimica crescere un passo dritto, & ferire della punta bassa preparata. E se si opponerà la spada & pugnale insieme siluerà la spada & pugnale insieme, & come si haurà incontrata l’ofessa, si taglierà d’un riuerso la faccia col spingere una punta alla coscia dell’inimico, la qual punta fa questo effeto che ferisce sotto il taglio al sicuro, & uiene ad essere come impedimente & sbarra alla spada inimica che non possa cader uolle gambe, uogliendo necessariamente nel spingerela il pie di dietre in giro nella parte destra.	Against the right high blowe, either the onely dagger is to be opposed, either the sworde and Dagger both together. When the onely dagger is used, then a straight pace must be encreased, & the dagger handle lifted up to encounter the enimies sword in the weakest parte thereof, & being suddenly found a straight pace is to be encreased, and a thrust underneath (alreadie prepared) to be discharged. But if the sword and dagger be both together opposed, they both must be lifted up, and as soone as the blowe is encountred, the enimies face is to be cut by discharging a reverse, with the onely turne of the hand, resting & staying it selfe in the brode warde. The right blowe, given beneath, or belowe, must be warded after no other manner, then by driving a thrust at the enimies thigh, which thrust is to this purpose, that it hitteth home safely under that blow, and farther is a let, or barre, to the enimies sword, so that it maie not light on the legges, considering that in the discharge of the saide thrust, the hinder foote must necessarily go compassing towardes the right side behinde.
	Reverses also, are either high or low. If high: they may be warded with the dagger only, therewithall discharging a thrust underneath, with the increase of a straight pace, as soon as the dagger has met with the enemy's sword. Either, they may be warded with the sword only increasing a straight pace with the left foot, therewithall discharging a thrust (already lifted up in the ward) with the increase of a straight pace of the right leg. And this manner of warding, is more according to Art, because it has been said, That all blows on the left side, are to be warded with the dagger only.	Il Riuersi ancora saranno o alti, o baßi; se faranno alti si potranno difender, o con il solo pugnale spingende la punta bassa con la cresciuta, del passo retto poscia che si haurà trouata con il pugnale la spada inimica, ouero con la sola spada crescendo un passo retto col pie sinistro ferendo d’una punta gia inalzata per il riparo con la cresciuta pur del passo retto del pie destro; & questo modo di riparare è piu secondo l’arte, percioche si e detto che tutti colpi, che uengono dalla parte sinistra, si deueno ripara recol pugnale, & i destro con la sola spada.	Reverses also, are either high or low. If high: they may be warded with the dagger onely, therewithall discharging a thrust underneath, with the encrease of a straight pace, as soone as the dagger hath met with the enimies sworde. Either, they may be warded with the sworde onely encreasing a straight pace with the left foote, therewithall discharging a thrust (alreadie lifted up in the warde) with the encrease of a straight pace of the right legge. And this manner of warding, is more according to Arte, because it hath beene saide, That all blowes on the left side, are to be warded with the dagger onely.
	The reverse blow would be warded with giving a thrust which safely hits, and hinders the sword to light on the legs. This blow also, may be warded after each other and diverse manners, which shall be declared in the treatise of Deceit: for this is not their proper place.	Il riuerso basso uuol essere difeso col spingere una punta con la quale al sicuro si ferisce & si mette impedimento, & sbarra che la spada inimica non cada nelle gambe. In altri modi ancora questo si puo riparare, i quali tutti si diranno nell’inganno per non esser questo il fuo luogo.	The reverse blowe would be warded with giving a thrust which safely hitteth, and hindreth the sworde to light on the legges. This blowe also, may be warded after other and divers manners, which shalbe declared in the treatise of Disceit: for this is not their proper place.
	There is great regard to be taken in warding of thrusts, to wit: to bear the body out of the straight line, because this is the safest way that may be found to void them, because it very difficult to meet with them, when they come barred and closed in, and are forcibly discharge. For when a thrust comes within (at the very time that the enemy strikes) he ought to increase a slope pace, ensuring himself of the enemy's sword with his dagger, and then to discharge a thrust with an increase of a straight pace.	Nel riparare delle punte si deue hauer grandissima auertenza nel portar la uita fuor della linea retta percioche questo è il piu sicuro modo di difender queste punte che trouar si possa, per esser difficile da trouare queste punte, quando elle uengono serrate & con furia. Percio uenendo la punta di dentro, si deura nel tempo che l’inimico uuol ferire crescere un passo obliquo aßicurandosi co’l pugnale dalla spada inimica, & poscia ferendo di punta con la cresciuta del passo retto.	There is great regarde to be taken in warding of thrustes, to wit: to be are the bodie out of the straight lyne, because this is the safest waie that may be found to voide them, because it verie difficult to meete with them, when they come barred and closed in, and are forciblie discharged. For when a thrust commeth within (at the verie time that the enimie striketh) hee ought to encrease a slope pace, ensuring himself of the enimies sword with his dagger, and then to discharge a thrust with the increase of a straight pace.
	The thrust without is warded after the first manner, to wit, when the enemy strikes, to increase a slope pace (whereby the body voids danger) and to give a thrust with the increase of a straight pace. In this order one may warde himself from other ways of striking.	La punta di fuora nel primo modo pur si diffende crescendo nel tempo che l’inimico ferisce di punta con la cresciuta del passo retto & cosi si defendono anco gli altri modi,	The thrust without is warded after the first maner, to wit, when the enimie striketh, to encrease a slope pace (whereby the bodie voideth danger) & to give a thrust with the encrease of a straight pace. In this order one may warde himselfe from other wayes of stryking.
	In like case, when the enemy (only to try and provoke) does deliver an edgeblow from the wrist of the hand: let every man be advised, as soon as the blow is delivered, to increase a slope pace, and deliver a thrust with the increase of a straight pace before the enemy (after his blow given) do determine to discharge any more. This may suffice, for the handling of the Rapier and Dagger truly, with advantage.	& parimente quando l’inimico per tentare trara un taglio di nodo si sarà auertiti di subito tratto il nodo, crescer il passo obliquo & ferire di punta con la cresciuta del passo retto, pria che l’inimico dopo il nodo possa risoluersi di fare altri coplo. Et questo basti quanlo all’adoprare la spada, & il pugnale con auantagio, & ueramente.	In like case, when the enimie (onely to trye and provoke) doth deliver an edgeblowe from the wrist of the hande: let every man be advised, as soone as the blowe is delivered, to encrease a slope pace, and deliver a thrust with the encrease of a straight pace, before the enimie (after his blowe given) do determine to discharge any more. This may suffice, for the handling of the Rapier and Dagger truely, with advantage.

Sword and Cloak

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	THE RAPIER AND CLOAK That I may continue in the weapons which are most usual and most commonly worn: After the Dagger, I come to the Cloak: The use whereof was first found by chance and reduced into Art. Neither was this for any other cause, than for that nature does not only delight to invent things, but also to preserve them being invented. And that she may the better do it, she takes for her help all those thins that are commodious for her. Wherefore, as men in diverse accidents have casually proved, that the Cloak helps greatly (for as much as they are to wear it daily) they have devised how they may behave themselves in that, in which the Cloak may serve their turn. Which accidents, because they are infinite, and do not generally serve for our purpose, I will restrain myself and speak of those only which appertain to this Art, the which are such and so effectual, that they may greatly help to the obtaining of safe victory, if they happen to be placed in such a man as knows how to use and handle them. And for that in true Art it does little prevail, the use thereof being in a manner altogether deceitful, I was resolved to put over all this to the treatise of Deceit, as unto his proper place. Notwithstanding, to the end it may not seem strange to any man, to read nothing of the Cloak in all the handling of true Art, I am minded to lay down a certain few blows in the accustomed wards, referring the more abundant handling thereof unto the treatise of Deceit.	DELLA SPADA ET CAPA Per continuare nelle arme piu usate, con li quali piu facilmente l’huomo si truoua, dopo il pugnale uengo all capa, l’uso della quale è stato prima ritrouato dal caso, & poi ridotto in arte, ne cio per altra causa, se non che la Natura non solo intende di genarare le cose, me ancora le generate conseruare, & per cio fare piglia in suo agiuto tutte quelle cose che le sono commode. Onde hauendo prouato gli huomini in diuersi Accidente casualmente esserli stat la capa di grande agiuto, douendola ogni hora portrare, si sono imaginati di ualersene in tutto quello, che ella gli può seruire, i quali accidenti per eßer infiniti, & non fare tutti al nostro proposito, mi ristringerò à parlare di questi solamente, che à quest'arte appertengono, i quali anche eßi son tanti, & tali, che possono apportrare gran giouamento, & sicura uittoria, s’auiene che si truoui huomo, che se ne sappia ualere; uero che per la uerà arte poco se ne potiamo seruire, per essere l’uso dela capa quasi tutto inganneuole; Onde me era quasi risoluto di uoler diferir tutto questo trattato all’inganno, come a suo proprio luego. Tuttauia accio non paia adalcuno strano il non uedere nel uero trattato cosa alcun della capa, ho uoloto porui nelle solite guardie alcuni pochi colpi riserbandomi a palarne poi nell’inganno diffusamente, & quanto si conuiene.	The Rapier and Cloake. That I maie continue in the weapons which are most usuall and most commonly worne: After the Dagger, I come to the Cloade: The use whereof was first founde out by chaunce and after reduced into Arte. Neither was this for any other cause, then for that nature doth not onely delight to invent things, but also to preserve them being invented. And that shee may the better doe it, shee taketh for her help all those things that are commodious for her. Wherefore, as men in divers accidets have casually proved, that the Cload helpeth greatly (for as much as they are to weare it daily) they have devised how they may behave them selves in all that, in which the Cload may serve their turne. Which accidents, because they are infinite, & do not generally serve for our purpose, I wil restraine my selfe and speake of those onely which appertaine to this Arte, the which are such and so effectuall, that they may greatly helpe to the obteining of safe victorie, if they happen to be placed in such a man as knoweth howe to use and handle them. And for that in true Arte it doth little pervaile, the use thereof being in a manner altogether deceitfull, I was resolved to put over all this to the treatise of Deceit, as unto his proper place, Notwithstanding, to the ende it may not seeme strange to any man, to read nothing of the Cload in al the handling of true Art, I am minded to laye downe a certaine fewe blowes in the accustomed wardes, referring the more abundant handling thereof unto the treatise of Deceit.
	THE MANNER HOW TO HANDLE THE CLOAK As the Cloak in this Art, has in it three things to be considered, to wit: length, largeness, and flexibility: so it is to be weighed how far each of these will stretch, to serve the turn. of which three, one does properly belong to it, and that is flexibility, which may neither be increased nor diminished: The other two, may receive alteration. But yet it is at any hand to be provided, that these two also be not diminished. For the Cloak is no strong thing, which of itself may withstand the blows of the weapon, being directly opposed against them.	DEL MODO DI ADOPRARE la capa. Havendo la cap in se tre cose da confidare in quest’arte, cio é lungezza, larhezza, & Flesibilità, ci deue in qunato quelle si estendon seruire, della quali luna é, come sua propria, cio é la Flesibilità, la qual non si puo gia ne accrescere ni isminuire, l’altre due possono ricuere alteration. Ma però si deue in ogni inodo procurare di non minuire, ne anco quest’ altre due; Percio che la capa non é cosa forté , che per su possa resistere alli copa della spada, opponendosele rettamente.	The manner how to handle the Cloake. AS the Cloake in this Arte, hath in it three things to be considered, to wit: length, largenesse, and flexibilitie: so it is to be wayed how far each of these will stretch, to serve the turne. Of which tree, one doth properly belong unto it, and that is flexibilitie, which maie neither be encreased nor diminished: The other two, may receive alteration. But yet it is at any hande to be provided, that these two also be not diminished. For the Cloake is no strong thing, which of it selfe may withstand the blowes of the weapon, being directly opposed against them.
	And therefore he shall prove himself but a fool, who trusting to the cloth wrapped about his arm, does encounter any right edgeblow therewith. For seeing the Cloak is not flexible in that part (which flexibility is his only strength) little prevails either length or largeness, wrapped about a solid substance. But being opposite in that part thereof, where it has length, largeness and flexibility (which is from the arm downwards) it is available: for all three being joined together will warde any edgeblow: the which manner of warding should not be so sure, if the Cloak had only length and flexibility: For having behind it little air, which is the thing that does strengthen it, it may be easily be beaten too, and cut, by any great blow. Therefore, if a man have so much leisure, he ought to wrap his Cloak once or twice about his arm, taking it by the Cape or collar, and folding his arm therein up to the elbow, and therewithall to warde all edgeblows from the flank thereof downwards, aswell on the right side, as on the left side, always remembering to carry his foot differing from his arm, for the avoiding of danger that may arise by bearing his leg on the selfsame side, near his cloak knowing the Cloak wards not when there is any hard substance behind it.	Onde sciocco sarribe colui che aßicurandosi dal panno inuoluto intorno al braccio; percioche non hauendo ella in quella parte punto di Flisibilità, la qual é la fua fortezza, poco le gioua la lunghezza, & la larghezza a uolte a quel modo intorno a un corpo sodo. Ma oppendondoseli in quella parte che ha lunghezza, larghezza, & Flesibilità che é dal braccio in giu all hora si, che tutte tre insieme diffenderanno ogni colpo di taglio, la qual difesa non sarebbe cosi sicura, se nella capa fosse solamente lunghezza & Flesibilità perche hauendo ella dopo se poco aere da un gran colpo oppressa, & tagliata; dunque se ui sara tempo si deurà in uoltar la capa una, o doe uolte intorno al braccio, pigliandola per il capuccio, coprendosi con eßa il braccio sino al gombito, & con eßa riparar tutti i colpi di taglio dal fianco in gui si dalla parte destra, come dalla sinistra, auertendo di sempre portare il piede diuersamente dal braccio per non andare à periglio portandolo in quella medesma parte, di accostar la gamba all capa, & restar ferito, perche la capa non difende quando ha dopo se un corpo sodo;	And therefore he shall prove himselfe but a foole, who trusting to the Cloth wrapped about his arme, doth encounter any right edgeblowe therewith. For seeing the Cload is not flexible in that parte (which flexibilitie is his onely strength) litle prevaileth either length or largenes, wrapped about a solide substace. But being opposite in that parte thereof, where it hath length, largenes and flexibilitie (which is from the arme downwardes) it is available: for all three being joyned togither will warde any edgeblow: which manner of warding should not be so sure, if the cloade had onely leng th and flexibilitie: For having behind it litle ayre, which is the thing that doeth strengthen it, it may easily be beaten too, and cut, by any great blowe. Therefore, if a man have so much leisure, he ought to wrapp his Cloake once or twice about his arme, taking it by the Cape coller, and folding his arme therein up to the elbowe, and therewithall to warde all edgeblowes from the flanke thereof downwardes, aswell on the right side, as on the left side, alwaies remembring to carrie his foote differing from his arme, for the avoyding of danger that may rise by bearing his legg on the selfe same side, neere his cload knowing the Cload wardeth not when there is any harde substance behind it.
	Thrusts also themselves, may be given without, if with the Cloak, or with the hand in the Cloak, the enemy's sword be beaten off, one handful within the point thereof. For the edge having but small power in that case, is not able in so little time, to cut the hand. The blows also, aswell of the point, as of the edge, from the flank upwards, ought to warded with the sword: For to lift the arm so high being burdened with the weight of the Cloak, which naturally draws downwards, as it is a violent thing it is also perilous, least the arm be placed instead of the Cloak, and so rest wounded, or lest the arm or Cloak be placed before the eyes, which by that means remain blinded.	Le punte anch’esse si poßono trar fuora se si ua a batter la spada inimica o con la capa on con la mano nella capa in uolta, ma un palmo dopo la punta perche non hauendoin quel caso il taglio uiolenza alcuna, non è potente in quel poco tempo di tagliar la capa, & ferir la mano. Li colpo poi si di punta come di taglio dal fianco in su deuono essere riparati con la spada, percioche il leuar il braccio tanto in alto essendo carico dal peso della capa, che per sua natura tira in giu, oltra che è cosa uiolenta si ua periglio di porre il braccio in uece della capa, & restar grauemente ferito ouero porre il braccio o la capa dinanzi a gli occhi & restar orbato.	Thrustes also themselves, may be given without, if with the Cloake, or with the hand in the Cloak, the enimies sworde be beaten off, one handfull within the poynt thereof. For the edge having but small power in that case, is not hable in so litle time, to cut the hand. The blowes also, aswell of the poynt, as of the edge, from the flanke upwardes, ought to be warded with the sworde: For to lift the arme so high being burdened with the waight of the Cload, which naturally draweth downwards, as it is a violent thing it is also perilous, least the arme be placed in steede of the Cloade, and so rest wounded, or lest the arme or Cloade be placed before the eyes, which by that meanes remaine blinded.
	AN ADVERTISEMENT CONCERNING THE WARDING AND WRAPPING OF THE CLOAK. There are two ways (in these days) to wrap the Cloak, the one is, when one having leisure takes the Cloak by the cape or collar, and so folds it once or twice about his arm: The other is, as often times it falls out, when letting the Cloak fall down upon from the shoulder, it is happily taken by one side, and so is turned once or twice about the arm.	AVERTIMENTO CIRCA IL PARAR CON la capa, & imbracciarla. Doi sono i modi per hora di iimbracciar la capa l'uno quando hauendo tempo si piglia la capa nel capuccio, & si uolge una ò due uolte intorno al braccio. Laltro che spesse uolte accade quando lasciandosi cader la capa qiu della spalla si piglia casualmente da un lato & si uoltegia intorno al braccio una o piu uolte.	An advertisement concerning the warding and wrapping of the Cloake. THere are two waies (in these daies) to wrappe the Cloade, the one is, when one having leasure taketh the Cloake by the cape or coller, and so fouldeth it once or twice about his arme: The other is, as often times it falleth out, when letting the Cloke fall downe from the shoulder, it is happelie taken by one side, & so is turned once or twice about the arme.
	Now as concerning striking a man ought in the handling of these weapons as he would strike, first to increase and carry the one foot near to the other, and then farther to increase a half, not a whole pace, as in other weapons: For at these weapons, it is dangerous lest (making a whole pace) he entangle his foot or feet in the Cloak and fall down therewith. And this must be taken heed of, in the first and second folding, but principally in the second, because in it the Cloak is longer, and therefore does more easily touch the earth and entangle his feet: In the first told, although the cloak not touch the earth, because the arm does orderly bear it, yet by reason of weariness, the arm falls and causes the foresaid effect.	Quanto al ferir si deue in quest'arme solamente crescer a ferir portando luno appresso laltro piede, poi crescendo cioè con mezzo passo & non con passo intiero, come nelle altre arme perche in quest'arme si ua a periglio, crescendo il passo intiero di intricare il piedo ouero li piedi nella capa & cadere & questo si deue osseruar nella prima & seconda imbracciatura, ma principalmente nella seconda per esser in quella la capa piu lunga & percio piu facile a toccar terra & ad intracarsi ni i piedi. Nella prima se ben la capa non tocca terra tenendola con il braccio debitamente pure in essa ancora per stanchezza il braccio cala & fa l'istesso effetto.	Nowe as concerning striking, a man ought in the handling of these weapons as he would strike, first to increase and carrie the one foote neere to the other, and then farther to increase a halfe, not a whole pace, as in other weapons: For at these weapons, it is daungerous least (making a whole pace) he entangle his foote or feete in the Cloake and fall downe therewith. And this must be taken heede of, in the first and second foulding, but principallie in the second, because in it the Cloake is longer, and therefore doth more easilie touch the earth & intangle his feet: In the first fold, although the cloak touch not the earth, because the arme doth orderlie beare it, yet by reason of werines, the arme falleth & causeth the foresaid effect.
	THE HURT OF THE HIGH WARD AT RAPIER AND CLOAK. In these manner of weapons as in others, I will frame three wards: The first by the foresaid reasons, shall be the high warde, which in these kind of weapons more then in any other deserve the name of a ward. For the Rapier (something bending) wards as far as the cloak hand, and the cloakhand down to the middle leg: so that in this ward a man is warded from the top of the hand down to the foot. Therefore standing at this ward, whether it be with the right foot before or behind, he may deliver a thrust with the increase of a half pace forwards, staying himself in the low ward.	DELLA OFFESA DI GUARDIA ALTA di spada & capa. Formermo in questa sorte d’arme si come nelle altre, tre guardie & la prima per la raggion dette sarà l’alta, la quale in questa qualità d’arme piu che in niun’ altra merita il nome di guardia, percioche la spada alquanto piegata difende sino alla man della capa & lei da li in giu sino a mezza gamba di modo che in questa quardia l’huomo si truoua diffeso dalla cima del capo sino a i piedi. Ritrouandosi dunque in questa guardia o sia con il piede dritto inanzi, o indietro si puo ferir di punta con la cresciuta di mezo passo inanzi affermandosi in guardia bassa.	IN these maner of weapons, asin others, I will frame three wardes: The first by the foresaid reasons, shall be the high warde, which in these kind of wepons more then in anie other deserve the name of a ward. For the Rapier (something bending) wardeth as farre as the clok hand, and the clokhand down to the middle legg: soe that in this ward a man is warded from the top of the head down to the foot. Therefore standing at this warde, whether it be with the right foote before or behinde, he may deliver a thrust with the encrease of a halfe pace forwards, staying himselfe in the lowe warde.
	The right edgeblow ought to be delivered from the wrist without any motion of the feet, resting in the low ward: but in delivering of the reverse, it is necessary to fetch a whole pace, and in a manner straight. If the enemy ward it with his sword, then the encounter of the enemy's sword, must be stayed suddenly with the Cloakhand in the first part thereof, and a thrust be delivered underneath, with the increase of a straight pace.	Il mandrito si deurà trar di nodo senza punto muoere i piedi affermandosi in guardia bassa, ma nel trar il riuerso bisogna portar un passo intero quasi retto & diffendolo l’inimico con la spada subito trouato l’incontro si deue affermare con la capa o mano la spada inimica nelle prime parti & con la spada di sotto ferire di punta con la cresciuta dun passo retto.	The right edgeblowe ought to be delivered from the wrist without any motion of the feete, resting in the lowe warde: but in delivering of the reverse, it is necessarie to fetch a whole pace, and in a manner straight. If the enimie warde it with his sworde, then the encounter of the enimies sworde, must be stayed suddenly with the Cloake-hand in the first part thereof, and a thrust be delivered underneath, with the encrease of a straight pace.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE THRUST, RIGHT AND REVERSED BLOWS OF THE HIGH WARD AT RAPIER AND CLOAK. For the better avoiding of the hurts which proceed from the high ward: it is necessary to stand at the low ward, in the which the thrust is to be warded iiii manner of ways, to wit: either with the single sword within or without, either with the single Cloak within or without. If with the single sword within, it is requisite to fetch a compass with the foot backwards on the right side. In like case to turn the body the same way, to the intent, to carry it out of the straight line (in which the blow comes) and to drive a reversed thrust at the face, the which thrust in such order delivered is the longest that is, and such a one, as thereby the hurt is not only voided, but also at the self same time, the enemy is struck in the face. If it chance, that the sword be encountered without then it is not only profitable but also necessary, to step forwards and with the Cloak to encounter the enemy's sword in the first part thereof. And recovering his own sword, to discharge a thrust underneath with the increase of the right foot. And although it be laid down for a rule, not to use a whole pace when handling the Cloak, this ought to be understood in striking, the which (whilst one endeavors to strike with the sword) it may be forgetting the Cloak, his arm may fall, by means whereof he may stumble against it: but in warding, it does not so happen. For nature being careful to defend herself (at every little danger) lifts up both her arms, yea, although they be oppressed with weight and burden.	DIFESA DI PUNTA DRITTO ET RIVERSO di guardia alta. Per vietar leffese che possono nascer dalla guardia alta, gli è dibisogno ritrouarsi in guardia bassa, nellaqule si puo in quatro modi uietar la punta, cioè, o con la sola spada di dentro & di fuori & con la sola capa pur di dentro & di fuori. Se si uorrà riparar con la sola spada di dentro sarà dibisogno girar il piede per di dietro nella parte destra girando similmente la uita in quella parte, per leuarsi dalla linea retta in che si ferisce spingendo nel medesmo tempo una punta riuersa atta faccia la qual punta in questo modo tratta e la piu lunga che sia & con questa non solo si uieta l’offesa ma nell istesso tempotempo so ferisce l’inimico nella faccia. M s’auiene che si incontri la spada di fuori all hora è non solamente utile ma necessario portar il passo inanti & con la capa incontrar la spada & ferir d’una punta disotto con la cresciuta del pie destro. Et benche si sia dato precetto di non usar passo intiero nella capa, questo si deue intender nelle offese nelle quali attendendosi solo al ferir con la spada, puo facilmente esser che l’huomo scordatosi della cpa cali il braccio, & percio uenga ad incontrarsi coi piedi in iessa, ma nel riparar non auiene cosi, percioche la natura intenta a conseruarsi leua a ogni poco di periglio ambe le braccia ancora che fossero da peso opresse.	The defence of the thrust, right and reversed blowes of the high warde at Rapier and Cloake. FOr the better avoyding of the hurts which proceede from the high warde: it is necessarie to stande at the lowe warde, in the which the thrust is to be warded iiii. manner of waies, to wit: either with the single sworde within and without, either with the single Cloade within and without. If with the single sword within, it is requisite to fetch a compas with the foot backwards on the right side. In like case to turne the bodie the same waie, to the intent, to carrie it out of the straight lyne (in which the blowe commeth) and to drive a reversed thrust at the face, the which thrust in such order delivered is the longest that is, and such a one, as thereby the hurt is not onely voyded, but also at the selfe same time, the enimie is stroken in the face, If it chaunce, that the sworde be encountred without then it is not onely profitable but also necessarie, to step forwardes and with the Cloade to encounter the enimies sworde in the first parte thereof. And recovering his owne sworde, to discharge a thrust underneath with the encrease of the right foote. And although it be laide down for a rule, not to use a whole pace in handling of the Cloade, this ought to be understoode in striking, in the which (whilest one endevoureth to strike with his sworde) it may be forgetting the Cloake, his arme may fall, by meanes whereof he may stumble against it: but in warding, it doth not so happen. For nature being carefull to defende her selfe (at every litle danger) lifteth up both her armes, yea, although they be oppressed with waight and burden.
	Wherefore it is not to be feared, that in warding this thrust, the hand will be drawn down by the weight of the Cloak. The same wards and defenses may be used with the single Cloak, in the which, one must likewise strike, with the increase of the right foot. This manner of warding is not very sure, and therefore it requires great activity and deep judgment, considering he ought to bear his Cloak and arm stretched out before him, and to mark when the enemy's swords point shall pass within the Cloakhand one handful or little more: and not to suffer it pass farther, but to beat it off, and increasing to discharge a thrust underneath, with the increase of a pace with the right foot. But as I have said, this manner of warding has little certainty and great peril in it, and yet it strikes well, if it be done in short time.	Onde non è da temere che nella diffesa di questa punta, la mano sia tirata a l’ingiu dal peso della capa, le medesme defese si possono fare con la sola capa, ferendo poi similmente con la cresciuta del pie destro. Ma questa difesa non è molto sicura percioche ui è bisogno di gran prestezza & giudito douendosi tenir la capa col braccio disteso inanti & auertit quando la punta inimica sarà passata dentro dalla mano della capa per un palmo o poco piu di non la lasciar passar piu oltra, ma spingerla & crescer a ferir di punta bassa, con la cresciuta del passo del pie destro, ma com’ho detto questa difesa poco sicura & di gran rischio, ma be ferisce in piu breue tempo.	Wherefore it is not to be feared, that in warding this thrust, the hand will be drawen downe by the waight of the Cloake. The same wardes and defences may be used with the single Cloake, in the which, one must likewise strike, with the encrease of the right foote. This manner of warding is not verie sure, and therefore it requireth great activitie and deepe judgement, considering he ought to beare his Cloake and arme stretched out before him, & to make when the enimies swords poynt shall passe within the Cloakhand one handful or litle more: and not to suffer it to passe farther, but to beat it off, and encreasing to discharge a thrust underneath, with the encrease of a pace with the right foote. But as I have saide, this manner of warding hath litle certaintie and great perill in it, and yet it striketh well, if it be done in short time.
	The right edgeblow may in like manner be warded with the single sword or Cloak: but when it comes aloft, it shall not be commodious to encounter it with the single Cloak, for by that means the eyes blind themselves. How much this imports, let others judge. But, when the said right blow comes in a manner low, so that it may well be warded, keeping the enemy in sight, then the Cloak is to be opposed, with the increase of the left pace, and presently thereupon, a thrust to be discharged, with the increase of a right pace.	Il diritto si puo parimente difendere con se la spada o capa ma quádo uenisse tropp’ alto nõ sarà utile andarlo ad in contrar con la sola capa, perche si uenirebbe a coprir gli occhi a se stesi, la qual cosa quanto importa ne lascio altrui il guidito, ma quando il taglio dritto uenisse in modo basso che si potesse difender & ueder l’inimico all hora si che si deue opponer la capa con la cresciuta del passo sinistro, & poscia subito ferir di punta con la cresciuta del passo destro.	The right edgeblowe may in like manner be warded with the single sworde or cloake: but when it cometh aloft, it shall not be commodious to encounter it with the single cloake, for by that meanes the eyes blinde themselves. How much this importeth, let others judge. But, when the saide right blowe commeth in a manner lowe, so that it may well be warded, keeping the enimie in sight, then the cloake is to be opposed, with the encrease of the left pace, & presently thereupon, a thrust to be discharged, with the encrease of a right pace.
	When one opposes the single sword against the right blow, he must drive a thrust at the face, and fetch a compass with his hindfoot, cutting the face with the said thrust and stay himself in the broad ward. The self same must be done, when he defends himself with both together, to wit, with the sword and Cloak.	Et quando a questo diritto si opponerà la sola spada si deura spinger la punta alla faccia & girar il pie di dietro tagliando di riuerso la faccia affermandosi in guardia larga, & l’istesso si fa uolende con ambe due insieme difendersi cioè spada & capa.	When one opposeth the single sworde against the right blowe, he must drive a thrust at the face, & fetch a compas with his hinder foote, cutting the face with the saide thrust and staie himselfe in the broad ward. The selfe same must be done, when he defendeth him selfe with both together, to wit, with the sword and cloake.
	Against the reversed blow, the self same manner is used in warding to wit, either with the one, or with the other, either with both joined together.	Al Riuerso s’usano le medesme difese, o con l’una, oc con l’altra, o con ambedeue;	Against the reversed blowe, the sefle same manner is used in warding to wit, either with the one, or with the other, either with both joyned together
	With the Cloak, by the increase of a pace, and by encountering the enemy's sword, as far forwards as is possible, that thereby it may be done the more commodiously, delivering a thrust therewithall underneath, with the increase of a pace of the right foot.	con la capa crescendo il passo & andando ad incontrar l’inimica spada piu inanti che sia posißle per che si puo commondamente ferendo poi di punta di sotto con la cresciutta del passo destro,	With the cloake, by the encrease of a pace, and by encountring the enimies sworde, as farre forwards as is possible, that thereby it may be done the more comodiously, delivering a thrust therewithall underneath, with the encrease of a pace of the right foot.
	With the single Rapier, the same defense may suffice, which is laid down in the treatise of the single Rapier, and that is, to discharge a thrust at the enemy's thigh, the which withstands the fall of the reverse blow.	con la sola spada basterà quel riparo che si desse nella sola spada di spinger la punta alla coscia la qual uieta il cader del riuerso,	With the single Rapier, the same defence may suffice, which is layde downe in the treatise of the single Rapier, and that is, to discharge a thrust at the enimies thigh, the which withstandeth the full of the reversed blowe.
	Now, if one would defend himself with both these weapons joined together, he must increase a pace with the right foot, and staying the enemy's sword with his cloak, recover his own sword nimbly, and then deliver a thrust with the increase of a pace of the right foot.	se si uorrà con ambe questa armi diffendersi deurà pur crescer il passo destro & affermando con la capa la spada inimica, cauar prestamente la sua & ferir di punta con la cresciuta pur del passo destro.	Nowe, if one would defend himselfe with both these weapons joyned togither, he must encrease a pace with the right foot, & staying the enimies sword with his cloke, recover his owne sworde nimbly, and then diliver a thrust with the encrease of a pace of the right foote.
	THE HURT OF THE BROAD WARD, AT RAPIER AND CLOAK. In this ward, as well as in others, a man may both thrust and strike, yet diversely; For he may not discharge a right edgeblow beneath. And the reverse is manifestly dangerous: So that, when he is to deliver it, he ought to perform it in this order.	OFFESA DI GUARDIA LARGA. In questa guardia parimente si come nell’ altre si puo ferir di punta & tagli, ma diuersamente, percioche non si deue in questa guardia trar solo dritto & il Riuerso e manifestamente percioloso, però douendoli trar, si traranno a questo modo	The hurt of the broad warde, at Rapier and Cloade. IN this warde, as well as in others, a man may both thrust and strike, yet diversly: For he may not discharge a right edgeblowe beneath. And the reverse is manifestly dangerous: So that, when he is to deliver it, he ought to perfourme it in this order.
	First, he shall drive a thrust, fetching a compass with his hindfoot, that by that means it may reach the farther, then suddenly (without moving of himself) he shall deliver a right edgeblow, from the wrist, after the which presently, the reverse must follow, with the increase of a pace of the right foot: and further, must follow on the thrust already prepared, and increase the like pace.	prima si spingerà la punta girando alquanto il pie di dietro per allungarla piu, & pui subito senza punto muouersi & trara il diritto, di nodo dietro alquale subito deue seguitar il riuerso con la cresciuta del passo destro, seguitando tuttauia la punta preparata con cresciuta del passo destro.	First, he shall drive a thrust, fetching a compas with his hinder foote, that by that meanes it may reach the farther, then suddenly (without moving of himselfe) he shall discharge a right edgeblowe, from the wrist, after the which presently, the reverse must followe, with the encrease of a pace of the right foote: and further, must follow on with the thrust alreadie prepared, and increase the like pace.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE BROAD WARD, AT RAPIER AND CLOAK. To him that will safely ward himself from the hurt of the broad ward, it is requisite, that he stand at the low ward. And when the thrust underneath comes, he shall thrust at the face, fetching a compass with his hindfoot towards the right side, with which kind of thrust, it does lightly happen that the enemy is hit in the face: but if it fail, yet for all that, the enemy obtains not his purpose, in the discharge of the thrust of the broad ward: For by delivering the thrust underneath, and compassing of the hindfoot, the body is carried out of the straight line: So that, as soon as the thrust is delivered at the face, and the enemy not struck therewith, but passes beyond his head, the reverse is to be turned at the face, and the foot to be plucked back, settling in the broad ward. To ward the right and reversed blows, there is a thrust to be given at the thighs or some other place that may most hinder them, in the very same time that such blows are in their circle or compass. Although I do not believe that there is a man so foolish, that (in this ward) will deliver a reverse only.	DIFESA DI GUARDIA LARGA A Uolersi sivuramente difender da l’offese di guardia larga fa dibisogno trouarsi in guardia bassa nella qual stando & uenendo la stocatta si spingera una punta all afacia, girando il piede di dietro nella parte destra con la qual punta puo facilmente auenir che si uolga l’inimico nella faccia, ma quando uenisse fallato, nõ percio puo ottenir l’inimico l’intento suo di ferir con la punta di guardia larga perche di gia nel ferir con la punta bassa & con il girar il piede di dietro si tolse la uia della linea retta, però subito spinta la punta alla facci, se non colto l’inimico, ma sendoli passata la spada ddietro alla testa all’hora si deue uoltar di riuerso alla faccia ritirando il piede & affermandosi in guardia larga per riparar il diritto & il riuerso, si deue in quel tépo chegirano, spinger una punta o alla coscia in altro luogo che li sia di maggior impdeimente et danno, benche io nõ credo che si troui alcuno si sciocco che ferisca in questa guardia di riuerso solo.	The defence of the broad warde, at Rapier and Cloake. TO him that will safely warde himselfe from the hurt of the broad warde, it is requisite, that he stand at the lowe warde. And when the thrust underneath hand commeth, he shall thrust at the face, fetching a compas with his hinder foote towardes the right side, with which kinde of thrust, it doth lightly happen that the enimie is hit in the face: but if it faile, yet for all that, the enimie obtaineth not his purpose, in the discharge of the thrust underneath, and compassing of the hinder foote, the bodie is carried out of the straight lyne: So that, as soone as the thrust is delivered at the face, and the enimie not strooken therewith, but passeth beyond his head, the reverse is to be turned at the face, and the foote to be plucked backe, setling in the broad warde. To warde the right and reversed blows, there is a thrust to be given at the thighes or some other place that may most hinder them, in the verie same time that such blowes are in their circle or compas. Although I do not beleve that there is any man so foolish, that (in this warde) will deliver a reverse onely.
	OF THE HURT OF THE LOW WARD, AT RAPIER AND CLOAK. This ward is so straight and perilous, that in no man ought to assure himself to deliver an edgeblow any manner of way. For under any of them he may be easily struck, and each of them may easily be warded with the Cloak. Therefore, he must diligently take heed, that he thrust only, the which must never be discharged before the enemy's sword be found, and then as far forwards as possible . So then f finding it, he may thrust both within and without. Neither is there in this thrust any other advantage to be gotten, then to steal a half pace unawares of the enemy, which may be done very commodiously, considering the cloak occupies the enemy's sight, And having drawn his half pace, and found the enemy's sword, he must increase another half pace forwards, and strike him, costing and forcing the enemy's sword, on that side where it may do no hurt. And this may be used both within and without: But he whom it pleases, and who doubts not to be entangled in the Cloak, may (finding himself within) carry his left foot making a pace therewith, and between his Cloak and his sword, close the enemy's sword, and deliver a thrust with the increase of a pace of the right foot: And finding his enemy's sword without, he may use the self same increase and thrust. But if he find not the enemy's sword, he must deliver a little edge blow from the wrist of the hand, in such sort, that the enemy have no leisure to enter in: And having found the Sword, to discharge a right or straight thrust, or else not voiding the enemy's sword by the increase of a left pace, to drive a thrust from aloft downwards, lifting up the fist somewhat high, and delivering it with the increase of a pace of the right foot.	DELLA OFFESA DI guardia bassa. Questa guardia è talmente stretta et pericola che non si deue aßicura alcuno di ferir di taglio in niun modo, percioche sotto ciascuno di eßi si puo facilmente esser ferito & dalla capa possono ambidoi ageuolmente esser riparati, si userà dunque ogni diligenza per ferir di punta solamente, la qual anco mai non se trarà, se prima con la propria spada non si baurà trouata la spada inimica, & piu inanti che sia possibile. Ritrouandola dunque si può ferir di punta, di dentro & di fuori, ne altro auantagio in questa si puo hauer che procurar di robbar un mezzo passo che l’inimico non si accorga, il che uien benissimo fatto, per rispetto che la capa occupa la uista & hauendo ritirato questo mezzo passo, & trouata la spada si deue crescendo il suo mezo passo inanti andar a ferir l’inimico; costegiando la spada inimica & spingerdola da parte che non possa nocere, & questo si userà di dentro & di fuori, ma a chi piacesse & non dubitassi di intricarsi in la capa, si puo trouandosi di dentro portar il passo sinistro & tra la sua capa & spada ferrar la spada de l’inimico, & ferir poscia di punta con la cresciuta del passo destro & trouando la spada inimica di fuora far la medesma cresciuta & ferita. Ma se non uenisse fatto di trouar la spada inimica si puo trar un piccolo taglio di nodo, di modo che non si dia tempo all’inimico di entrare, & trouatola subito andare a ferire o di punta diritta, ouero senza punto abbandonar la spada inimica, con la cresciuta del passo sinistro spinger una punta da alto a basso leuando il pugno al quanto in alto, & cacsiarla con la cresciuta del passo destro.	Of the hurt of the lowe warde, at Rapier and Cloake. THis warde is so straight and perilons, that no man ought to assure himself to deliver an edgeblow any manner of waie. For under any of them he may be easily strooken, and each of them may easily be warded with the Cloake. Therefore, he must diligently take heed, that he thrust onely, the which must never be discharged before the enimies sworde be found, and then as farre forwardes as is possible. So then finding it, he may thrust both within and without. Neither is there in this thrust any other advantage to be gotten, then to steale a halfe pace unwares of the enimie, which may be done verie commodiously, considering the cloak occupieth the enimies sight, And having drawen this halfe pace, and found the enimies sword, he must encrease an other halfe pace forwardes, and strike him, costing and forcing the enimies sworde, on that side where it may do no hurt. And this maie be used both within and without: But he whome it pleaseth, and who doubteth not to be entangled in the Cloake, maie (finding himselfe within) carrie his left foote making a pace therewith, and betweene his cloake & his sworde, close the enimies sworde, and deliver a thrust with the encrease of a pace of the right foote: And finding the enimies sword without, he may use the selfe same encrease and thrust. But if he finde not the enimies sword, he may deliver a litle edgeblow from the wrist of the hand, in such sorte, that the enimy have no leasure to enter in: And having found the Sword, to discharge a right or streight thrust, or else not voyding the enimies sword by the encrease of a left pace, to drive a thrust from aloft downwards, lifting up the fist somewhat high, and delivering it with the increase of a pace of the right foote.
	OF THE DEFENSE OF THE LOW WARD AT RAPIER AND CLOAK. To the end a man may ward himself from all the thrusts reckoned in the hurts of this ward, he neither ought, neither happily may do any other thing then void his body from the straight line, wherein the enemy purposes to strike, making a left pace forwards, somewhat thwarting or crossing and striking the enemy safely. The which does not so chance, when one defends himself either with the single Cloak or single Rapier: For whilst he assays to defend himself, he cannot strike. And if the enemy do first move, and strike straight, in the which, his sword is not carried much outwards (and it is hardly done,) I say, the enemy may by stealing of half paces, discharge a thrust perforce. And therefore he must take heed, that (as the enemy moves) he increase a slope pace (by that means voiding the hurt) then a thwart or crossing pace next, with the increase of a straight pace of the right foot, to strike the enemy with a thrust underneath.	DELLA DIFESA DI guardia bassa. Per Difendersi da tutte le punte nel offesa raccontate non si deue, ne forse si puo far altro che fuggir cò la uita dalla linea retta nella quale intende diferir l’inimico, facendosi inanti un passo sinistro al quanto di trauerso, & ferendo l’inimico al sicuro, il che non auiene difendendosi con la capa o spada sola perche attendendo a difendersi non si può offendere, & l’inimico essendosi prima mosso a ferir rettamente non essendoil molto tratta fuora la spada, ilche difficilmente si fa, pupo con corsa di mezi passi cacciar una punta per forza, pero si deurà esser auertito, che mouendosi l’inimico per ferir si deue crescere un passo obliquo & leuarsi da l’offesa, & poscia di trauerso, con la cresciuta del passo retto destro ferir lui di una punta bassa,	Of the defence of the lowe Warde at Rapier and Cloak. TO the ende a man may warde himselfe from all the thrustes reckned in the hurtes of this warde, he neither ough, neither happely may doe any other thing then voide his bodie from the straight line, wherein the enimie purposeth to strike, making a left pace forwards, somewhat thwarting or crossing and striking the enimie safely. The which doth not so chaunce, when one defendeth himselfe, either with the single Cloake or single Rapier: For whilest he assaieth to defend himself, he cannot strike. And if the enimie do first move, and strike straight, in the which, his sworde is not carried much outwardes (and it is hardly done,) I saie, the enimie may be stealing of half paces, discharge a thrust perforce. And therefore he must take heede, that (as the enimie moveth) he encrease a slope pace (by that meanes voyding the hurt) then a thwart or crossing pace next, with the encrease of a straight pace of the right foote, to strike the enimie with a thrust underneath.
	This may suffice, for the handling of these weapons as much as appertains to sure play. All that which remains is reserved to the treatise of deceit, in which place shall be seen many handlings of the Cloak no less profitable then pleasant.	& qui basti quanto a quello che di quest’ arme si puo dire per quanto appertiene al giuoco sicuro, tutto quel restanta che se ne potesse dire si reserba al’inganno nel qual loco si uedranno molti tiri di capa non meno utili che diletteuoli.	This may suffice, for the handling of these weapons as much as appertaineth to sure plaie. All that which remaines is referued to the treatise of deceit, in which place shall be seene manie handlings of the cloake no less profitable then pleasant.

Sword and Buckler

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	OF THE SWORD AND BUCKLER Forasmuch as the Buckler is a weapon very commodious and much used, it is reason that I handle it next after the Cloak. For my purpose is, to reason of those weapons first which men do most ordinarily use, then of those that are extraordinary and less accustomed, discoursing upon each of them, as much as is requisite when I come unto them. Therefore I will first consider of the Buckler, therewith proceeding orderly.		Of the Sworde and Buckler FOr asmuch as the Buckler is a weapon verie commodious & much used, it is reason that I handle it next after the Cloak. For my purpose is, to reason of those weapons first which men do most ordinarily use, then of those that are extraordinarie and lesse accustomed, discoursing upon eache of them, as much as is requisite when I come unto them. Therefore I will first consider of the Buckler, therewith proceeding orderly.
	First his form, as much as appertains to this Art. Next the manner how to use it, giving to every man to understand that the Buckler and other weapons (which are said to be weapons only of warding) may also be of striking, as I will declare in his proper place.		First his fourme, as much as appertaineth to this Arte. Next the manner how to use it, giving every man to understand that the Buckler and other weapons (which are said to be weapons only of warding) may also be of striking, as I will declare in his proper place.
	OF THE FORM OF THE BUCKLER As the form of the Buckler is round and small, and ought to be a shield and safeguard of the whole body, which is far greater then it: So it is to be understood how it may accomplish the same, being a matter in a manner impossible.		Of the Forme of the Buckler. AS the form of the Buckler is round and small, and ought to be a shilde and safegard of the whole bodie, which is farr greater then it: So it is to be understood how it may accompolish the same, being a matter in a manner impossible.
	Let every one therefore know, that the little Buckler is not equal in bigness to the body simply, but after a certain manner, from which springs this commodity, that he which understands it, shall be resolved of the manner how to bear and handle it, and shall know that in it, which shall not only advantage him in the use thereof, but also of many other weapons.		Let every one therefore know, that the litle Buckler is not equall in bignes to the bodie simplie, but after a certaine sorte or manner, from which springeth this commoditie, that he which understandeth it, shall be resolved of the manner how to beare and handle it, and shall know that in it, which shal not onelie advantage him in the use thereof, but also of many other weapons.
	It is to be understood, that the Buckler bears the self same respect to the body, which the little prick or sight, on the top of the harquebus artillery or such like bears to the object which they respect and behold. For when a Harquebuser or Gunner, discharges happily against a Pigeon or Tower, if they behold and find that the Prick strikes the object, although the prick or sight be very little, and of a thousand parts one: yet I say, the said prick of the Harquebuser shall cover the whole Pigeon, and that of the Artillery in a manner the whole Tower: The effect proceeding of no other thing then of the distance. And it is in this manner. The eye beholding directly through the straight sight, as soon as it arrives at the object, and may not pass through, tears it, and sends through a line sidewise, spreading itself like unto two sides of a Triangle, the which overthrows the foundation of that thing which it strikes: The which foundation, the instrument strikes with which the discharge was made. And if it work otherwise, that comes either of that defect of the instrument, or of that it was not firm.		It is to bee understoode, that the Buckler beareth the self same respect to the bodie, which the litle prike or sighte, on the toppe of the harquebush artilirie or such like beareth to the object which they respect and behold. For when a Harquebusher or Gonner, dischargeth happelie against a Pigion or Tower, if they behold and finde that the Prike striketh the object, although the prike or sight be verie litle, and of a thousand partes one: yet I saie, the said prike of the Harquebush shal cover the hwole Pigion, and that of the Artilery in a manner the whole Tower: The effect procedinge of no other thing then of the distance. And it is in this manner. The eye behoulding directlie through the straight sight, as soone as it arriveth at the object, and may not passe through, teareth it, and sendeth through a lyne sidewise, spreading it selfe like unto the two sides of a Triangle, the which overthroweth the foundation of that thing which it striketh: The which foundation, the instrument striketh with which the discharge was made. And if it worke otherwise, that commeth either of the defect of the instrument, or of that it was not firme.
	Wherefore, applying this example to our purpose I say, that the enemy's sword is as the line of the eyesight, The Buckler, even as the little prick or sight in the Harquebus, the body of him that holds the Buckler, as the object unto which the stroke is directed: And so much the rather the Buckler shall be the more like this prick or sight, and have power to cover the whole body, by how much it shall be the further of from the thing that is to cover.		Wherefore, applying this example to our purpose I saie, that the enemies sworde is as the lyne of the eiesight, The Buckler, even as the little pricke or sight in the Harquebush, the bodie of him that holdeth the Buckler, as the object unto the which the strok is directed: And so much the rather the Buckler shall be the more like this pricke or sight, and have power to cover the whole bodie, by how much it shall be the further of from the thing that is to cover.
	As concerning his greatness, standing still on the form of the Buckler, by how much the greater it is, by so much the better it voids the blows. But it is to be regarded, that it hinder not the eye sight, or at least as little as is possible. Besides this, there is required, that about the middle thereof, there be a little strong circle of Iron, well nailed and hollowed from the Buckler, so that between that circle and the Buckler the Sword may enter, by means whereof, a man may either take holdfast of the sword, or break a piece of the point. But, this is done rather by chance then that any rule may be given how a man should so take hold and break it, for the sword comes not with such slowness, and in such quantity of time, as is requisite in that behalf.		As concerning his greatnesse, standing still on the forme of the Buckler, by how much the greater it is, by so much the better it voydeth the blowes. But it is to be regarded, that it hinder not the eye sight, or at least as litle as is possible. Besides this, there is required, that about the middle thereof, there be a little strong circle of Iron. well nayled and hollowed from the Buckler, so that betweene that circle & the Buckler the Sword may enter, by meanes whereof a man may either take holdfast of the sword, or breake a peece of the poynt. But this is done rather by chaunce than that any rule may be given how a man should so take hold and breake it, for the sword commeth not with such slowenes, and in such quantitie of time, as is requisite in that behalfe.
	It shall be also very profitable, that in the midst of the Buckler, there be a sharp point or stert of Iron, to the end the enemy may be struck therewith when occasion serves.		It shall be also verie profitable, that in the midst of the Buckler, there be a sharpe poynt or stert of Iron, to the end the enemie may be stroken therwith when occasion serveth.
	THE MANNER HOW TO HANDLE THE BUCKLER If a man would, that the Buckler work the said effect, to wit: that it may be able with his smallness to cover the whole body, he must hold and bear it in his fist, as far off from the body as the arm may possibly stretch forth, moving always the arm and buckler together, as one entire and solid thing, having no bending, or as if the arm were united to the buckler, turning continually all the flat thereof towards the enemy. From which kind of holding proceed all these commodities following. The first is, that the arm (standing directly behind the Buckler) is wholly covered, neither may be struck by any manner of thing which is before it. The second, that all edgeblows are of force encountered in the first or second part thereof, where they carry least force: neither can it fall out otherwise, if the enemy would (in manner as he ought) strike either at the head or the body. For if the enemy would strike them, it is necessary, that his sword come within the buckler so much as the arm is long : For otherwise it shall never hit home. And in this case he may well ward each great blow, and therewithal easily strike, and that in a short time. The third commodity is, that all thrusts are most easily warded : for the Buckler being round, with the directly flat opposite against the enemy, and warding all the body, the enemy will not resolve himself to give a thrust but only against those parts which are so well covered by the Buckler, as, the head, the thighs, or some part of the body, being discovered by ill bearing of the buckler. And seeing that these thrusts, having to hit home, ought to enter so far in, as is from the buckler to the body and more (and that is the length of the arm) they may easily and without doubt (making less motion, and therefore in little time) be driven outwards by the Buckler before they come to the body.		The manner how to handle the Buckler. IF a man would, that the Buckler worke the said effect, to wit: that it may be hable with his smalnesse to cover the whole bodie, he must holde and beare it in his fist, as farre off from the bodie as the arme may possibly stretch foorth, moving alwaies the arme & buckler together, as one entire and solide thing, having no bendign, or as if the arme were united to the buckler, turning continually al the flatt thereof towards the enimie. From which kionde of holding proceed all these commodities following. The first is, that the arme (standing directly behinde the Buckler) is wholy covered, neither may be strooken by any manner of thing which is before it. The second, that all edgeblows are of force encountred in the firste and second parte thereof, where they carrie least force: neither can it fall out otherwise, if the enimie woulde (in manner as he ought) strike either at the head or bodie. For if the enimie would strik them, it is necessarie, that his sword come within the buckler so much as the arme is long: For otherwise it shal never hit home. And in this case he may well warde each great blow, and therewithal easily strike, and that in short time. The thirde commoditie is, that all thrustes are most easily warded: for the Buckler being rounde, with the directly flatt opposite against the enimie, & warding all the bodie, the enimie will not resolve himselfe to give a thrust but onely against those partes which are so well covered by the Buckler, as, the head, the thighes, or some parte of the bodie, being found discovered by ill bearing of the Buckler. And seeing that these thrustes, having to hit home, ought to enter so farre in, as is from the buckler to the bodie & more (and that is the length of an arme) they maye easily and without doubt (making lesse motion, and therefore in little time) be driven outwardes by the Buckler before they come to the bodie.
	There are many other commodities to be gathered by so holding the buckler, which at this present are not to be recited.		There are many other commodities to be gathered by so holding of the buckler, which at this present are not to be recyted.
	Wherefore being to finish this Chapter, I say, that the Buckler ought not to defend, but only down to the knee and less. And reason would that it should defend no farther than the arm can stretch itself, that is to the middle thigh. In the act of fighting, a man stands always somewhat bowing, therefore a little more is allowed. The rest of the body downwards must be warded with the Sword only.		Wherefore being to finish this Chapter, I say, that the Buckler ought not to defend, but onely down to the knee and lesse. And reason that it should defend no farther than the arme can stretch it selfe, that is to the middle thigh. In the act of fighting, a man standeth alwaies somewhat bowing, therefore a little more is allowed. The rest of the bodie downwardes must be warded with the Sword onely.
	OF THE HURT OF THE HIGH WARD AT SWORD AND BUCKLER Because it is a very easy matter to ward both the right and reversed blows of the edge : And for that a man may easily strike under them, I will not lay down either for the one or the other their strikings or defendings, but only talk of the thrust. I say, the thrust above may be delivered in the one with the right foot behind, the other with the right foot before.		Of the hurt of the high warde at Sword and Buckler. BEcause it is a verie easie matter to ward both the right and reversed blowes of the edge: And for that a man may easily strike under them, I will not lay down either for the one or the other their strikings or defendings, but onely talke of the thrust. I saye, the thrust above may be delivered in two sortes, the one with the right foote behinde, the otehr with the right foote before.
			When the thrust is discharged that carrieth the right foote behinde, there must (in deliverie thereof) be encreased a straight pace of the right foote. And it must be driven & forced with all that strength which it requireth, and that is verie great, then setling in the lowe warde.
	When one should deliver a thrust with the right foot before, he must remember in any case, first (unawares of the enemy) to _ half pace, that is to say: to draw the hindfoot near the forefoot, and then to cast a thrust with the increase of a half pace forwards, settling himself after the delivery thereof in the low ward.		When one would deliver a thrust with the right foote before, he must remember in any case, first (unawares of the enimie) to steale a halfe pace, that is to saie: to drawe the hinder foote neere the forefoote, & then to cast a thrust with the encrease of a halfe pace forwardes, setling himselfe after the deliverie thereof in the lowe warde.
	OF THE DEFENSE OF THE HIGH WARD AT SWORD AND BUCKLER As a man stands at the low ward he may easily defend both those lofty thrusts. When they come, he standing at the said ward, it shall be best to drive them outwards, with the increase of a left pace, and with his sword and buckler to stay the enemy's sword. And because this left pace is a great increase : and likewise the enemy, driving his thrusts, comes with great force, it may easily come to pass that both may approach so near one to the other, that he may with his buckler give the enemy, the Mustachio, in the face, but that must be done when fit occasion is offered, and then further recovering his own sword to discharge a thrust underneath with the increase of a pace of the right foot.		Of the defence of the high warde at Sworde and Buckler AS a man standeth at the lowe warde he may easily defend both those loftie thrustes. When they come, he standing at the saide warde, it shall be best to drive them outwardes, with the encrease of a left pace, and with his sword and buckler to s[??]ie the enimies sworde. And because this left pace is a great increase: and likewise the enimie, driving his thrustes, commeth with great force, it may easily come to passe that both may approach so neare one to the other, that he may with his bukler give the enimie, the Mustachio, in the face, but that must be done when fit occasion is offered, and then further recovering his own sword to discharge a thrust underneath with the encrease of a pace of the right foote.
	OF THE HURT OF THE BROAD WARD, AT SWORD AND BUCKLER If a man would step forward, and strike as he stands in the broad ward, it is not lawful for him to use any other then the thrust, considering the right and reversed blows may not be delivered without great peril and danger. For in the sight or placing of this ward, the sword is far off from the body. And as he moves to fetch a right or reversed edgeblow, his sword of force will be much farther: So that it may not be done without great danger. Therefore he shall use the thrust only: in forcing and delivery whereof, he shall proceed first to carry his hindfoot a half pace forwards, and then to drive it on with the increase of another half pace of the right foot, staying himself in the broad ward.		Of the hurt of the broad VVarde, at Sworde and Buckler. IF a man would stepp forward, and strike as he standeth in the broad warde, it is not lawfull for him to use any other than the thrust, considering the right & reversed blowes may not be delivered without great perill and danger. For in the site or placing of this warde, the sword is farre off from the bodie. And as he moveth to fetch a right or reversed edge blowe, his sworde of force wil be much farther: So that it may not be done without great danger. Therefore he shall use the thrust onely: in forcing and deliverie wherof, he shall proceede first to carrie his hinder foote a halfe pace forwardes, and then to drive it on with the encrease of another halfe pace of the right foote, staying himselfe in the broad warde.
	OF THE DEFENSE OF THE BROAD WARD AT SWORD AND BUCKLER Against the thrust of the broad ward, the Buckler is to be opposed, standing at the low ward. And when the enemy comes resolutely to thrust, then without warding it at all, he shall drive a thrust at the face, carrying the hindfoot in a compass towards the right side aswell to lengthen the thrust, as also to carry himself out of the straight line, in the which the enemy comes resolutely to strike, who, by this manner of thrust is easily hurt.		The defence of the broad warde at Sword and Buckler. AGainst the thrust of the broad warde, the Buckler is to be opposed, standing at the lowe warde. And when the enimie commeth resolutely to thrust, then without warding it at all, he shall drive a thrust at the face, carrying the hinder foote in a compasse towards the right side as well to lengthen the thrust, as also to carrie himselfe out of the straight lyne, in the which the enimie commeth resolved to strike, who, by this manner of thrust is easily hurt.
	OF THE HURT OF THE LOW WARD AT SWORD AND BUCKLER As this low ward is framed in two manner of ways, that is to say, with the right foot before and behind: So likewise a man may strike therein after two sorts, Standing with the right foot behind (leaving aside, the blows of the edge, being to small purpose) he shall deliver a thrust with the increase of a the right foot, between the enemy's sword and buckler, or else, if it be more commodious without the sword and buckler, settling in the low ward, with the right foot before, in which ward, a man may strike in two manner of ways, within and without. Finding himself without, having first met the enemy's sword with his own, he shall increase a left pace, not to the intent to avoid himself from the enemy's sword, but shall with his buckler also, stay the enemy's sword, and forasmuch as he did not at the first deliver the said thrust, he shall then continue and force it on directly with the increase of a pace of the right foot. Finding himself within, the same thrust is to be used but more strongly. For, with the increase of a pace, leaving his buckler or the enemy's sword, he shuts it in between his own sword and the buckler: and keeping it in that straight, (whereby he is sure the enemy can deliver no edgeblow because it may not move neither upwards nor downwards, neither forwards, but is then without the body,) he shall continue on, and resolutely deliver this manner of thrust , with the increase of a pace of the right foot.		The hurt of the lowe warde at Sworde and Buckler. AS this lowe warde is framed two maner of waies, that is to saie, with the right foot before & behind: So likewise a man may strike therein after two sortes, Standing with the right foote behinde (leaving aside, the blowes of the edge, being to small purpose) he shal deliver a thrust with the encrease of a pace of the right foote, betweene the enimies sworde and buckler, or els, if it be more commodious without the sword and buckler, setling in the lowe warde, with the right foot before, in which warde, a man may strike two manner of waies, within and without. Finding himselfe without having first met the enimies sword with his own, he shall encrease a left pace, not to the intent to avoid himselfe from the enimies sworde, but shall with his buckler also, staie the enimies sworde, and forasmuch as he did not at the first deliver the said thrust, he shal then continue and force it on directly with the encrease of a pace of the right foote. Finding himselfe within, the same thrust is to be used but more strongly. For, with the encrease of a pace, leaving his buckler or thenimies sworde, he shutteth it in betweene his own sword & the buckler: and keping it in that strait, (wherby he is sure the enimy can deliver no edgblow because it may not move neither upwards nor downwards, neither forwards, but is then without the bodie,) he shal continue on, & resolutely deliver this manner of thrust, with the encrease of a pace of the right foote.
	OF THE DEFENSE OF THE LOW WARD, AT SWORD AND BUCKLER For the defense of all these thrusts, it is necessary that he stand at the low ward, and standing thereat, whilst the thrust comes which is delivered with the right foot behind, he shall do no other, than in the selfsame time, deliver a thrust at the thigh or breast, turning the hilt of his sword against the enemy's sword, and compassing his hindfoot, withal bearing his body out of the straight line, in which the enemy strikes. And in this manner of warding does not only defend, but also safely hurt.		The defence of the lowe warde, at Sword & buckler. FOr the defence of all these thrusts, it is necessarie that he stand at the lowe warde, & standing therat, whilest the thrust cometh which is delivered with the right foote behinde, he shal do no other, than in the selfesame time, deliver a thrust at the thight or brest, turning the hilte of his sword against the enimies sworde, & compassing his hinder foot, withal bearing his body out of the straite line, in which the enimie striketh. And this maner of wardiong doth not only defend, but also safely hurt.
	For the defense of the other two thrusts, the one within, and the other without, a man must take great heed, and it is very necessary that as the enemy increases pretending to strike safely) he carry a slope pace with the left foot and deliver a thrust above hand, upon the which the enemy of himself shall run and invest himself. And it is to be considered, that in these thrusts, he that defends has great advantage: For the enemy comes resolutely to strike, not thinking that it may in any other sort be warded then by giving back, But he that wards by increase in, defending and drawing near unto the enemy, is so placed that he may easily hurt him.		For the defence of the other two thrustes, the one within, & the other without, a man must take great heede, and it is verie necessarie that as the enimie encreaseth pretending to strike safely he carrie a slope pace with the left foot & deliver a thrust above hand, upon which the enimie of himselfe shal runne & invest himselfe. And it is to be considered, that in these thrustes, he that defendeth hath great advantage: For the enimie cometh resolutely to strike, not thinking that it may in any other sort be warded then by giving backe, But he that wardeth by encreasing, defending & drawing neere unto the enimie, is so placed, that he may easily hurt him.

Sword and Square Shield

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	OF THE SWORD AND TARGET, CALLED THE SQUARE TARGET It is most manifest, that the Target is a most ancient weap- on, found out only for the use of warfare, and peculiar quarrels between man and man : albeit, since the finding thereof, there have been devised by the industry of man a thousand ways to serve them at their need: From whence it has come to pass, (because it seemed convenient unto the Professors of this Art) that this weapon was very commodious and profitable, aswell for his fashion, as for it is a mean or middle weapon, between the buckler and the round Target: That they have framed a special kind of play therewith, although it differs from the other two weapons in no other thing then fashion. Therefore, diverse professors of this Art, being moved some by reason of the form, some by the bigness, and some by the heaviness thereof, have accustomed to bear it after diverse ways, Those who make most account of the heaviness, would for some consideration, that the right and proper bearing thereof, was to hold it leaning on the thigh, not moving there hence, but being greatly constrained thereunto.		Of the Sworde & Target, called the Square Target. IT is most manifest, that the Target is a most auncient weapon, found out only for the use of warfare, & not for frayes & peculiar quarels betweene man & man: albeit, since the finding therof, there have beene devised by the industrie of man a thousand waies to serve them at their neede: From whence it hath come to passe, (because it seemed convenient unto the professors of this Art) that this weapon was verie commodious & profitable, aswel for his fashion, as for that it is a meane or middle wepon, betweene the buckler & the round Target: That they have framed a speciall kinde of plaie therwith, although it differeth from the other two weapons in no other thing then in fashion. Therefore, divers professors of this Arte, being moved, some by reason of the forme, some by the bignes, & some by the heavinesse thereof, have accustomed to beare it after divers wayes, Those who make most account of the heavines, would for some consideration, that the right & proper bearing therof, was to hold it leaning on the thigh, not moving therehence, but being greatly constrained thereunto.
	Others, who esteemed the form and bigness thereof, because it seemed unto them that the Target without any motion was most apt of itself to ward all that part of the body which is betwixt the neck and the thigh, bare it with their arm drawn back and close to their breast. The which opinion, I mean not at this present to confute, forasmuch as by the showing of mine own opinion, it shall appear how mightily they were deceived in the holding thereof, from the true holding whereof springs all the profit which his form and bigness does give it.		Others, who esteemed the forme & bignes therof, because it seemed unto them that the Target without any other motion was most apt of it selfe to ward all that parte of the bodie which is betwixt the neck & and the thigh, bare it with their arme drawne backe close to their brest. The which opinion, I meane not at this present to confute, forasmuch as by the shewing of mine owne opinion, it shall appeare how mightily they were deceived in the holding thereof, from the true holding whereof springeth all the profite which h is forme and bignes doth give it.
	THE MANNER HOW TO HOLD THE SQUARE TARGET Being desirous to bear great respect aswell to all the qualities of this Target (Figure 13) (which are, the form, the bigness, and heaviness) as unto that wherewith it may either help or hurt, I say (if a man would that the form thereof do bring him profit without hurt) it is to be held with the high point thereof upwards respecting the head: the part opposite, the low parts of the body: the right part thereof, the right side, and the left, the left side: from this manner of bearing spring these advantages. First, a man may more easily see his enemy, and view what he does by the point of the corner, which is on the one side, and that is by the high point, by which, if he would behold his enemy, from the head to the feet, it is requisite that he carry his Target, so low, that he discover not too much of his body which is above it: to the warding whereof he cannot come again, but discommodiously, and in long time.		The manner how to holde the Square Target. BEing desirous to beare great respect aswel to all the qualities of this Target (which are, the forme, the bignesse, and the heavines) as unto that wherwith it may either helpe or hurt, I saie (if a man would that the fourme thereof do bring him profit without hurt) it is to be holden with the high poynt therof upwards respecting the head: the parte opposit, the low partes of the bodie: the right parte therof, the right side, and the left, the left side: from this manner of bearing spring these advantages. First, a man may more easily see his enimie, and view what he doth by the point of his corner, which is on the one side, and that is by the high point, by which, if he woulde beholde his enimie, from the head to the feete, it is requisite that he carrie his Target, so lowe, that he discover not too much of his bodie which is above it: to the warding whereof he cannot come againe, but discommodiously, and in long time.
	Besides, the said commodity of beholding the enemy, there is also another that is of this warding: For the Target being borne after this manner (framing a triangle) the sharp corner thereof respects the forehead, and the sides thereof so spread themselves, that through the least motion, any big man whosoever, may stand safe behind them. And if blows come at the head, be they thrusts or edgeblows, all of them light upon one of the said sides, behind which stands the head safe without hindering of the eyesight. The other two sides of the Target, right, and left, with very small motion, ward the right and left side of the body, in such sort, that a man may also draw back his arm: For the left side of the Target wards the elbow, which it does not do, when the high side thereof is carried equal. To conclude therefore, that in holding the Target, his bigness may the better ward, for the causes abovesaid being superfluous to be repeated again, I counsel, it to be held with the arm stretched forth from the body, not accounting the heaviness to be hurtful, because continues not long in so holding it: and if the too long holding be painful, he may draw back his arm, and rest himself. The better to do this and to be able to see the enemy, I say, he shall hold it, his arm stretched out, with the high point outwards, respecting the forehead.		Besides, the said commoditie of beholding the enimie, there is also another that is of warding: For the Target being borne after this manner (framing a triangle) the sharpe corner thereof respecteth the forehead, and the sides thereof so spread themselves, that through the least motion, any bigg man whosoever, may stand safe behind them. And if blowes come at the head, be they thrustes or edgeblows, al of them light upon one of the said sides, behind which standeth the head safe without hindering of the eyesight. The other two sides of the Target, right, & left, with verie small motion, warde the right and left side of the bodie, in such sort, that a man may also draw back his arme: For the left side of the Target wardeth the elbowe, which it doth not do, when the high side thereof is carried equall. To conclude therefore, that in holding the Target, his bignes may the better warde, for the causes abovesaid being superfluous to be repeated againe, I counsell, it to be holden with the arme stretched forth from the bodie, not accompting the heavines to be hurtfull, because a man continueth not long in so holding it: and if the too long holding be painfull, he may drawe back his arme, and rest him selfe. The better to do this and to be able to see the enimie, I saie, he shall hold it, his arme stertched out, with the high point outwards, respecting the forehed.
	THE HURT OF THE HIGH WARD, AT SWORD and SQUARE TARGET Many Deceits, Falses, and Wards, may be practiced in the handling of these weapons: All which I reserve to the treatise of Deceit or falsing, as unto his proper place, framing likewise in this all the rest, three ordinary wards, upon which, all the rest depend, and against which they may be opposed.		The hurt of the high warde, at Sworde & Square Target. MAnie Deceites, Falses, and Wardes, may bee practised in the handling of these weapons: All which I reserve to the treatise of Deceite or falsing, as unto his proper place, framing likewise in this as in all the rest, three ordinarie wardes, upon which, all the rest depend, and against which they may be opposed.
	Standing at this high ward, and pretending to strike the enemy, it is first of all to be provided, that one steal a false pace from behind, and then discharge a thrust above hand, with the increase of another half pace forwards, which being warded by the enemy with his Target only, not moving his body, he may then increase a straight pace of the left foot, and (somewhat lifting up his hand, and abasing the point of his sword) force a thrust from above downwards between the Target and body of the enemy, with the increase of a pace of the right foot: the which thrust will safely speed the enemy, if his body be not first voided. The self same thrust may be delivered in this high ward, standing with the right foot behind.		Standing at this high warde, and pretending to strike the enimie, it is first of all to be provided, that one steale a false pace from behinde, and then discharge a thrust above hande, with the increase of an other half pace forwards, which being warded by the enimie with his Target onely, not moving his bodie, he may then increase a straight pace of the left foote, & (somewhat lifting up his hand, and abasing the poynt of his sworde) force a thrust from above downwards betweene the Target & bodie of the enimie, with the encrease of a pace of the right foote: the which thrust will sfaely speede the enimie, if his bodie be not first voided. The selfe same thrust may be delivered in this high ward, standing with the right foote behind.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE HIGH WARD, AT SWORD SQUARE TARGET The foresaid thrust may easily be warded, if in the very time that it comes it be encountered with the high point of the Target, but yet with that side which bends towards the right hand. And as soon as the enemy's sword is come one handful within the Target, it must be strongly beaten off by the Target towards the right hand, increasing the same instant a left pace. Then with as great an increase of a pace of the right foot as may be possible, a thrust underneath most be given, already prepared, because a man ought to stand at the low ward for the warding of the thrust abovehand.		The defence of the high warde, at Sworde & Square Target. THE foresaid thrust may easily be warded, if in the verie time that it commeth it be encountred with the high poynt of the Target, but with that side which bendeth towardes the right hand. And as soone as the enimies sworde is come one handfull within the Target, it must be strongly beaten off by the Target towardes the right hand, increasing the same instant a left pace. Then with as great an increase of a pace of the right foote as may be possible, a thrust underneath most be given, already prepared, because a man ought to stand at the lowe warde for the warding of the thrust abovehand.
	THE HURT OF THE BROAD WARD, AT SWORD and SQUARE TARGET In this ward likewise, the enemy may be invested on the point of the sword, by going forwards as straightly as is possible, and by striking quickly before the enemy. For the Target (whose charge is only to defend) is so great, that it may easily ward all edgeblows, and those chiefly which come from the knee upwards. Farther, when a blow is pretended to be delivered, it is manifest, that a thrust does enter by a more narrow straight than any edgeblow does. And therefore, when one would strike the enemy standing at the lock or low ward, he must remember that he approach as near him as he may possible: and being so near, that with his Target put forth one handful more forwards, he may beat away the enemy's sword, then by so beating of it, he shall increase a left pace, and presently after it, with the increase of the right foot, deliver him a thrust, if it so chance that at the first encounter he strike him not strongly.		The hurt of the broad warde, at Sworde and Square Target. IN this warde likewise, the enimie may be invested on the poynt of the sworde, by going forwardes as straightly as is possible, and by striking quickly before the enimie. For the Target (whose charge is onely to defend) is so great, that it may easily warde all edgeblowes, & those chiefly which come from the knee upwardes. Farther, when a blowe is pretended to be delivered, it is manifestly, that a thrust doth enter by a more narrowe straight than any edgeblowe doth. And therefore, when one woulde strike the enimie standing at the locke or lowe warde, he must remember that he approch as neere him as he may be possible: and being so neere, that with his Target put forth one handfull more forwards, he may beate awaie the enimies sworde, then by so beating of it, he shal encrease a left pace, and presently after it, with the increase of a pace of the right foote, deliver him a thrust, if it so chaunce that at the first encounter he strake him not strongly.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE BROAD WARD, AT SWORD SQUARE TARGET Standing at the low ward, one may ward and defend the thrust of the broad ward, diverse ways, among all which, there is one way, very easy and sure and thus is it.		The defence of the broad warde, at Sworde and Square Target. STanding at the lowe ward, one may warde and defend the thrust of the broad warde, divers waies, among all which, there is one waie, verie easie and sure and thus it is.
	For the defense of this thrust, it is necessary, that he stand at the low ward, his sword and arm being in their proper place: and that with his Target something stretched out from his body, he provoke the enemy, who being determined in himself, and coming resolutely to give a thrust, he then ought with the increase of a pace of the right foot, to strike the enemy with a low thrust, underneath both his own and his enemy's Target.		For the defence of this thrust, it is necessarie, that he stande at the lowe warde, his sword and arme being in their proper place: and that with his Target something stretched out from his bodie, he provoke the enimie, who being determined in himselfe, and comming resolutely to give a thrust, hee then ought with the increase of a pace of the right foote, to strike the enimie with a lowe thrust, underneath both his owne and his enimies Target.
	THE HURT OF THE LOW WARD AT SWORD AND SQUARE TARGET There are many blows to be bestowed, standing at the low ward, all which I esteem as vain and to no purpose, considering the manifold and abundant defense of the Target. Therefore I will restrain myself unto two only which are very strong and hardly to be warded. And they are two thrusts, the one within, the other without, with the right foot both before and behind.		Of the hurt of the lowe warde, at Sworde and Square Target. THere are manie blowes to be bestowed, standing at the lowe warde, all which I esteeme as vaine & to no purpose, considering the manifold and abundant defence of the Target. Therefore I will restraine my selfe unto two onely which are verie strong and hardly to be warded. And they are two thrustes, the one within, the other without, with the right foote both before and behinde.
	When one finds himself within, with his right foot before, and so near his enemy, that by the increase of a left pace, he may with the right side of his Target, beat away the enemy's sword in the middle thereof, then he ought nimbly to increase that left pace, and (closing in the enemy's sword between his Target and his own sword) to deliver a forcible thrust at the thighs, with the increase of the right foot. He may also do the very self same when he finds himself to stand with his right foot behind, but then he must farther of the right foot first, and then continuing still force his sword and paces directly onwards, if he hit not the enemy as he would at the first.		When one findeth himselfe within, with his right foote before, and so neere his enimie, that by the increase of a left pace, he may with the right side of his Target, beate awaie the enimies sworde in the middle thereof, then he ought nimblie to encrease that lefte pace, and (closing in the enimies sworde between his Target and his owne sworde) to deliver a forcible thrust at the thighes, with the encrease of a pace of the right foote. He may also do the verie selfesame when he findeth himselfe to stande with his right foote behinde, but then he must farther increase a pace of the right foote first, and then continuing still force his sworde and paces directly onwards, if he hit not the enimie as he would at the first.
	But if it chance that he find himself without, then he must (having first found out fit opportunity to beat off the enemy's sword with his Target) increase a left pace, and placing the high side of his Target under his enemy's sword and his own sword upon it, closing it in, in the middle, increase a pace of the right foot, and discharge a forcible thrust, at the breast or face. And he may do the self same, when he stands with the right foot behind.		But if it chaunce that he finde himselfe without, then he must (having first found out fit opportunitie to beate off the enimies sworde with his Target) encrease a elft pace, and placing the high side of his Target under the enimies sworde and his owne sworde upon it, closing it i n, in the middle, encrease a pace of the right foote, and discharge a forcible thrust, at the brest or face. And he may do the selfe same, when he standeth with the right foote behind.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE LOW WARD, AT SWORD and SQUARE TARGET For the warding of those two thrusts of the low ward, it is necessary, that a man stand at the same ward. And as the enemy comes resolutely determined to thrust within, he must as soon, or more readily then he, increase a left pace, and with the right side of his Target close in the enemy's sword, between it and his own sword, and then to enter perforce, and thrust either between the two Targets or else under them, with the increase of a pace of the right foot.		Of the defence of the high warde, at Sworde and Square Target. FOr the warding of those two thrustes of the lowe warde, it is necessarie, that a man stande at the same warde. And as the enimie commeth resolutely determined to thrust within, he must as soone, or more redily then he, encrease a left pace, and with the right side of his Target close in the enimies sword, between it and his own sworde, and then to enter perforce, & thrust either betweene the two Targets or els under them, with the increase of a pace of the right foote.
	But if the enemy come without, he must increase the self same slope pace, and with the right side of his Target beat off the point of the enemy's sword, and then thrust either above, either beneath, as in that occasion it shall be most to his advantage with the increase of the pace of the right foot. And when in consideration of the abundant defenses of the Target, he may neither increase his paces, not deliver a thrust, he must settle himself in the low ward with the right foot behind, which ward I will largely handle in the treatise of deceit or falsing, being as it were his proper place, here ending the true handling of the sword and square Target.		But if the enimie come without, he must encrease the selfe same slope pace, & with the right side of his Target beat off the point of the enimies sword, & then thrust either above, either beneath, as in that occasion it shal be most for his advantage with the increase of the pace of the right foote. And when in consideration of the aboundant defence of the Target, he may neither increase his paces, nor deliver a thrust, he must settle himselfe in the lowe warde with the right foote behinde, which ward I will largely handle in the treatise of deceite or falsing, being as it were his proper place, here ending the true handling of the sword and square Target.

Sword and Round Shield

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	OF THE SWORD AND ROUND TARGET. The round Target would require a long and most exquisite consideration because it is of circular form, most capable, and most perfect of all others. But for that my purpose in this my work, is to write that only which I know does appertain to this Art, giving leave to every man to busy himself in his own profession. And leaving a great part of this consideration to the Mathematicians and Historiographers to reason of his diverse qualities or passions, either who was inventor thereof, either, whether it be a weapon of antiquity, or of this our age, And coming to discourse of that, wherein it profits in this our time, (being a weapon so greatly honored and esteemed of Princes, Lords, and Gentlemen, that besides the use thereof in their affairs, as well by day as by night, they also keep their hoses richly decked and beautified therewith) And considering only that thing, in the round Target, among all weapons which may profit or hurt in the handling thereof, I say, that the said round Target has been diversely held, borne and used, by diverse men in diverse ages, aswell as the other square Target, and other weapons of defense, as well as of offense. And there want not also men in our time, who to the intent they be not wearied, bear it leaning on their thigh as though that in this exercise (in which only travail and pains are available) a man should only care for rest and quietness. For by the means of these two, strength and activity, (parts in the exercise of weapons, both important and necessary) are obtained and gotten.		Of the Sworde & rounde Target. THE round Target would require a long & most exquisite consideration because it is of cerculer forme, most capable, and most perfect of all others. But for that my purpose in this my worke, is to write that only which I know doth appertaine to this Arte, giving leave to every man to busie him selfe in his owne profession. And leaving a great part of this consideration to the Mathematicians & Historiographers to reason of his divers qualities or passions, either who was inventor thereof, either, whether it be a weapon of antiquitie, or of this our age, And comming to discourse of that, wherein it profiteth in this our time, (being a weapon sogreatly honoured and estemed of Princes, Lords, & Gentlemen, that besids thuse thereof in their affairs, as wel by day as by night, they also keepe their houses richly decked and beautified therewith,) And considering onely that thing, in the round Target, among al other weapons which may either profite or hurt in the handling thereof, I saie, that the said round Target hath beene diversely holden, borne and used, by divers men in divers ages, as well as the other square Target, and other weapons of defence, as well as of offence. And there want not also men in our time, who to the intent they be not wearied, beare it leaning on their thigh as though that in this exercise (in which only travaile and paines are availeable,) a man should onelie care for rest and quietnesse. For by meanes of these two, strength and activitie, (partes in the exercise of weapons, both important and necessarie) are obtained and gotten.
	Other some, holding their whole Arm bowed together, have carried it altogether flat against their body, not regarding either to ward their belly, or utterly to lose the sight of the enemy, but will at any hand stand (as they think) safe behind it, as behind a wall, not knowing what a manner of weight it is, both to see the enemy, and work other effects, which, (by so holding it) may not be brought to pass.		Other some, holding their whole Arme bowed togeither, have carried it altogeither flat against their bodie, not regarding either to warde their bellie, or utterlie to lose the sight of the enimie, but will at any hande stand (as they thinke) safe behind it, as behinde a wal, not knowing what a matter of weight it is, both to see the enimie, and worke other effects, which, (by so holding it) may not be brought to passe.
	OF THE MANNER HOW TO HOLD THE ROUND TARGET. If a man would so bear the round Target, that it may cover the whole body, and yet nothing hinder him from seeing his enemy, which is a matter of great importance, it is requisite, that he bear it towards the enemy, not with the convex or outward part thereof, altogether equal, plain or even, neither to hold his arm so bowed, that in his elbow there be made (if not a sharp yet) at least a straight corner. For besides that (by so holding it) it wearies the arm: it likewise so hinders the sight, that if he would see his enemy from the breast downwards, of necessity he must abase his Target, or bear his head so peeping forwards, that it may be sooner hurt than the Target may come to ward it. And farther it so defends, that only so much of the body is warded, as the Target is big, or little more, because it cannot more then the half arm, from the elbow to the shoulder, which is very little, as every man knows or may perceive: So that the head shall be warded with great pain, and the thighs shall altogether remain discovered, in such sort, that to save the belly, he shall leave all the rest of the body in jeopardy. Therefore, if he would hold the said Target, that it may well defend all that part of the body, which is from the knee upwards, and that he may see his enemy, it is requisite that he bear his arm, if not right, yet at least bowed so little, that in the elbow there be framed so blunt an angle or corner, that his eyebeams passing near that part of the circumference of the Target, which is near his hand, may see his enemy from the head to the foot. And by holding the said convex part in this manner, it shall ward all the left side, and the circumference near the hand shall with the least motion defend the right side, the head and the thighs. And in this manner he shall keep his enemy in sight and defend all that part of the body, which is allotted unto the said Target. Therefore the said Target shall be born, the arm in a manner so straight towards the left side, that the eyesight may pass to behold the enemy without moving, for this only occasion, either the head, or the Target.		Of the maner how to holde the round Target. IF a man would so beare the rounde Target, that it may cover the whole bodie, and yet nothing hinder him from seeing his enimie, which is a matter of great importance, it is requisite, that he beare it towardes the enimie, not with the convexe or outward parte thereof, altogither equall, plaine or even, neither to holde his arme so bowed, that in his elbowe there be made (if not a sharpe yet) at least a straight corner. For besides that (by so holding it) it wearieth the arme: it likewise so hindereth the sight, that if hee would see his enimie from the brest downwardes, of necessitie he must either abase his Target, or beare his head so peeping forwardes, that it may be sooner hurt than the Target may come to warde it. And farther it so defendeth, that onely so much of the bodie is warded, as the Target is bigg, or little more, because it cannot more then the halfe arme, from the elbowe to the shoulder, which is verie little, as everie man knoweth or may perceive: So that the head shal be warded with great paine, and the thighes shal altogether remaine discovered, in such sort, that to save the bellie, he shal leave all the rest of the bodie in jeopardie. Therefore, if he would so holde the said Target, that it may well defend all that part of the bodie, which is from the knee upwardes, and that he maie see his enimie, it is requisite that he beare his arme, if not right, yet at least bowed so little, that in the elbowe there be framed so blunt an angle or corner, that his eyebeames passing neere that part of the circumference of the Target, which is neere his hande, may see his enimie from the head to the foot. And by holding the saide convexe parte in this manner, it shall warde all the left side, and the circumference neere the hande shall with the least motion defend all the right side, the head and the thighes. And in this maner he shall keepe his enimie in sight & defend all that parte of the body, which is allotted unto the said Target. Therefore the said Target shall be born, th arme in a manner so streight towards the left side, that the eyesight may passe to beholde the enimie without mooving, for this onely occasion, either the head, or the Target.
	THE HURT OF THE HIGH WARD, AT SWORD AND ROUND TARGET Because the round Target contains in it most great and sure defense, therefore ought not any edgeblow which may be easily warded with the single sword without the help of the Target be delivered. Thrusts also enter very difficultly to strike the body, because the Target, by means of the least motion that is, seems to be, as it were a wall before the body. And to thrust at the leg is no sure play. That which remains to be done, is to thrust forcibly with the sword: and when one perceives, that the point thereof is entered within the circumference of the enemy's Target, it is necessary that he increase a left pace, and with the circumference of his own Target, to beat off the enemy's sword and Target, to the end, it suffer the thrust so given of force to enter in. And (having so beaten and entered) to continue on the thrust in the straight line, with the increase of a pace of the right foot.		The hurt of the high warde, at sworde and round Target. BEcause the round Target containeth in it most great & sure defence, therefore ought not any edgeblowe which may easily warded with the single sword without the helpe of the Target be delivered. Thrustes also enter verie difficultlie to strike the bodie, because the Target, by meanes of the lest motion that is, seemeth to be, as it were a wall before the bodie. And to thrust at the legge is no sure plaie. That which remaineth to be done is, to thrust forcibly with the sworde: and when one perceiveth, that the point therof is entred within the circumference of the enimies Target, it is necessary that he encrease a left pace, and with the circumference of his owne Target, to beat off the enimies sworde and Target, to the end, it suffer the thrust so given of force to enter in. And (having so beaten & entred) to continue on the thrust in the straight lyne, with the encrease of a pace of the right foote.
	When he finds himself in the high ward, he shall increase a half pace with the hindfoot, gathering upon the enemy, as near as he may without danger. And being so nigh that he may drive his sword within the circumference, then as soon as he perceives his sword to be within it, (his arm being stretched out at the uttermost length) he ought suddenly to increase a left pace, beating off with the circumference of his own Target, the enemy's Target: and with the increase of a pace of the right foot, to cause his thrust to enter perforce. This also he may practice when the enemy endeavors, to withstand the entrance of the thrust, when it is already past, within the circumference of his Target.		When he findeth himselfe in the high ward, he shal encrease a halfe pace with the hinderfoote, gathering upon the enimie, as neere as he may without danger. And being so nigh that he may drive his sword within the circumference, then as soone as he perceiveth his sworde to be within it, (his arme being stretched out at the uttermost length) he ought suddenly to encrease a left pace, beating off with the circumference of his owne Target, the enimies Target: and with the increase of a pace of th right foote, to cause his thrust to enter perforce. This also he may practise when the enimie endevoureth, to withstand the entrace of the thrust, when it is alreadie past, within the circumference of his Target.
	But if the enemy (as it may fall out) ward this thrust not with part of the circumference, which is near his hand, but that which is above it (by means whereof his Target discovers his eyes) then he may very commodious, increasing his paces as aforesaid, recover his thrust above, and force it underneath, with the increase of a pace of the right foot. And this is a more sure way of thrusting than any other.		But if the enimie (as it may fall out) ward this thrust not with that parte of the circumference, which is neere his hand, but with that which is above it (by meanes whereof his target discovereth his eyes) then he may verie commodiously, encreasing his paces as aforesaid, recover his thrust above, and force it underneath, with the increase of a pace of the right foote. And this is a more sure waie of thrusting than any other.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE HIGH WARD, AT SWORD AND ROUND TARGET For the defending of the thrust of the high ward, it is most sure standing at the low ward, and to endeavor to overcome the enemy, by the same skill by the which he himself would obtain the victory. In the very same time, that he delivers his thrust, a man must suddenly increase a slope pace with the left foot, beating off the enemy's Target with his own, and driving of a thrust perforce with the increase of a pace of the right foot. And with this manner of defense being done with such nimbleness as is required, he does also safely strike the enemy, who cannot strike him again, because, by means of the said slope pace he is carried out of the line in the which the enemy pretended to strike.		The defence of the high ward, at Sword & round Target. FOr the defending of the thrust of the high warde, it is most sure standing at the lowe warde, and to endevour to overcome the enimie, by the same skill by the which he himselfe would obtaine the victorie. In the very same time, that he delivereth his thrust, a man must suddenly encrease a slope pace with the lefte foote, beating of the enimies Target with his owne, & driving of a thrust perforce with the increase of a pace of the right foote. And with this manner of defence being done with such nimblenesse as is required, hee doth also safely strike the enimie, who cannot strike him againe, because, by meanes of the saide slope pace he is carried out of the lyne in which the enimie pretended to strike.
	THE HURT OF THE BROAD WARD, AT SWORD AND ROUND TARGET It is very difficult to strike in this broad ward, if first with much compassing and gathering of the enemy, a man do not assay with the circumference of his Target near his hand, to beat off the enemy's sword. And being so beaten, to increase a left pace, and farther by adding thereunto the increase of a pace of the right foot, to discharge a thrust. But it shall happily be better in the handling of these weapons, not to use this broad ward: for the hand is borne out of the straight line, in the which he may strike both safely and readily: And before it return to said line, there is much time spent.		The hurt of the broad warde, at Sworde & round Target. IT is verie difficulte to strike in this broad ward, if first with much compassing & gathering of the enimie, a man do not assaie with the circumference of his Target neere his hand, to beate off the enimies sworde. And being so beaten, to encrease a left pace, and farther by adding thereunto the increase of a pace of the right foote, to discharge a thrust. But it shall happely be better in the handling of these weapons, not to use this broad ward: for the hand is borne out of the straight lyne, in the which he may strike both safely and readily: And before it returne into the saide lyne, there is much time spent.
	And farther, a man is not then in case with his Target to beat off the enemy's sword: But if happily he be, yet (though he be very ready, aswell with the hand as foot) his thrust shall never enter so far that it may hit home: For the enemy, with a very small motion of his Target forwards, may very easily drive the enemy's sword out of the straight line. Therefore, he that would change or shift out of this ward, to the intent to strike, must of necessity be passing nimble and ready, and before he delivers his blow, must beat the enemy's sword with his Target.		And farther, a man is not then in case with his Target to beate off the enimies sworde: But if happily he be, yet (though he be verie readie, aswell with the hand as foote) his thrust shall never enter so farre that it may hit home: For the enimie, with a verie small motion of his Target forwards, may verie easily drive thenimies sword out of the strait lyne. Therefore, he that would change or shifte out of this warde, to the intent to strike, must of necessitie be passing nimble & readie, and before he delivereth his blowe, must beat the enimies sword with his Target.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE BROAD WARD, AT SWORD AND ROUND TARGET Because in every occasion or accident a man stands safe in the low ward, I will endeavor in this case, to place him also in the same ward, for the encountering of the hurt of the broad ward. That therefore which by mine advise he shall do, is that -eat heed, not to suffer his sword to be beaten off any manner of way. And when the enemy without this beating presumes to enter, he must in the self same time increase a left pace and safely deliver a thrust underneath with the increase of the right foot. And farther, when the enemy shall perform, that is, first find the sword and beat it off, (seeing of necessity if he would enter and hit home, his sword must pass by the circumference of the Target near the hand) then, to withstand the entry, it is requisite that he drive the enemy's sword outwards on the right side with his Target and with the increase of the said pace, that he enter and strike him.		The defence of the broad warde, at Sword & round Target. BEcause in everie occasion or accident a man standeth safe in the lowe warde, I will endevour in this case, to place him also in the same warde, for the encountring of the hurt of the broad warde. That therefore which by mine advise he shall do, is that he take great heede, not to suffer his sworde to be beaten off any manner of waie. And when the enimie without this beating presumeth to enter, he must in the selfesame time increase a left pace & safely deliver a thrust underneath with the increase of the right foote. And farther, when the enimie shall perfourme, that is, first finde the sworde and beate it off, (seeing of necessitie if he would enter and hit home, his sword must passe by the circumference of the Target neere the hande) then, to withstande the entrie, it is requisite that hee drive the enimies sworde outwards on the right side with his Target and with the increase of the said pace, that he enter and strike him.
	THE HURT OF THE LOW WARD, AT SWORD AND ROUND TARGET A man may strike in this ward, the right foot being behind, and before, and in both ways, he may bear his sword either within or without. If therefore he find himself to stand with the right foot behind and without, he shall assay at any hand, before he determine to strike, to find the enemy's sword with his own, and as soon as he finds it shall clap to his Target, and strike perforce with a low thrust, increasing with the right foot. But finding himself to stand within, no more with his sword, then he does with his Target, he shall prove whether he can find the enemy's sword, and having found it, shall strain it fast between his own sword and Target, and then shall deliver a thrust with the increase of a pace of the right foot, the which thrust of force speeds: This being performed, he shall settle himself in this, or in either of these ways in the low ward with the right foot before. And as he so stands in this ward, he may after the same sort strike either within or without.		The hurt of the lowe warde, at Sword & round Target. A Man may strike in this ward, the right foote being behinde, and before, & in both waies, he may beare his sworde either within or without. If therefore he finde h imselfe to stande with the right foote behinde and without, he shall assaie at any hande, before he determine to strike, to finde the enimies sworde with his owne, and as soone as hee findes it shall clap to his Target, and strike perforce with a low thrust, encreasing with the right foote. But finding himselfe to stand within, no more with his sworde, then he doth with with his Target, he shall prove whether he can finde the enimies sworde, and having found it, shall straine it fast betweene his owne sworde and Target, & then shall deliver a thrust with the increase of a pace of the right foote, the which thrust of force speedeth: This being perfourmed, he shall settle himselfe in this, or in either of these waies in the lowe warde with the right foote before. And as he so standeth in this arde, he may after the same sorte strike either within or without.
	Therefore finding himself within, he shall provide to meet with the enemy's sword, and with the increase of a left pace, shall clap to his Target, for the most safety, and then drive on a forcible thrust. with the increasing of the right foot. And finding himself to bear his sword within in the said ward, and with his right foot behind, he shall endeavor to find the enemy's sword with his Target, and having found it, shall close it in between his own sword and Target, and with the increase of a left pace, shall perforce hurt the enemy, with the increase of a pace of the right foot.		Therefore finding himselfe within, he shall provide to meete with the enimies sword, and with the increase of a left pace, shal clap to his Target, for the more safetie, and then drive on a forcible thrust, with the increase of a pace of the right foote. And finding himselfe to beare his sword within the said ward, and with his right foote behind, he shall indevour to find the enimies sword with the Target, and having found it, shal close it in betwen his own sword and Target, & with the increase of a a left pace, shal perforce hurt the enimie, with the increaes of a pace of the right foote.
	Now, all these thrusts, no doubt shall speed every time that the enemy either makes no traverse motion with his body, either as he strikes, comes directly forwards, or else being fearful, goes directly backwards, for it is not possible that one man go so fast directly backwards, as an other may forwards. Yet it is therefore diligently to be observed in this ward, never to determine to strike, either in the handling of these, or of any other kind of weapons, if (with one of them) he shall not first find the enemy's sword. The which redoings to great profit of every man, but especially of those, who have strong arms, for that they are better able to beat back the enemy's weapon.		Now, all these thrusts, no doubt shall speede every time that the enimie either maketh no traverse mocion with his bodie, either as he striketh, commeth directlie forwards, or els beeing fearefull, goeth directly backwards, for it is not possible that one man go so fast directlie backwardes, as an other may forwardes. Yt is therefore diligently to be observed in this ward, never to determin to strike, either in the handling of these, or of any other kind of weapons, if (with one of them) he shall not first finde the enimies sworde. The which redowneth to the great profite of everie man, but especially of those, who have strong armes, for that they are the better hable to beate backe the enimies weapon.
	OF THE DEFENSE OF THE LOW WARD, AT SWORD AND ROUND TARGET. All the foresaid thrusts are warded, by not suffering the sword to be found by the enemy with either of his weapons. For the enemy (not finding it, will not assure himself, or presume to enter, without first finding of the sword) may most easily be struck and not strike, if a man increase a slope pace, (to the end he may void his body from hurt,) and with the increase of a straight pace of the right foot, do also discharge a thrust beneath. And after this order he may strike safely, (not only when his sword is not found by the enemy, but also when it chances to be found) if he be ready and nimble to make his slope pace, and to beat off, as forcible as he may, the enemy's Target with his own sword and Target, thereby forcing a low thrust to enter in, with the increase of a pace with the right foot. And thus much concerning the true striking and defending of the sword and round Target.		Of the defence of the lowe warde, at Sword and round Target. AL the foresaid thrusts are warded, by not suffering the sworde to be found by the enimie with either of his weapons. For the enimie (not finding it, will not sasure himselfe, or presume to enter, without first finding of the sworde) may most easilie be stroken and not strike, if a man increase a slope pace, (to the end he may voide his bodie from hurt,) and with the increase of a straight pace of the right foote, do also discharge a thrust beneath. And after htis order he may strike safelie, (not onelie when his sword is not found by the enimie, but also when it chanceth to be found) if he be readie and nimble to make his slope pace, and to beate off, as forcible as he may, the enimies Target with his owne sword and Target, thereby forcing a low thrust to enter in, with the increase of a pace with the right foote. And thus much concerning the true striking & defending of the sword and round Target.

Double Side Swords

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	OF THE CASE OF RAPIERS. There are also used now adays, aswell in the schools, as in the lists, two Swords or Rapiers, admitted, and approved both of Princes, and of the professors of this art, for honorable and knightly weapons, albeit they be not used in the wars. Wherefore I shall not vary from my purpose, if I reason also of these, as far as is agreeable to true art. To him that would handle these weapons, it is necessary that he can aswell manage the left hand as the right, which thing shall be (if not necessary) yet most profitable in every other kind of weapon. But in these principally he is to resolve himself, that he can do no good, without that kind of nimbleness and dexterity. For seeing they are two weapons, and yet of one self same kind, they ought equally and indifferently to be handled, the one performing that which the other does, and every of them being apt aswell to strike as defend. And therefore a man ought to accustom his body, arms and hands aswell to strike as defend. And he which is not much practiced and exercised therein, ought not to make profession of this Art: for he shall find himself to be utterly deceived.
	THE MANNER HOW TO HANDLE TWO RAPIERS. It is most manifest that both these weapons may strike in one and the same time: for there may be delivered jointly together two downright edgeblows on high and two beneath: two reverses, and two thrusts, and are so rich and plentiful in striking, that it seems they may be used only to strike. But this ought not to be practiced, neither may it without great danger For all that, whatsoever may be done with either of them, is divided into striking and defending. That this is true, it may be perceived in the single Sword, which assays both to strike and defend. And those who have taken no such heed, but have been bent only to strike being moved either through cholera, either believing, that they had to deal with an ignorant person, have remained thereby mightily wounded. of this, there might be laid down infinite examples, which I leave to the intent I may not swerve from my purpose. I say therefore that of the two Rapiers which are handled, the one must be applied towards the other to strike, regarding always to use that first which wards, then that which strikes: for first a man must endeavor to defend himself, and then to strike others.
	OF THE HIGH WARD AT TWO RAPIERS. Presupposing always, that either hand is very well exercised, aswell in striking as in defending, this ward shall be framed after two ways, which yet in manner is all one. The one with the right foot, and the other with the left, so working continually, that the hind arm be aloft, the former beneath in manner, as when the low ward is framed at single sword. And as a man strikes, he must always maintain and continue this high ward, which at the two rapiers, is the most perfect and surest and he may easily perform and do it: for whilst he enters to give a high thrust with his hind foot, although that foot be behind yet it must accompany the arm until it has finished his thrust, and settled itself in the low ward. The other sword and hand (which was borne together with the former foot in the low ward) remaining behind by reason of the increase of the high thrust, must presently be lifted placed in the same high ward.
	Therefore it is to be noted, that whosoever means to shift from this ward and strike, whether it be with his right or left foot, before or behind, it is requisite that he stand without, and when he would strike, he shall first prove with his low sword, whether he can find the enemy's weapons, and having suddenly found them, he shall nimbly beat them back, and (in a manner) in the same instant force on a high thrust, with the increase of a pace of the right foot: from the which, if the enemy (for saving of himself) shall hastily and directly give backwards, he shall follow him, delivering presently the other high thrust behind, already lifted up. And this thrust will safely hit him and speed, because it is not possible that one may go so fast backwards, as an other may forwards.
	Farther, aswell in this ward, as in others, the ward may be framed with the right foot before, and the right arm lifted, and so contrariwise. But because there is small force in this ward both in the feet and hands, which stand not commodiously either to strike or defend, and seeing that there is required in the handling of those weapons, great strength and steadfastness I have thought good, not to lay it down, as to small purpose.
	THE DEFENSE OF THE HIGH WARD AT TWO RAPIERS. The direct opposition and defense of the high ward is the low ward, the manner whereof shall be seen in his proper place. That which principally is to be considered (for the low ward also, in like sort as the other may be framed after two sorts) is this, that of necessity a man stand with the same foot before as the enemy does, to wit: if he bear the right foot before, to put forth the right foot also, and to endeavor as the enemy does, to stand without, for of both ways that is of the more advantage and safety. Finding himself therefore without, in the low ward, he must not refuse, but rather suffer his sword to be found and beaten by the enemy: for this does redown much more to his advantage then to his enemy's because the enemy carries small force in his low hand wherewith he endeavors to find and beat off the sword, considering it is borne to far off from the other: for that which is slenderly united, is less forcible: whereas standing at the low ward, he bears both his hands low near together and sufficiently strong. Therefore as soon as the enemy having beaten back the sword, shall resolve himself to give a thrust, he must increase a slope pace, and with his hind low sword, drive the enemy's high thrust outwards toward the right side, if it chance that he were in the low ward with his right foot before, And suddenly with the other low sword behind (which was suffered to be beaten off by the enemy, because it might turn the more to his disadvantage: for seeing the enemy's sword being slenderly united, as I have said before, carried but small force, it was the rather beaten off and disappointed: So that as soon as the slope pace is increased, and the said high thrust warded, before the enemy place his other sword also in the high ward, he may with the straight pace of the right foot deliver a low thrust continuing still to eat down the enemy's sword with his own low sword, that is borne before. And this manner of warding is most safe and sure: for besides that it strikes the enemy with the slope pace, it does likewise in such sort deliver the body from hurt, that of force the enemy is disappointed. Neither is there any other sure way to ward this high thrust, being so strong, and besides, having so great increase of pace.
	This manner of defense is most strong and sure, and is done with that sword which is farthest off. Yet there is another way, and that is, with the low sword before, the which is no less stronger and sure than the other, but yet much shorter. For look in what time the other defends, this strikes.
	Therefore in the low ward it is to be noted, (when the enemy moves, pretending to beat off the sword and therewithall to enter,) that then the point of the sword be lifted up, keeping the hand so steadfast, that it oppose itself and keeping outwards the enemy's high thrust, and having made this bar, to keep out his weapons, then and in the self same time, he shall increase a straight pace, and with the low sword behind shall strike the enemy in the breast, to whom it is impossible to do any effectual thing, or to avoid the said stroke, for that (by means of the point of the sword lifted up in the manner aforesaid) both his swords are so hindered, that they may not safely strike, either with the edge or point.
	OF THE HURT OF THE BROAD WARD AT TWO RAPIERS. This broad ward, may in the self same manner be framed two ways, and it may deliver the self same blows, in the one as in the other: This ward is framed with one foot before, and one foot behind, the arm (which is borne on the side of the hind foot) being stretched wide, and broad outwards. Therefore when one stands at this ward, and would deliver as straight and as safe a thrust as is possible, he shall first prove with his low Rapier, whether he can find his enemy's Rapier, which being found, he shall turn his fist outwards, and force the enemy's Rapier so much, that it may do no hurt, and then withall increasing presently a slope pace, shall go forwards to strike the enemy in the thigh, with the wide thrust. He might aswell also thrust him in the flank, or in the head, but yet the other thrust is used, because the Rapier, which is directed to the thigh, is in place, to hinder the enemy's other Rapier to light on the legs.
	And the self same must be considered, and practiced, when he stands at this ward, the contrary way. That therefore which he must do, for the defense of himself, shall be to void that part of his body, which may be hurt by the enemy's wide and broad thrust, and to oppose himself against that part of his enemy, which comes forwards pretending to strike: And this he shall do, at what time the enemy (finding the sword) would come forwards in his thrust. And in the self same time, (assuring himself with his own low sword) shall increase a slope pace, thereby investing and encountering that part of the enemy, which came striking, and with the which framed the broad ward. Neither can it be safe striking at any other place, for either, he shall find nothing to encounter, by means of the motion of the body, or else if he do not oppose himself against the shoulder of the enemy which carries the hurt, he is in hazard to be struck by the enemy's broad thrust.
	OF THE HURT OF THE LOW WARD AT THE TWO RAPIERS The low ward shall be framed after two ways, the one with the right foot before, the other with the left, and each of them may strike, either within, either without. The way which strikes within, has one blow, the way which strikes without has two, and in all, they are six. I will lay down but three, because they differ not from the other three, but only in the hand and foot, which must be place before, so that they are the self same, for I have already presupposed, that he who takes upon him to handle these weapons, can aswell use the one hand, as he can the other. He may therefore find himself to stand with his right foot before and within, (I understand by within, when he bears one of his swords between both his enemy's swords, and likewise when the enemy carries one of his, between the other two. It is likewise true, that this also may be said within, to wit, when both weapons are borne in the middle between the other two. But I suppose no man so foolish, who handling these weapons, will suffer both his swords to be without, being a very unsure ward whereof I leave to speak.
	That therefore, which he is to do, (finding himself with both his rapiers below, and within, with his right foot before, and after the said first way of being within) shalbe, that marking when he may close in the enemy's Rapier, between the which the enemy's rapier shall be so shut in and barred, that it may do no hurt, and one of the two Rapiers, that is to say, the right Rapier shall passe under the enemy's rapier, and thrust safely. And his other Rapier, albeit, it may thrust directly, yet (for the better saving of himself, from the enemy's other Rapier that is at liberty) he shall bear it somewhat abasing his hand, with the point upwards, the which point shall safeguard him, from the enemy's said Rapier, although this last note, be superfluous. For seeing the enemy must ward himself from the thrust that hurts him, he has no leisure, nor happily minds to strike, but only to defend himself, either by voiding his body, or else by some other shift, which he shall then find out.
	The way of warding without, may strike directly after two ways: The first, by beating off the enemy's Rapier, with his own that is before, and by delivering a thrust, either at the breast or head, with the Rapier that is behind, increasing therewithall a slope pace, and settling himself in the low ward, with his left foot before.
	The second is, by taking opportunity, which he may do, if he be nimble. And he ought with the increase of a slope pace, to drive the point of his former Rapier directly towards the enemy, and above the enemy's Rapier. And his other own rapier, which before the increase was behind, he must force on, under the enemy's rapier. And thus, not giving over, these two thrusts must be strongly and nimbly driven towards the enemy, by means whereof being overtaken, the enemy has no other remedy to save himself, then to retire back: for he may not come forwards, but he must run himself upon the weapons, and that he will not do. So then, the enemy retiring himself may be followed, as far as the increase of the right foot will bear, then, settling in the low ward.
	OF THE DEFENSE OF THE LOW WARD AT THE TWO RAPIERS. All three thrusts of the low ward, by standing at the same ward, may easily be warded, and that after one manner. If a man remember first to void his body from hurt, by the increase of a pace, that is very slope, or crooked, either before the enemy comes thrusting, either as soon as he moves himself for the same purpose, or if he be active and nimble to traverse, and in defending himself to strike the enemy.
	Therefore when any of the same three thrusts come, and before he perceives his Rapier to be closed, and barred in, he shall move a slope pace, to the intent to avoid himself from hurt, and with his Rapier, which is at liberty, he shall go forwards and deliver a thrust at the enemy's face, which thrust, does surely speed, if he be resolute to enter.

Greatsword

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	Italian Transcription (1570) by Niccolò Menozzi	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	OF THE TWO HAND SWORD. The two hand Sword, as it is used now a days being four handfuls in the handle, or more, having also the great cross, was found out, to the end it should be handled one to one at an equal match, as other weapons, of which I have entreated. But because one may with it (as a galleon among many galleys) resist many Swords, or other weapons: Therefore in the wars, it is used to be place near unto the Ensign or Ancient, for the defense thereof, because, being of itself able to contend with many, it may the better safeguard the same. And it is accustomed to be carried in the City, aswell by night as by day, when it so chances that a few are constrained to withstand a great many. And because his weight and bigness, requires great strength, therefore those only are allotted to the handling thereof, which are mighty and big to behold, great and strong in body, of stout and valiant courage. Who (forasmuch as they are to encounter many, and to the end they may strike the more safely, and amaze them with the fury of the Sword) do altogether use to deliver great edge blows, down right and reversed, fetching a full circle, or compass therein, staying themselves sometimes upon one foot, sometimes on the other, utterly neglecting to thrust, and persuading them- selves, that the thrust serves to amaze one man only, but those edge blows are of force to encounter many. The which manner of skirmishing, besides that, it is most gallant to behold, being accompanied with exceeding swiftness in delivery, (for otherwise it works no such effect) it also most profitable, not properly of itself, because men considering the fury of the sword, which greatly amazes them, are not so resolute to do that, which otherwise they could not choose but do. That is, either to encounter the sword in the middle towards the handle, when it carries small force, or else to stand far off, watching whilst the sword goes, and is carried compassing in his great circle, being of the compass of ten arms, or more, and then to run under it, and deliver a thrust. And these two ways are effectual, when such men are met withal, who are exercised to enter nimbly and strike, or such as dare, and have the spirit and courage, to set, and oppose themselves single against the two hand sword, even as the single two hand sword adventures to oppose itself against many. Neither is this thing to be marveled at, for in these our days, there be things performed of greater activity and danger. And there be some which dare do this with the sword and round Target, but yet they are not resolute to strike first, but will receive and sustain the blow, with the round Target, and then enter and thrust, this truly betokens great courage and activity, although not such is required in this behalf.
	This much concerning that, which appertains to the defense of circular blows, of the two hand sword, when it endeavors to oppose itself against many. And forasmuch as men have, and sometimes do use, both in the lists and other places, to fight single combats, one to one with the single two hand sword, I will also declare my opinion touching the same.
	OF THE MANNER HOW TO HANDLE THE TWO HAND SWORD, IN SINGLE COMBAT. To those, who would cunningly handle the Two hand Sword in single combat, it is principally necessary that (as in other weapons) they be practiced and have the skill, to use the one hand aswell as the other, and they both be active in body, and strong in the arms, which are required in the managing of each weapon. And farther it is requisite that they carry the principles of this Art, surely fixed in their minds and memories, by means whereof they may become bold and resolute, in as much as they have to do, either in striking or defending.		DEL MODO DI ADOPRAR IL SPADONE da solo à solo A VOLER adoprar bene il spadone da solo a solo glie di bisogno prima di come nell'altre arme saper addoprar cosi luna come l'altrarme , & esser destri nella uita & forte nelle braccia, la qual cosa si richiede nel maneggio di tutte l'armi & hauer nella mente fissi i principy de larte mediante i quali si diuenira ardito & resoluto di quanto si ha da fare per offendere & per difendersi
	They ought furthermore to consider, how the two hand sword is used, and how it ought to be used.		,deuesi poi considerare in che modo s'usa di adoprare hoggi il spadone, & come si debbe usare.
	Touching the first, All men use to deliver thrusts, aswell as edge blows, down right, and reversed, with both hands to the Sword which way albeit, it be profitable in the bestowing of edge blows, as being the better able to sustain the Sword, yet in the discharge of thrusts it is hurtful, for it causes them to be much shorter, then they would be, if in the beginning, they were forcibly delivered with both the hands, and then by taking away one hand from the cross, they were springed as far forth, as the pommel hand, foot, and all the body of that side, may be stretched out. For, being discharged in this manner, if they hit home they make great passage, and if they be voided, yet the Two hand sword may be quickly had again, by the retiring of a pace, and of the hand and arm, placing the other hand there where it was, and so settling in the low ward. Therefore, when one finds himself to stand at the high ward, (the which at the two hand Sword, is framed, either with the right side towards the enemy, either with the left, in either of which ways, the arm would be borne aloft, and far off from the body, causing the point somewhat to bend both towards the ground and the body, to the end it may defend both the length of the body, and cover it in a manner thwarting or crossing, it being so far off from the sword.		Quanto al primo tutti usano di trar cosi le punte come i mandritti & riuersi con ambe due le mani al spadone, il qual modo se ben è utile nelle botte di taglio, per meglio poterle sostentare è dannoso nelle punte. Percioche le fa restare molto piu corte di quello che resterebbono se si spicchassero ben in principio con tutte dua le mani, ma leuando poi uia la mano dalla croce & tenendo forte quella dal pomo , si spingesse poi per quanto si puo distender quel braccio il piede & tutta la uita da quella parte, nel qual modo tratto se ferisce fa grandissima passata & quando andesse d'effetto uoto si puo subito rihauere, ritirando il passo & il braccio ponendo laltra mano a suo loco affermandosi in guardia bassa . Ritrouàndosi dunque in guardia alta , laquale di spadone si forma o con la parte destra uerso l'inimico , o con la sinistra, ma in l'uno & l'altro modo le braccia uogliono esser tenute alte & luntane dalla uita facendo che la punta stia alquanto piegata & uerso terra & uerso la uita, accio difenda & la lunghezza della uita, & cuopra anco di trauerso la uita la quale è troppo luntana dal spadone.
	Farther, in this ward, the hand that is towards the enemy, must take hold fast of the handle near the cross, and underneath, the other hand above, and near the pommel. I say standing thus at the high ward, he may either deliver a thrust, either a down right blow of the edge.		Et si tinira la mano che dalla parte uerso l'inimico preso alla croce & disotto dal manico & laltra disopra & uicina al pomo, & stando in questo modo si puo ferire d'una punta & d'un mandritto,
	The thrust is discharged (as soon as the enemy's sword is found) as far in the beginning as he may with both arms: Then, taking away the cross hand, he shall force it farther on with the pommel hand, as much as he may stretch it forth, always in the discharge, increasing a slope pace. And the thrust being thus delivered, he shall presently retire his said pace, and return his hand again to the cross, settling himself either in the high or low warde. But if he would deliver a down right blow with the edge which I counsel him not to do, because he may easily be struck under it, he shall first discharge a thrust with both his hands, and then increasing a pace, shall turn the said downright blow, stretching out the arm as much as he may. In the delivery of which blow, if he meet with the enemy's sword, he shall take away his hand from the cross, and stretch out the pommel hand as much as he may, with the increase of a pace. And farther, turning the said hand which holds the sword upwards, to the end, to lengthen the thrust, he shall drive, and force it on, and presently retire himself in the manner aforesaid.		la pnnta si spinge poi che s'ha trouato il spadone dell'inimico per quanto si puo con tutte due le braccia & poi leuandone quella della croce si spingera con la mano di dietro per quanto si puo allungare crescendo tuttauia nel spingere un passo obliquo & fatto il colpo ritirando subito indietro quel passo che fu cresciuto si tornera a por la mano alla croce, & si fermera in guardia alta o bassa. Uolendo poi trar il mandritto il quale non consiglio per poter facilmente sotto esso esser ferito, si spingera prima la punta con ambedue le mani & poi crescendo un passo si uoltera il mandritto , destendendo le braccia quanto si puo, con il quale mandritto se si trouera il spadone dell'inimico, subito trauato si lasciera la mano dalla croce, & per quanto si puo distender quella dal pomo crescendo il passo & uoltando la mano dal pomo che tiene il spadone in su per allungar piu la punta, si spingera questa punta ritirandosi poi subito fatto il colpo nel modo detto.
	OF THE DEFENSE OF THE HIGH WARD, AT TWO HAND SWORD. The low ward, shall be the defense of the high ward, and it may be framed with the right foot before and behind, in such sort, as the said high ward, the which shall be declared in his proper place.		DELLA DIFESA DI GUARDIA ALTA L'A DIFESA di guardia alta sarà la guardia bassa la qual guardia si puo formare con il pie diritto inanti & indietro , si come l'alta, laqual cosa si mostrerà à suo loco.
	Therefore, regarding to place himself for his defense in the low ward (and that directly contrary to his enemy, that is to say, if the enemy stand with the right foot before, to put his left foot foremost, and as the thrust or downright blow comes) he shall encounter it without, and as soon as he has found the enemy's sword, he shall void his cross hand, and increase a pace, and therewithall deliver a thrust, with the pommel hand, as far as it will stretch out. The which thrust will easily speed, if the enemy come resolutely in delivering of his blow: for he shall come directly to encounter the point of his sword, with that part of his body which increases forwards. Thus much for the defense of the high thrust.		Auertendo dunq di porsi per diffendersi in guardia bassa, & al contrario dell'inimico, cioè se lui sarà con il pie dritto inanzi porsi con il sinistro , & uenendo la punta o mandritto s'andarà ad incontrar di fuorania et subito trouato il spadone dell'inimico abbandonando la man dalla croce & crescendo il passo spingera con la mano dal pomo la punta per quanto puo andare la quale facilmente ferirà se l'inimico uenira risoluto per far il suo colpo, percioche uenira ad incontrar la punta del spadone con quella parte di uita che cresce inanti, & questo sia per difesa della punta alta.
	The downright blow may be warded, if whilst the enemy's sword is in his compass, he nimbly deliver a thrust under it. or else, if he would encounter it, (as soon as he has so done) he do void his cross hand, and with the increase of a pace, thrust as far forth as the pommel hand will stretch out.		Il mandritto si puo diffendere se mentre che il spadone inimico gira, si ua sotto in piu breue tempo a ferir di punta, ouero uolendo pure incontrar il madritto subito che si ha incontrato, lasciar la mano dalla croce ferir con la cresciuta del passo quanto ua la mano dal pomo.
	OF THE HURT OF THE LOW WARD, AT THE TWO HAND SWORD. Because the broad ward in handling of this weapon is painful and unsure, I leave speak thereof, and come to the low ward, which is framed two ways, to wit: either with the right or with the left foot before, and in either way, one may strike both within and without. Within, is rather to ward, then to strike: for the enemy that stands without, has the greater advantage. Finding himself therefore within, and bearing the sword firmly, he shall force and drive on a thrust, as far as both arms may stretch out together, increasing a pace and settling in the low ward, if he do not speed.
	But finding himself to stand without, and as soon as he has found the enemy's sword, he shall deliver a thrust, first, at the length of both arms, then, voiding the cross hand, increase a pace and deliver it out at uttermost length of the pommel hand, and immediately after the thrust, retire his hand and pace, staying himself again in the said low ward.
	OF THE DEFENSE OF THE LOW WARD, AT THE TWO HAND SWORD. It is a general rule, that the true defense of all blows is the low ward. Therefore, when one stands thereat, if there come a thrust without (because it is necessary in this case to stand within,) he shall do no other then encounter the enemy's sword, and thrust his arm forwards, to the end he may void it from his body, and farther retire his foot more backwards, and as it were, in a compass, thereby the better saving his body from hurt.
	But if the thrust come within (by reason whereof he should stand without) as soon as the enemy's sword is encountered, he shall deliver a thrust with both his hands, and then voiding his cross hand, he shall deliver it strongly with his pommel hand, with the increase of a pace. And this thrust does safely speed. Neither is it to be doubted, that by holding the sword with one hand, the enemy may take holdfast thereof, for he has enough to do, to retire himself, and ward the thrust, neither can he perform so many things in one time.

Pole Weapons

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	OF THE WEAPONS OF THE STAFF, NAMELY, THE BILL, THE PARTISAN, THE HALBERD, AND THE JAVELIN. Because it may seem strange unto many, that I have here placed these iiii. sorts of weapons together, as though I would frame but one only way for the handling of all, although they differ in form, from which form is gathered their difference in use. Therefore, forasmuch as I am of opinion, that all of them may be handled in manner after one way, it shall not be amiss, if I declare the reason thereof, speaking first of every one severally by itself, and then generally of all together, holding and maintaining always for my conclusion, that the skill of handling of them, helps a man to the knowledge of all the rest, for as much as concerns true Art.		Of the weapons of the Staffe, namely, the Bill, the Partisan, the Holbert, and the Javelin. BEcause it may seeme strange unto many, that I have here placed these iiij sortes of weapons together, as though I woulde frame but one only waie for the handling of all, although they differ in forme, from which form is gathered their difference in use. Therefore, forasmuch as I am of opinion, that all of them may be handled in manner after one waye, it shall not be amisse, if I declare the reason thereof, speaking first of every one severally by it selfe, and then generally of all togither, holding and maintaining alwaies for my conclusion, that the skill of handling of them, helpeth a man to the knowledge of all the rest, for as much as concerneth true Arte.
	OF THE PARTISAN. Coming therefore to the Partisan, as unto the plainest, as unto that, whereupon all the rest depend, omitting to show who was the inventor thereof, as being to small purpose: I say, that it was found out to no other end, then for that the foot men in the wars, might be able with them to hurt those horsemen (whom they might not reach with their swords) aswell with their point as with their edge. Further, weapons which are to be cast, or sprung forth at the length of the arm, are for the most part deceitful, by means whereof, they might hurt aswell the Archers on horseback, as other horsemen.		Of the Partesan. COmming therefore to the Partesan, as unto the plainest, and as unto that, whereupon all the rest depend, omitting to shewe who was the inventer thereof, as being to small purpose: I saie, that it was found out to no other end, then for that the foot men in the warres, might be able with them to hurt those horsemen (whome they might not reach with their swords) aswell with their point as with their edge. Further, weapons which are to be cast, or sprong forth at the length of the arme, are for the most part deceitfull, by meanes whereof, they might hurt aswell the Archers on horsebacke, as other horsemen.
	Therefore, these Partisans were made big and of great paize, and of perfect good steel, to the end they might break the mail and divide the Iron.		Therefore, these Partesans were made bigg and of great paize, and of perfect good steele, to the end they might breake the maile and devyde the Iron.
	And that this is true, it is to be seen in the ancient weapons of this sort, which are great and so well tempered, that they are of force to cut any other Iron. Afterwards, as men had considered, that as this weapon was only to strike, it might in some part thereof, have aswell something to ward withal, whereby it might be said to be a perfect weapon, they devised to add unto it two crooks or forks, by the which, that blow might be warded, which parting from the point and continuing down the staff, should come to hurt the person. And these forks, or (I may say) these defenses were by some men placed on that part of the Iron, which next adjoins to the staff, making them crooked and sharp, and handful long, and for the most part, with the points toward the enemy, to the end they might serve not only to defend, but also to strike. And to the end, the bigness and weight of the Partisan, (which ought to be apt and commodious to be handled) might not be increased, they diminished part of the Iron thereof, and gave the same to the forks or defenses: And by that means they framed another weapon called the javelin which (because the broadness, and happily the weight and place thereof is diminished) is not very forcible to strike with the edge, but all his power consists in three thrusts. others afterwards would not that these defenses should be placed at the lowermost part of the Iron, but in the middle thereof. And these men bearing great respect to the blows of the edge, left the Iron which should serve for the defense behind, in his breadth and weight, adjoining thereunto in the opposite part of the right edge, a most sharp point of Iron, to the end, that what way soever it were moved, it might strike and hurt. But if any man object and say: if the said point of Iron were put there in respect of striking, they might also as well have left there an edge, which being longer would strike more easily. I answer, that the blows of the false (that is to say, the hinder or back edge of the weapon) are very weak, and the point does strike and hurt more easily then the edge. And therefore it was requisite that there be facility where there was weakness. These men by these means framed the ancient weapon called the Halberd, out of the which, men of our age have derived and made another kind of Halberd and Bill. And these bearing also respect to some one profitable thing or other, did maintain the defense, and increase the hurting or offense. The respect was, that as they discoursed and pondered with themselves, at length they very warily perceived that a man with his weapon in his hand, might make size motions, that is to say, one towards the head, one towards the feet, one towards the right side, one towards the left, one forwards and towards the enemy, the other backward and toward himself. of all the which, five of them might very well strike, and the last might neither strike nor defend. Therefore, providing that this last motion also should not be idle and unprofitable, they added a hook with the point turned towards the handle, with the which one might very easily tear armor, and draw perforce men from their horses. Those who framed the middle or mean Halberd, would that the same hook should be placed in the safe or back edge. And those that devised the Bill, would have it on the right edge, leaving the edge so long that the hook might not altogether hinder the low of the edge, but rather (to the end the edge might make the greater effect) they would that the hook should bear and edge and be cut- ting in every part thereof. Where I gather, that the Bill is the most perfect weapon of all others, because it strikes and hurts in every of these six motions, and his defenses both cut and prick: which the new kind of Halberd does not perform, because framed after the said fashion, and rather for lightness aptness and bravery, then for that it carries any great profit with it: for the edge is not so apt to strike, and the point thereof is so weak, that hitting any hard thing, either it bows or breaks: neither is it much regarded in the wars, the Harquebus and the Pike being now adays the strength of all armies.		And that this is true, it is to be seene in the auncient weapons of this sort, which are great and so well tempered, that they are of force to cut any other Iron. Afterwardes, as men had considered, that as this weapon was only to strike, it might in some part thereof, have aswell something to warde withall, whereby it might be said to be a perfect weapon, they devised to add unto it two crookes or forkes, by the which, that blow might be warded, which parting from the point and continuing downe along the staffe, would come to hurt the person. And these forkes, or (I may saie) these defences were by some men placed on that part of the Iron, which next adjoyneth to the staffe, making them crooked & sharp, & a handfull long, & for the most part, with the pointes toward the enimie, to the end that they might serve not only to defend, but also to strike. And to the end, the bignesse and weight of the Partesan, (which ought to be apt and commodious to be handled) might not be encreased, they diminished part of the Iron thereof, and gave the same to the forkes or defences: And by that meanes they framed another weapon called a Javelin which (because the broadnes, and happily the weight and paize thereof is diminished) is not very forcible to strike with the edge, but all his power consisteth in there thrustes. Othersome afterwards would not that these defences should be placed at the lower-most part of the Iron, but in the middle thereof. And these men bearing great respect to the blowes of the edge, left the Iron which should serve for the defence behinde, in his bredth and waight, adjoyning thereunto in the opposite parte of the right edge, a most sharpe point of Iron, to the end, that what way soever it were moved, it might strike and hurt. But if any man object & saie: if the said point of Iron were put there in respect of striking, they might also as well have left there an edge, which being longer would strike more easily. I answere, that the blowes of the false (that is to saye, the hinder or backe edge of the weapon) are verie weake, and the point doth strike and hurt more easily then the edge. And therefore it was requisite that there be facilitie where there was weaknes. These men by these meanes framed the auncient weapon called the Holberd, out of the which, men of our age have dirived & made another kind of Holberd & Bill. And these baring also respect to some one profitable thing or other, did maintaine the defence, and encrease the hurting or offence. The respect was, that as they discoursed & pondred with themselves, at length they verie warily perceived that a man with weapon in his hand, might make sixe motions, that is to saie, one towards the head, one towards the feete, one towardes the right side, one towards the left, one forwards & towards the enimie, the other backward & toward him selfe. Of all the which, five of them might verie well strike, & the last might neither strike nor defend. Ther fore providing that this last motion also should not be idle & unprofitable, they added a hook with the point turned towards the handle, with the which one might verie easily teare armour, & draw perforce men from their horses. Those, who framed the middle or meane Holbert, would that the said hooke should be placed in the safe or backer edge. And those that devised the Bill, would have it on the right edge, leaving the edge so long that the hook might not altogether hinder the blow of the edge, but rather (to the end the edg might make the greater effect) they would that the hooke shuld beare and edg & be cutting in every part therof. Where I gather, that the Bil is the most perfect weapon of all others, because it striketh & hurteth in every of these sixe motions, & his defences both cut & prick: which the new kind of Holbert doth not perform, being framed after the said fashion, & rather for lightnes aptnes & braverie, then for that it carrieth any great profit with it: for the edge is not so apt to strike, & the point thereof is so weake, that hitting any hard thing, either it boweth or breaketh: neither is it much regarded in the warres, the Harquebush & the Pike being now adaies the strength of all armyes.
	OF BILL AGAINST BILL, HALBERD AGAINST HALBERD, OR HALBERD AGAINST BILL Forasmuch, as the Bill and Halberd, have the self same of- fense and defense, and be of one length: I thought it not good to make two Treatises thereof, because I should be forced to repeat the self same thing in both, the which, being superfluous, would breed loathsomeness. I say therefore, that whosoever would handle the Bill or Halberd, which being all one, I will name indifferently, by the name of the Halberd, I say, to him that would use them, and strike aswell with the point, as with the edge, which blows at these weapons are mighty and forcible, it is necessary, that he consider the difficulty in striking with the point, and the danger in striking with the edge. That it is difficult to strike with the point, it is most clear, because the full course of the point, may very easily be hindered and tied, by means of so many hooks and forks which are in the Halberd.		Of Bill against Bill, Holberd against Holberd, or Holberd against Bill. FOrasmuch, as the Bill and Holberd, have the selfe same offence and defence, and be of one length: I thought it not good to make two Treatises thereof, because I should be forced to repeat the selfesame thing in both, the which, being superfluous, would breed loathsomenes. I say therefore, that whosoever would handle the Bill or Holberd, which beeing all one, I will name indifferently, by the name of the Holberd, I say, to him that would use them, & strike aswell with the point, as with the edge, which blowes at these weapons are mightie and forcible, it is necessarie, that he consider the difficultie in striking with the point, and the daunger in striking with the edge. That it is difficult to strike with the point, it is most cleere, because the full course of the point, may verie easilie be hindered and tyed, by meanes of so many hookes and forkes which are in the Holberd.
	And that it is perilous to strike with the edge, has been declared when I entreated of the single Rapier, which peril ought the more to be considered in this weapon, because by means of his length, it frames a greater circle, and therein gives more time to enter under it.		And that it is perilous to strike with the edge, hath bin declared when I intreated of the single Rapier, which perill ought the more to be considered in this weapon, because by meanes of his length, it frameth a greater circle, and therein giveth more time to enter under it.
	Therefore no man may safely handle the Halberd, if first he does not consider these two things, the one, (which he may very hardly withstand) and that is the thrust, because these hooks and forks, are properly belonging unto it, and are impossible to be untied and taken away, when a man would, the form being as it is. 2. The peril of the edge blow, may some time be voided, if he be nimble and bold, performing all that in due time, which shall here be laid down for his instruction.		Therefore no man may safelie handle the Holberd, if first he do not consider these two thinges, the one, (which he may verie hardlie withstand) and that is the thrust, because these hookes and forkes, are properlie belonging unto it, and are impossible to bee untyed and taken away, when a man would the forme being as it is. 2. The peril of the edge blow, may some time be voided, if he be nimble and bold, performing all that in due time, which shall heere be laid down for his instruction.
	HOW TO STRIKE WITH THE HALBERD. In the handling of this weapon, there shall be framed (by my counsel) no more than one ward, bearing the hands, for the more surety in the middle of the staff. And that ward must be the low ward. The hands must be somewhat distant, one from an other, and the point of the weapon directly towards the enemy, regarding always to place himself with the contrary foot before, to that, which the enemy shall set forth, that is to say: If the enemy be before with the left foot, then to stand with the right foot, or contrary wise. And standing in manner aforesaid, he must always prove and try (before he be determined to deliver a thrust) to beat off the enemy's weapon, which being done, presently deliver a forcible thrust toward the enemy. But because it may lightly so fall out, that in beating off the enemy's weapon ( the enemy happily pretending to do the like) the weapons be entangled fast together. Therefore, as soon perceived that they be grappled fast, standing sure, and firmly on his feet, he shall increase a pace towards the enemy, lifting up aloft the enemy's weapon, together with his own by the force of the said entangling, and then with the heel, or blunt end of the Halberd shall strike the enemy in the breast, (for which consideration it should not dislike me, if for that purpose, there shall be fastened in the said blunt end, a strong and sharp pike of iron) and as soon as he has stroked with the said blunt end, (because, by means of the said lifting up, the weapons shall now be unhooked) and retiring that pace which he had before increased, without removing of his hands, he shall deliver a strong edge blow, which is then very commodious.		How to strike with the Holberd. IN the handling of this weapon, there shall be framed (by my counsel) no more than one ward, bearing in the hands, for the more suretie in the middle of the staffe. And that ward must be the lowe ward. The hands must be somewhat distant, one from an other, and the point of the weapon directlie towards the enimie, regarding alwaies to place himselfe with the contrarie foote before, to that, which the enimie shall set forth, that is to say: Yf the enimie be before with the left foote, then to stand with his right foote, or contrarie wise. And standing in maner aforesaid, he must alwaies prove & trie (before he be determined to deliver a thrust) to beat off the enimies weapon, which being done, presently deliver a forcible thrust toward the enimie. But because it may lightly so fall out, that in beating off the enimies weapon (the enimie happelie pretending to do the like) the weapons be intangled fast together. Therefore, as soone as it is perceaved that they be grappled fast, standing sure, and firmelie on his feete, he shall increase a pace towardes the enimie, lifting up aloft the enimies weapon, together with his owne by force of the said intangling, and then with the heele, or the blunt end of the Holberd shall strike the enimie in the brest, (for which consideration it should not dislike me, if for that purpose, there be fastned in the said blunt end, a strong and sharpe pike of iron) and as soone as he hath stroken with the said blunt end, (because, by meanes of the said lifting upp, the weapons shall b e now unhooked) and retyring that pace which he had before increased, without removing of his hands, he shall deliver a strong edge blow, which then is verie commodious.
	And it is to be understood, that this edgeblow being delivered in this manner, is so strong, that it is apt to cut the enemy's sword, if it be opposed in this ward. only that which is to be regarded in the delivering of this blow, is, that he be nimble, and of stout courage, not doubting that he shall be struck again, because he is to go so near his enemy, for besides, that he is in such case, that he may easily ward any blow, the enemy finds no way, to strike, except he perform it in two times, to wit, by retiring his pace and Halberd, and then by delivering a thrust.		And it is to be understood, that this edge blow being delivered in this maner, is so strong, that it is apt to cutt the enimies sword, if it be opposed in his ward. Only that which is to be regarded in the delivering of this blow, is, that he be nimble, and of stout courage, not doubting that he shal be strooken againe, because he is to goe so neere his enimie, for besides, that he is in such case, that he may easilie ward any blowe, the enimie findeth no waie, to strike, except he performe it in two times, to witt, by retyring his pace and Holberd, and then by delivering a thrust.
	That this way of striking is good, after the tying, and entangling of the weapons, it may be hereby understood, that as a man endeavors to untie, and unloosen the weapons, either by retiring himself, either by carrying them on the one side, to the intent to strike, he may then go forth of the straight line, by going to one of the both sides, or else lose one time, by retiring himself, under which two inconveniences, either he must needs be hurt, or else defending himself, tie fast the weapons again. But these inconveniences happen not in the foresaid manner of striking.		That this waie of striking is good, after the tying, and intangling of the weapons, it may be hereby understood, that as a man indevoreth to untye, and unloosen the weapons, either by retyring himselfe, either by carying them on the one side, to the intent to strike, he may then go foorth of the straight lyne, by going to one of the both sides, or els lose one time, by retyring himselfe, under which two inconveniences, either he must needes be hurt, or els defending himselfe, tye fast the weapons againe. But these inconveniences happen not in the foresaid maner of striking.
	Farther, a man may strike after an other way to wit, as soon as by the entangling of the weapons they are lifted up, to the intent to unhook, and untie them, he must change his hands, and n edge blow, either a thwart, either on high, either on low, for it is commodious anyway, so that he change his hands and retire a pace. But this is not so commodious in the other way, because he may not strike but only downwards. But in this manner of changing hands, he may easily strike the enemy in that place, where he perceives him to be most discovered, be it above or beneath.
	OF THE DEFENSE OF THE HEEL, OR BLUNT END OF THE HALBERD. For the defense of the abovesaid two blows, it is requisite as I have already said, that a man stand with the contrary foot before, to that, of the enemy's. And as the enemy (after the fastening of the weapons) endeavors to lift them up, (being well awares thereof) he ought to recover his Halberd by the increase of a pace, and strike with the heel at the enemy's thigh or belly, and then changing his hands, he shall deliver an edge blow, without any other retiring of himself, or moving of his hands, The which blow shall lightly speed, being nimbly delivered. And when it speeds not, yet, it will safely ward the edge blow, which the enemy shall give. And this may suffice for asmuch as concerns the blows of the Halberd in single combat, wherein there is any difficulty to be found, the which, a man must seek to avoid by all means, especially endeavoring by all possible ways to deliver thrusts, without tying or entangling of his weapon. But although the enemy's weapon, may not be tied to any prescript law or order, (for he also uses, all the policy he may to avoid danger) yet these blows with their fastenings are laid down, because I presuppose, that who so is skillful to strike, notwithstanding these difficulties, will be much more adventurous, in striking when he shall find little, or nothing to hinder him, As for example, when in fight he meets with a weapon of the Staff of the self same, or of greater length, but yet, void of hooks or forks: For seeing his own weapon, is only able to hook, and drive outwards the enemy's weapon, he may safely deliver an edge blow, with the increase of a pace, being sure, that he may not be stroked again, but only with a thrust, which the enemy may not deliver, but of force, must either retire his staff, either his feet, under which time, an edge blow may be delivered without danger.		Of the defence of the heele, or blunt ende of the Holberd. FOr the defence of the abovesaid two blowes, it is requisite as I have alreadie said, that a man stand with the contrarie foote before, to that, of the enimies. And as the enimie (after the fastning of the weapons) endevoreth to lift them upp, (being well awares therof) he ought to recover his Holberd by the increase of a pace, and strike with the heele at the enimies thigh or bellie, and then chaunging his handes, he shall deliver an edge b low, without any other retyring of him selfe, or moving of his hands, The which blow shall lightlie speede, being nimblie delivered. And when it speedeth not, yet, it will safelie ward the edge blow, which the enimie shall give. And this may suffice for asmuch as concerneth the blowes of the Holberd in single combat, wherein there is anie difficultie to be found, the which, a man must seeke to avoide by all meanes, especiallye endevouryng by all possible wayes to deliver thrustes, without tying or intangling of his weapon. But although the enimies weapon may not be tyed to any prescript law or order, (for he also useth, all the pollicie he may to avoid daunger) yet these blowes with their fastnings are laid downe, because I presuppose, that who so is skilfull to strike, notwithstanding these difficulties, will be much more adventrous, in striking when he shall find little, or nothing to hinder him, As for example, when in fight he meetheth with a weapon of the Staffe of the selfesame, or of a greater length, but yet, void of hookes or forkes: For seeing his owne weapon, is onlie hable to hooke, and drive outwards the enimies weapon, he may savelie deliver an edge blow, with the increase of a pace, being sure, that he may not be stroken againe, but onelie with a thrust, which the enimie may not deliver, but of force, must either retyre his staffe, either his feete, under which time, an edge blow may be delivered without daunger.
	OF THE HURT AND WARD OF THE JAVELIN. The self same ward, shall be framed with the Javelin, as with the Halberd. And because, of necessity, the weapons will be entangled, I say, the very same thrusts shall be given therewith, as are delivered with the Halberd. And because the edge of the Javelin is weak, and the pacing which is made when the weapons are fastened, is only profitable for the giving of the edge blow: Therefore in handling of the Javelin, this entangling or fastening is by all means possible to be avoided. But when a man is to strike his enemy, let him first prove, to beat off his Javelin, and then to force on a thrust, in this manner.		Of the hurt and ward of the Javelyn. THe selfe same ward, shalbe framed with the Javelyn, as with the Holberd. And because, of necessitie, the weapons will be intangled, I say, the verie same thrusts shal be given therwith, as are delivered with the Holberd. But because the edge of the Javelyn is weake, and the pacing which is made when the weapons are fastned, is onelie profitable for the giving of the edge blow: Therfore in handling of the Javeling, this intangling or fastning is by al means possible to be avoided. But when a man is to strike his enimie, let him first prove, to beat off his Javelyn, and then to force on a thrust, in this maner.
	Finding the enemy's Javelin to be within, (by within, I understand, when the Javelin is between the enemy's arms, or against them) then he must force it outwards, and drive a thrust with his own Javelin, at the length of the staff (without moving of his feet) at the enemy's face. Finding it without, he ought to beat it backwards, and increasing a pace, to launch out the Javelin at the enemy's face, at the length of the staff and arm, immediately retiring his pace, and hand, and afterwards settle himself in the same low ward.		Finding the enimies Javelyn to b e within, (by within, I understand, when the Javelyn is betweene the enimies armes, or against them) then he must force it outwards, and drive a thrust with his owne Javelyn, at the length of the staffe (without moving of his feete) at the enimies face. Finding it without, he ought to beat it backwards, and increasing a pace, to launch out the Javelyn at the enimies face, at the length of the staffe and arme, immediatlie retyring his pace, & hand, and afterwards settle himselfe in the same low ward.
	OF THE DEFENSE OF THE THRUSTS OF THE JAVELIN. For him that would defend himself from those two thrusts, and strike under them, it is necessary to call to remembrance the most subtle consideration of times, without knowledge whereof, there is no man that may safely bear himself under any weapon: Coming therefore to the said consideration, I say, that if the enemy would beat of the Javelin, (his own Javelin being either within, either without) of force he must enlarge and widen it from out the straight line, if he would as aforesaid forcibly beat off the other Javelin. Therefore at what time soever a man sees the enemy's Javelin wide of the straight line, then, and in the same time (in the which it comes purposing to beat off) he must nimbly deliver a thrust. And in like manner, finding himself, either within, either without, and the enemy's Javelin something wide of the straight line, then before it come into the said line again, he shall with the increase of a pace deliver a thrust, at the length of the hinder arm, and then retiring his said pace, settle himself at his ward again.		Of the defence of the thrustes of the Javelyn. FOr him that would defend himselfe from those two thrusts, and strike under them, it is necessarie to call to remembraunce the most subtill consideration of times, without knowledge whereof, there is no man that may safelie beare himselfe under anie weapon: Comming therefore to the said consideration, I saie, that if the enimie would beate of the Javelyn, (his owne Javelyn being either within, either without) of force hee must enlarge and widen it from out the straight lyne, if he would as aforesaid forciblie beat off the other Javelyn. Therefore at what time soever a man seeth the enimies Javelyn wide of the straight lyne, then, and in the same time (in the which it commeth purposing to beat off) he must nimblie deliver a thrust. And in like maner, finding himselfe, either within, either without, and the enimies Javelyn something wide of the straight lyne, then before it come into the said lyne againe, he shall with the increase of a pace deliver a thrust, at the length of the hinder arme, and then retyring his said pace, settle himselfe at his ward againe.
	OF THE PARTISAN. If any would handle the Partisan in single combat, they shall not strike with the edge, because the time is too long, and they may easily be stroked under the same. Therefore practicing the thrust, they shall use the self same offense and defense, which I have showed in the Javelin, to the which I refer them.		Of the Partisan. IF any would handle the Partisan in single combat, they shall not strike with the edge, because the time is too long, and they may easilie be stroken under the same. Therefore practizing the thrust, they shall use the selfe same offence and defence, which I have shewed in the Javelyn, to the which I referre them.
	OF THE PIKE. As among all other weapons, which are worn by the side, the single sword is the most honorable, as being such a one which is left capable of deceit of any other: So among the weapons of the Staff, the Pike is the most plain, most honorable, and most noble weapon of all the rest.		Of the Pike. AS among all other weapons, which are worn by the side, the single sword is the most honorable, as beeing such a one which is left capable of deceit of any other: So among the weapons of the Staffe, the Pike is the most plaine, most honorable, and most noble weapon of all the rest.
	Therefore among renowned knights and great Lords this weapon is highly esteemed, because it is as well void of deceit, as also, for that in well handling thereof, there is required great strength of body, accompanied with great value and deep judgment: for there is required in the use thereof a most subtle delicate knowledge and consideration of times, and motions, and a ready resolution to strike. These qualities may not happen or be resident in any persons, but in such as are strong of arms and courageous of stomach. Neither may they procure to get any other advantage in the handling thereof, then to be more quick and resolute both in judgment and hand than their enemy is. Therefore seeing every man may hereby know what is necessary for him so to handle it, as he may obtain victory thereby: let him resolve himself either to give it over quite, or else to handle it as he ought, and is required.		Therefore among renowned knightes and great Lords this weapon is highly esteemed, because it is as well voide of deceite, as also, for that in well handling thereof, there is required great strength of bodie, accompanied with great valure and deepe judgement: for there is required in the use thereof a most subtill & delicate knowledge and consideration of times, and motions, and a readie resolution to strike. These qualities may not happen or be resident in any persons, but in such as are strong of armes and couragious of stomacke. Neither may they procure to get any other advantage in the handling thereof, then to be more quick and resolute both in judgement and hande than their enimie is. Therefore seeing every man may hereby knowe what is necessarie for him so to handle it, as he may obtaine victorie thereby: let him resolve himselfe either to give it over quite, or els to handle it as he ought, and is required.
	THE MANNER HOW TO HANDLE THE PIKE. This renowned weapon has been of diverse diversely handled, in single combat: (for in the manner of using it in the wars, makes not at this present for my purpose.) Therefore it shall not be amiss, if (speaking of the manner of his use in these our days) I declare also mine opinion concerning the same. There have been some (who greatly regarding ease and little pain) would have the Pike to be borne in the middle. other some, more strong of arm, but weaker of heart, (to the end they might be the farther off, from hurt) accustomed to bear it at the beginning near the heel or blunt end thereof: which two ways in my judgment are to be refused, the one being too dangerous (I mean, the bearing of it in the middle) the other too difficult (I mean, the bearing it at the blunt end,) because a man is not able to stand long at his ward, neither to defend himself strongly, not offend safely, considering, much of his force is taken away, by sustaining and bearing it at the said end. So that, when a forcible blow comes he has not sufficient power to beat it off. And forasmuch as the Pike is a long straight line, which has his motion in the head or beginning thereof, which motion be it never so small, near the hand, is yet very great at the point, it is requisite, if he would strike just and straight, (when he so holds it at the end) that he be greatly practiced, and have great strength whereby he may be both skillful and able to bear it so just and even, that the point thereof strike or hit there where the hand and eye would have it. This is very hardly accomplished, aswell because it is a thing impossible to strike by the straight line, as also for that the arms being weakened with the place of the Pike, do shake and deliver it unsteadfastly. Therefore, for the avoiding of these two inconveniences, the Pike must be born within an arms length of the said heel or blunt end, in which place, it is sufficiently distant from hurt, and it is not borne with much difficulty if the hands be placed an arms length one from another of the which the hinder hand must be steadfast, I mean, hold the Pike hard, and the forehand somewhat loose: So that the Pike may shift thorough it to and fro.		The manner how to handle the Pyke THis renowmed weapon hath beene of divers diversly handled, in single combat: (for the manner of using it in the warres, maketh not at this present for my purpose.) Therefore it shall not be amisse, if (speaking of the manner of his use in these are daies) I declare also mine opinion concerning the same. There have beene some (who greatly regarding ease & little paine) would have the Pike to be borne in the middle. Other some, more strong of arme, but weaker of hart, (to the end they might be the farther off, from hurte) accustomed to beare it at the beginning neere the heele or blunt end thereof: which two waies in my judgement are to be refused, the one being too daungerous (I meane the bearing of it in the middle) the other too difficult (I mean, the bearing it at the blunt end,) because a man is not able to stande long at his ward, neither to defend himselfe strongly, nor offend safely, considering, much of his force is taken away, by ststeining and bearing it at the said end. So that, when a forcible blow commeth he hath not sufficient power to beat it off. And forasmuch as the Pike is a long straight lyne, which hath his motion in the head or beginning thereof, which motion be it never so finall, neere the hand, is yet verie great at the point, it is requisite, if he would strike just and straight, (when he so holdeth it at the end) that he be greatly practised, and have great strength whereby he may be both skilfull & able to beare it so just & even, that the point thereof strik or hit there where the hand & eie would have it. This is verie hardly accomplished, aswel beecause it is a thing impossible to strike by the straight lyne, as also for that the armes being weakened with the paize of the Pike, do shake and deliver unstedfastly. Therefore, for the avoyding of these two inconveniences, the Pike must be born within an armes length of the said heele or blunt end, in which place, it is sufficiently distant from hurt, & it is not borne with much difficultie if the hands be placed an armes length one from another of the which the hinder hand must be stedfast, I meane, holde the Pike harde, and the forehand somewhat lookse: So that the Pike may shift through it to and fro.
	FOR THE CAUSE THE PIKE MAKES GREATER PASSAGE WITH THE POINT THEN ANY OTHER SHORTER WEAPON. It is most manifest, that the Pike makes greater passage with his point than any other weapon: and the two hand sword, more then the ordinary sword: and the sword more then the dagger. And among all weapons, this is generally true, that the longer the weapon is, the greater the passage it makes with the point, and the greater blow with the edge. Neither does this so chance, because the weapon is more heavy, neither because there is applied more force unto it in action, as most men suppose, but rather through a natural cause which is as follows.		For what cause the Pike maketh greater passage with the point than any other shorter weapon. IT is most manifest, that the Pike maketh greater passage with his point than any other weapon: and the twohand sworde, more then the ordinarie sword: & the sword more then the dagger. And among al weapons, this is generally true, that the longer the weapon, the greater passage it maketh with the point, and the greater blow with the edge. Neither doeth this so chaunce, because the weapon is more heavie, neither because there is applyed more force unto it in action, as most men suppose, but rather through a naturall cause which is as followeth.
	If there be two circles, the one greater then the other, and are moved by one manner of motion, the greater shall be more swift then the less: for being greater in circumference and turning round, in the same time that the less turns it must needs be, that it goes more swiftly. So it comes to pass, that one self same hand may deliver a greater blow with the two hand sword then with a single sword, and with a long sword, then one that is shorter, and with that, then with the dagger: And with a Bill, a greater blow, then with two hand sword, and so likewise in all other weapons. Wherefore it is most clear, that of edgeblows that makes the greater stroke, which is delivered with the longer weapon. It remains now to be considered, how this falls out in the blows of the point. I say therefore, the blows of the point are also circular, so that the Pike being very long, makes the greater circle, and by consequence the greater blow of the point or the greater thrust. That the blows of the point are circular, may be showed by this reason. The arm (being as a straight line, and fixed fast in one part, as for example in the shoulder, and movable in the other, as in the hand, standing I say, fixed as a straight line, and the one end moving from the other) shall always move circularly: So that the arm cannot otherwise move, except when it is bowed, and would then make itself straight again, the which motion is also doubtful, whether it be straight yea or no. Therefore imagining that on the movable part of this arm, or straight line, there be also another thwart line, to wit, a Pike, a sword, or any other weapon, then the arm moving, carries also, circularly with it, the said thwart line, by how much, the longer it is, by so much the greater circle, as may be seen in this figure.		If there be two circles, the one greater then the other, and are moved by one manner of motion, the greater shall be more swift then the lesse: for being greater in circumference & turning round, in the same time that the lesse turneth it must needes be, that it goeth more swiftly. So it commeth to passe, that one selfe-same hand may deliver a greater blow with the two hande sworde than with a single sworde, and with a long sworde, then one that is shorter, and with that, then with the dagger: And with a Bill, a greater blowe, then with the two hand sworde, and so likewise in all other weapons. Wherefore it is most cleere, that of edgeblowes that maketh the greater stroke, which is delivered with the longer weapon. It remaineth now to be considered, how this falleth out in the blowes of the point. I saie therefore, if the blowes of the point are also circuler, so that the Pike being verie long, maketh the greater circle, and by consequence the greater blowe of the point or the greater thrust. That the blowes of the point are circuler, may be shewed by this reason. The arme (being as a straight line, & fixed fast in one parte, as for example in the shoulder, and movable in the other, as in the hand, standing I saye, fixed as a straight lyne, and the one end moving from the other) shall alwaies move circulerly: So that the arme cannot otherwise move, except when it is bowed, and would then make it selfe straight againe, the which motion is also doubtfull, whether it be straight yea or no. Therefore imagining that on the movable parte of this arme, or straight lyne, there be also another thwart lyne, to wit, a Pike, a sworde, or any other weapon, then the arme moving, carrieth also, circulerly with it, the said thwart lyne: which lyne, by how much, the longer it is, by so much it maketh the greater circle, as may be seene in this figure.
	Whereby, it is manifest, that the Pike, the longer it is, it frames the greater circle, and consequently, is more swift, and therefore makes the greater passage. The like is to be understood of all other weapons, which the longer they are being moved by the arm, cause the greater edgeblow, and greater passage with the point.		Whereby, it is manifest, that the Pike, the longer it is, frameth the greater circle, and consequently, is more swifte, and therefore maketh the greater passage. The like is to be understood of all other weapons, which the longer they are being moved by the arme, cause the greater edgeblow, and greater passage with the point.
	OF THE WARDS OF THE PIKE. In mine opinion, if a man would either strike, or defend with the Pike, he may not otherwise use it then by the framing of two wards, in one of which, he shall then strike the body from the middle upwards, & this I will term the low ward: the other shall strike the body from the middle downwards, & shall be called the high ward. Neither shall they be so termed for any other cause, then for that it is very necessary for him that strikes, first to beat off the enemy's Pike, & then to deliver his own. But yet it should breed great inconvenience, & there would be two much time spent if finding it good & commodious to strike in the low ward, he would first beat off the enemy's weapon, & then shift from the low to the high ward. For that cause I will frame the high ward, which shall be, when one bears his arms high, & the point of the Pike low. And the low ward is, when the arms are low, & the point of the Pike high. There is another ward which would be framed as a mean between these two, & that is, when the Pike is borne directly towards the enemy. And it falls out that is most sure & long, when it is opposed against any of the other two aforesaid, because then a man is in case both to beat off the weapon & to enter therewithall with great advantage. But putting the case, the enemy do likewise directly oppose himself against this ward, then the Pikes may not beat off one another, but both parties are like to be invested & run through at one instant, without any defense or warding thereof. So that this straight ward may not be used except it be against one of the two aforesaid. And when the enemy stands in any of the said two, then a man must resolutely bring his weapon into the said straight ward, for as he gets thereby the greater advantage both of length & time, so he may very easily beat off the enemy's Pike.		Of the wardes of the Pike. IN mine opinion, if a man would either strike, or defend with the Pike, he may not otherwise use it then by framing of two wardes, in one of which, he shal strike the bodie from the middle upwards, & this I will terme the low warde: the other shall strike the bodie from the middle downwadrs, & shalbe called the high ward. Neither shalthey be so termed for any other cause, then for that it is verie necessarie for him that striketh, first to beat off the enimies Pike, & then to deliver his owne. But yet it should breed great inconvenience, & there would be two much time spent if finding it good & commodious to strike in the lowe warde, he would first beat off the enimies weapon, & then shift from the lowe to the high warde, which shal bee, when one beareth his armes high, & the point of the Pike low. And the low warde is, when the armes are low, & the point of the Pike high. There is another warde which would be framed as a meane betweene these two, & that is, when the Pike is borne directly towards the enimie. And it falleth out that it is most sure & long, when it is opposed against any of the other two aforesaid, because then a man is in case both to beat off the weapon & to enter therewithall with great advantage. But putting the case, the enimie do likewise directly oppose himselfe against this warde, then the Pikes may not beat off one another, but both parties are like to be invested & runne through at one instant, without any defence or warding thereof. So that this straight ward may not be used except it be against one of the two aforesaid. And when the enimie standeth in any of the said two, then a man must resolutely bring his weapon into the said straight ward, for as he getteth therby the greater advantage both of length & time, so he may very easily beat off the enimies Pike.
	OF THE MANNER HOW TO STRIKE IN THE SAID WARDS. When the enemy is in the low ward, a man ought always tostand either at the high or straight ward. And contrarily, in the low or straight ward, when the enemy is in the high ward. And must endeavor as forcibly and as nimble as he may, first of all, to beat off the enemy's Pike, whether it be within or with- out, but yet in such sort, that he depart not much from the straight line, and thereby be constrained, to spend much time in returning thither again, And as soon as he has beaten off the enemy's weapon, to thrust, bearing his body contrary to his arms, to the end, he may be the more covered from the thrusts, and deliver his own thrusts with the more force, always regarding in the high ward, to thrust downwards, and in the low ward, upwards, & in the straight ward, in the middle: for in this manner of thrusting, is very commodious, and consumes little time.		Of the maner how to strike in the said wardes. WHen the enimie is in the low ward, a man ought alwayes to stand either at the high or straight ward. And contrarilie, in the low or straight ward, when the enimie is in the high ward. And must indevour as forciblie and as nimblie as he may, first of all, to beat off the enimies Pike, whether it be within or without, but yet in such sort, that he depart not much from the straight lyne, and be therby constrayned, to spend much time in returning thither againe, And as soone as he hath beaten off the enimies weapon, to thrust, bearing his bodie contrarie to his armes, to the end, he may be the more covered from the thrustes, and deliver his owne thrusts with the more force, alwaies regarding in the high ward, to thrust downewards, and in the low ward, upwards, & in the straight ward, in the middle: for this maner of thrusting, is verie commodious, and consumeth little time.
	OF THE DEFENSE OF THE WARDS. The hurts of these wards, are defended in the self same manner, as those of the Javelin are, to which Chapter, (having there reasoned sufficiently) I refer you, to the intent I may not repeat one thing often.		Of the defence of the wardes. THe hurts of these wardes, are defended in the selfe same maner, as those of the Javelyne are, to which Chapter, (having htere reasoned sufficiently) I referre you, to the intent I may not repeat one thing often.
	And it is to be considered, that there is greater regard to be had of the times in managing this weapon then in any other, because it is not furnished with any forks, or other defenses which may help a man, but all hope of victory consists in the judgment of the times, and in dexterity of delivery.		And it is to be considered, that there is greater regard to be had of the times in managing this weapon then in any other, because it is not furnished with any forkes, or other defences which may helpe a man, but all hope of victorie consisteth in the judgement of the times, and in dexteritie of deliverie.
	I will not therefore at this present stand to declare any more of the true knowledge of the weapon, then that, which only appertains to be spoken in this work, but will hereafter at my more leisure, handle it more at large, at what time, it shall be known, that men (giving over all other false & vain kind of skirmishing) ought to settle themselves in this, by means where- of, their judgments are perfected, and they more insured under their weapons, and so by consequence are made more bold and hardy. And forasmuch as all this ought to be verified in deeds, and not in words, it shall be every mans part, that will exercise himself in this Art, first diligently to learn the principles, & afterwards by exercise of the weapon to attain to the most subtle and delicate knowledge & consideration of the times, without which (as I have said elsewhere) is not possible to profit therein. For although there be happily some, who (being strong of arm, and nimble in delivering falses, either right, reversed, or straight) have been in our time accompted for tall men, yet for all that, those who are skillful in this true Art, ought not to give credit unto it, because they know assuredly that not right or reversed edge blows, get the mastery, but rather the thrusts of the point, neither the bestowing of them every way, but with advantage and in due time. Neither ought a man to strike, thereby to be stroked again, (which is the part and point, rather of a brute beast, then of a reasonable man) but to strike and remain without danger. And all which things by this true Art are easily learned.		I will not therfore at this present stand to declare any more of the true knowledge of the weapon, then that, which onelie appertayneth to be spoken in this worke, but will hereafter at my more leasure, handle it more at large, at what time, it shal be knowen, that men (giving over all other false & vain kind of skimrmishing) ought to settle them selves in this, by meanes wherof, their judgements are perfected, and they more insured under their weapons, and so by consequence are made more bold and hardie. And forasmuch as all this ought to be verified in deedes, and not in wordes, it shall be every mans part, that will exercise himselfe in this Art, first diligentlie to learn the principles, & afterwards by exercise of the weapon to attaine to the most subtil and delicate knowledge & consideration of the times, without which (as I have said els where) it is not prossible to profit therin. For although there be happilie some, who (being strong of arme, and nimble in delivering falses, either right reversed, or straight) have bin in our time accompted for tall men, yet for al that, those who are skilfull in this true Art, ought not to give credite unto it, because they know assuredlie that not right or reversed edge blowes, get the masterie, but rather the thrusts of the point, neither the bestowing of them every way, but with advantage and in due time. Neither ought a man to strike, therby to be stroken againe, (which is the part and point, rather of a bruite beast, then of a reasonable man) but to strike and remaine without daunger. All which things by this true Art are easilie learned.
	FINIS		FINIS.

Deceits and Falsings

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	The Second Part entreating of Deceits and Falsings OF BLOWS AND THRUSTS Being come to the end of the true Art, and having declaredall which seemed convenient and profitable for the attainment of true judgment in the handling of the weapon & of the entire knowledge of all advantages, by the which as well all disadvan- tages are known: It shall be good that I entreat of Deceit or Falsing, aswell to perform my promise, as also to satisfy those who are greatly delighted to skirmish, not with the pretense to hurt or overcome, but rather for their exercise and pastime:		THE Second Part intreatinge of Deceites and Falsinges of Blowes and Thrustes. BEinge come to the end of the true Arte, and having declared all that which seemed convenient and profitable for the attaynement of true judgement in the handling of the weapon & of the entire knowledg of al advatages, by the which as well al disadvantages are knowen: It shall be good that I intreat of Deceite or Falsing, aswel to performe my promise, as also to satisfie those who are greatly delighted to skirmish, not with pretence to hurt or over come, but rather for their exercise & pastime:
	In which it is a brave and gallant thing and worthy of com- mendations to be skillful in the apt managing of the body, feet and hands, in moving nimbly sometimes with the hand, sometimes with the elbow, and sometimes with the shoulder, in retiring, in increasing, in lifting the body high, in bearing it low in one instant: in brief, delivering swiftly blows aswell of the edge as of the point, both right and reversed, nothing regarding either time, advantage or measure, bestowin them at random every way.		In which it is a brave and gallant thing and worthy of commendations to be skilfull in the apte managing of the bodie, feete and hands, in moving nimblie sometimes with the hand, some-times with the elbow, and sometimes with the shoulder, in retiring, in increasing; in lifting the bodie high, in bearing it low in one instant: in breif, delivering swiftlie blows aswell of the edge as of the point, both right and reversed, nothing regarding either time, advantage or measure, bestowing them at randone everie waie.
	But diverse men being blinded in their own conceits, do in these actions certainly believe that they are either more nimble, either more wary & discreet then their adversary is: of which their foolish opinion they are beastly proud and arrogant:		But diverse men being blinded in their owne conceites, do in these actions certainly beleeve that they are either more nimble, either more warie & discreet then theire adversarie is: Of which their folish opinion they are all beastlie proud and arrogant:
	And because it has many times happened them, either with a false thrust, or edge blow, to hurt or abuse the enemy, they become lofty, and presume thereon as though their blows were not to be warded. But yet for the most part it falls out, that by a plain simple swab having only a good stomach and stout courage, they are chopped in with a thrust, and so miserably slain.		And because it hath manie times happened them, either with a false thrus t, or edge blowe, to hurte or abuse the enemie, they become loftie, and presume thereon as though their blowes were not to be warded. But yet for the most part it falleth out, that by a plain simple swad having onely a good stomack and stout courage, they are chopt in with a thrust, and so miserablie slaine.
	For avoiding of this abuse, the best remedy is, that they exercise themselves in delivering these falses only in sport, and (as I have before said) for their practice and pastime: Resolving themselves for a truth, that when they are to deal with any enemy, & when it is upon danger of their lives, they must then suppose the enemy to be equal to themselves aswell in knowledge as in strength, & accustom themselves to strike in as little time as is possible, and that always being well warded. And as for these Falses or Slips, they must use them for their exercises & pastimes sake only, and not presume upon them, except it beagainst such persons, who are either much more slow, either know not the true principals of this Art. For Deceit or Falsing is no other thing, then a blow or thrust delivered, not to the intent to hurt or hit home, but to cause the enemy to discover himself in some part, by means whereof a man may safely hurt him in the same part. And look how many blows or thrusts there may be given, so many falses or deceits may be used, and a great many more, which shall be declared in their proper place: The defense likewise whereof shall in few words be last of all laid upon you.		For avoiding of this abuse, the best remedie is, that they exercise themselves in delivering these falses onlie in sport, and (as I have before said) for their practise & pastime: Resolving themselves for a truth, that when they are to deal with anie enemie, & when it is upon danger of their lives, they must then suppose the enemie to be equall to themselves aswel in knowledge as in strength, & accustome themselves to strik in as litle time as is possible, and that alwaies beeing wel warded. And as for these Falses or Slips, they must use them for their exercise & pastimes sake onelie, and not presume upon them, except it bee against such persons, who are either much more slow, either know not the true principels of this Art. For Disceit or Falsing is no other thing, then a blow or thrust devered, not to the intent to hurt or hitt home, but to cause the enemie to discover himselfe in some parte, by meanes whereof a man maie safely hurt him in the same part. And looke how manie blowes or thrusts there maie be given, so manie falses or deceits may be used, and a great manie more, which shal be declared in their proper place: The defence likewise whereof shall in few words be last of all laid open unto you.
	DECEITS OR FALSINGS OF THE SINGLE SWORD, OR SINGLE RAPIER As I take not Victory to the end and scope of falsing, but rather nimbleness of body and dexterity in play: So, casting aside the consideration how a man is either covered or discovered, and how he has more or less advantage, I say that there may be framed at single sword so many wards, as there be ways to move the hand and foot.		Deceits or Falsings of the single Sword, or single Rapier AS I take not Victorie to be the end and scope of falsing, but rather nimblenes of bodie and dexteritie in plaie: So, casting aside the consideration how a man is either covered or discovered, and how he hath more or less advantage) I saie that there maie be framed at the single sword so manie wards, as there be waies how to move the arme hand and foot.
	Therefore in falsing there may be framed the high, low, and broad ward, with the right foot behind and before: a man may bear his sword with the point backwards and forwards: he may bear his right hand on the left side, with his sword's point backwards: he may stand at the low ward with the point backwards and forwards, bending towards the ground. And standing in all these ways, he may false a thrust above, and force it home beneath above, he may false it without and deliver it within, or contrariwise.		Therefore in falsinge there may bee framed the high, lowe, and brode warde, with the right foote behind and before: a man may beare his sword with the poynt backewardes and forwardes: he may beare his right hand on the left sid, with his swords poynt back wards: he may stand at the low warde with the point backewardes and forwardes, bending towardes the grounde. And standing in all these waies, he may false a thrust above, and force it home beneath: and contrarie from beneth above, he may false it without and deliver it within, or contrariwise.
	And according to the said manner of thrusting he may deliver edgeblows, right, reversed, high and low, as in that case shall most advantage him. Farther he may false an edgeblow, and deliver it home: as for example, to false a right blow on high, and deliver home a right and reverse blow, high or low. In like for the reverse is falsed, by delivering right or reverse blows, high or low.		And according to the saide manner of thrusting he may deliver edge-blowes, right, reversed, high and lowe, as in that case shal most advantage him. Farther he may false an edgeblow, and deliver it home: as for example, to false a right blowe on highe, and deliver home a right and reverse blowe, high or lowe. In like sort the reverse is falsed, by delivering right or reverse blowes, high or lowe.
	But it is to be considered, that when he bears his sword with his point backwards, he false no other then the edgeblow, for then thrusts are discommodious. And because men do much use at this weapon, to beat off the point of the sword with their hands: therefore he must in that case for his greater readiness & advantage, suffer his sword to sway to that side, whether the enemy bears it, joining to that motion as much force as he may, performing therein a full circular blow, and delivering it at the enemy.		But it is to be considered, that when he beareth his sworde with his poynt backewardes, he false no other than the edgeblow, for then thrusts are discommodius. And because men do much use at this weapon, to beate off the poynt of the sworde with their handes: therefore he must in that case for his greater redines & advantage, suffer his sword to swaie to that side, whether the enemy beateth it, joyning to that motion as much force as he may, performing therin a ful circuler blowe, and delivering it at the enemie.
	And this blow is most ready, and so much the rather, it is possible to be performed, by how much the enemy thinks not, that the sword will passe in full circle that way, for the enemy being somewhat disappointed, by beating off the sword, after which beating, he is also to deliver his thrust, he cannot so speedily speed both those times but that he shall be first struck with the edge of the sword, which he had before so beaten off.		And this blow is most readie, and so much the rather, it is possible to be performed, by how much the enemie thinketh not, that the sword will passe in full circle that waie, for the enemie being somwhat disapoynted, by beating off the sworde, after which beating, he is also to deliver his thrust, he canot so speedely sped both those times but that he shalbe first stroke with the edge of the sworde, which he had before so beaten off.
	GENERAL ADVERTISEMENTS CONCERNING THE DEFENSES. Because it chances commonly, that in managing of the hands, men bear no great regard, either to time or advantage, but do endeavor themselves after diverse & sundry ways & means to encounter the enemy's sword: therefore in these cases, it is very profitable to know how to strike, and what may be done in the shortest time.		Generall advertisementes concerning the defences. BEcause it chaunceth commonly, that in managing of the handes, men beare no great regard, either to time or advantage, but do endevour themselves after divers & sundry waies & meanes to encounter the enemies sword: therfore in these cases, it is verie profitable to knowe how to strike, and what may be done in shortest time.
	The enemy's sword is encountered always either above, either in the middle, either beneath: & in all these ways a man finds himself to stand either above, either beneath, either within, either without. And it falls out always that men find themselvesunderneath with the sword at the hanging ward, when they are to ward high edgeblows or thrusts: and this way is most commonly used: The manner whereof is, when the hand is lifted up to defend the sword being thwarted, and the point turned downwards : when one finds himself so placed, he ought not to recover his sword from underneath, and then to deliver an edgeblow, for that were too long, but rather to strike nimbly that part of the enemy underneath, which is not warded, so that he shall do no other then turn his hand & deliver an edgeblow at the legs which surely speeds.		The enemies sword is encountred alwaies either above, either in the midle, either beneath: & in al these waies a man findeth himself to stand either above, either beneth, either within, either without. And it fales out alwaies that men finde themselves undernethe with the sword at the hanging warde, when they are to ward high edgeblowes or thrusts: and this waie is most commonly used: The manner whereof is, when the hand is lifted up to defend the sword being thwarted, and the poynt turned downewards: when one findeth himselfe so placed, he ought not to recover his sworde from underneath, and then to deliver an edge-blowe, for that were to long, but rather to strike nimbly that part of the enemie underneath, which is not warded, so that he shall do no other then turne his hand & deliver an edge-blow at the legges which surely speedeth.
	But if he find himself in defense either of the reverse or thrust, to bear his sword aloft and without, and not hanging, in this the safest thing is, to increase a pace, and to seize upon the enemy's hand or arm.		But if he finde himselfe in defence either of the reverse or thrust, to beare his sword aloft and without, and not hanging, in this the safest thing is, to increase a pace, and to seasyn upon the enimies hand or arme.
	The self same he ought to do, finding himself in the middle, without and underneath: But if he find himself within, he cannot by any means make any seizure, because he shall then be in great peril to invest himself on the point of the enemy's sword.		The selfe same he ought to doe, finding himselfe in the midle, without and underneath: But if he finde himselfe within, he cannot by any meanes make anie seasure, because he shall be then in greate perill to invest himselfe on the poynt of the enemies sworde.
	Therefore to avoid the said point or thrust, he must turn his fist and deliver an edgeblow at the face, and withdraw himself by voiding of his foot towards the broad ward. And if he find himself beneath, & have encountered the enemy's edgeblow, either with the edge, or with the false or back of the sword, being beneath: then without any more ado, he ought to cut the legs, and void himself from the enemy's thrust. And let this be taken for a general rule: the body must be borne as far off from the enemy as it may. And blows always are to be delivered on that part which is found to be most near, be the stroke great or little. And each man is to be advertised that when he finds the enemy's weapon underneath at the hanging ward, he may safely make a seizure: but it would be done nimbly and with good courage, because he does then increase towards his enemy in the straight line, that is to say, increase on pace, and therewithall take holdfast of the enemy's sword, near the hilts thereof, yea though his hand were naked, and under his own sword presently turning his hand outwards, which of force wrests the sword out of the enemy's hand: neither ought he to fear to make seizure with his naked hand, for it is in such a place, that if should with his hand encounter a blow, happily it would not cut because the weapon has there very small force. All the hazard will be, if the enemy should draw back his sword, which causes it to cut. For in such sort it will cut mightily: but he may not give leisure or time to the enemy to draw back, but as soon as the seizure is made, he must also turn his hand outwards: in which case, the enemy has no force at all.		Therefore to avoide the saide poynt or thrust, he must turne his fist and deliver an edge-blow at the face, and withdraw himselfe by voiding of his foote towardes the broad ward. And if he finde himselfe beneath, & have encountred the enemies edgeblow, either with the edge, or with the false or backe of the sword, being beneath: then without any more adoe, he ought to cut the legges, and voide himself from the enimies thrust. And let this be taken for a generall rule: the bodie must be borne as far of from the enimy as it may. And blowes alwaies are to be delivered on that parte which is founde to be most near, be the stroke great or little. And each man is to be advertised that when he findes the enimies weapon underneath at the hanging ward, he may safely make a seisure: but it would be done nimbly and with good courage, because he doth then increase towards his enimie in the streight lyne, that is to saie increase on pace, and therewithall take holdfast of the enemies sword, nere the hiltes thereof, yea though his hand were naked, and under his owne sworde presently turning his hand outwardes, which of force wresteth the sworde out of the enimies hand: neither ought he to feare to make seisure with his naked hand, for it is in such a place, that if he should with his hand encounter a blowe, happely it would not cut because the weapo hath there verie small force. All the hazard wil be if the enimie should drawe backe his sword, which couseth it to cutte. For in such sorte it will cut mightily: but he may not give leasure or time to the enimie to drawe backe, but as soone as the seisure is made, he must also turne his hand outwards: in which case, the enimie hath no force at all.
	These manner of strikings ought and may be practiced at all other weapons. Therefore this rule ought generally to be ob- served, and that is, to bear the body different from the enemy's sword, and to strike little or much, in small time as is possible.		These maner of strikings ought and maie be practised at all other weapons. Therefore this rule ought generally to be observed, and that is, to beare the bodie different from the enimies sword, and to strike litle or much, in as small time as is possible.
	And if one would in delivering of a great edgeblow, use small motion and spend little time he ought as soon as he has struck, to draw or slide his sword, thereby causing it to cut: for otherwise an edgeblow is to no purpose, although it be very forcibly delivered, especially when it lights on any soft or limber thing: but being drawn, it does every way cut greatly.		And if one would in delivering of a great edge blowe, use small motion and spende little time hee ought as soone as he hath stroken, to drawe or slide his sword, thereby causing it to cute: for otherwise an edge-blowe is to no purpose, although it be verie forcibly delivered, especialy when it lighteth on any soft or limber thing: but being drawen, it doth every way cute greatly.
	OF SWORD AND DAGGER, OR RAPIER AND DAGGER. All the wards which are laid down for the single sword, may likewise be given for the sword and dagger. And there is greater reason why they should be termed wards in the handling of this, than of the single sword, because albeit the sword is borne unorderly, & with such disadvantage, that it wards in a manner no part of the body, yet there is a dagger which continually stands at his defense, in which case, it is not convenient that a man lift up both his arms and leave his body open to the enemy: for it is neither agreeable to true, neither to false art considering that in each of them the endeavor is to overcome. And this manner of lifting up the arms, is as if a man would of purpose be overcome: Therefore, when in this deceitful and false art, one is to use two weapons, he must take heed that he bear the one continually at his defense, and to handle the other every way to molest the enemy: sometime framing one ward, sometimes an other : and in each of them to false, that is, to feign a thrust, and deliver a thrust, to false a thrust, and give an edgeblow: and otherwise also, to false an edgeblow, and to deliver an edgeblow. And in all these ways to remember, that the blow be continually different from the false: That is, if the thrust be falsed above to drive it home below: If within, yet to strike without, and falsing an edgeblow above, to bestow it beneath: or falsing a right blow, to strike with the reverse: or sometimes with a right blow, but yet differing from the other. And after an edgeblow on high, to deliver a reverse below. In fine, to make all such mixture of blows, as may bear all these contrarieties following, to wit, the point, the edge, high, low, right, reversed, within, without. But, I see not how one may practice any deceit with the dagger, the which is not openly dangerous. As for example, to widen it and discover some part of the body to the enemy, thereby provoking him to move, and then warding, to strike him, being so disappointed: but in my opinion, these sorts of falses of discovering the body, ought not to be used: For it behooves a man, first, safely defend to himself, and then to offend the enemy, the which he cannot do, in the practice of the said falses, if he chance to deal with an enemy that is courageous and skillful. But this manner of falsing next following, is to be practiced last of all other, and as it were in desperate cases. And it is, either to feign, as though he would forcibly fling his dagger at the enemy's face, (from the which false, he shall doubtless procure the enemy to ward himself, either by lifting up the arms, or by retiring himself, or by moving towards one side of other, in which travail & time, a man that is very wary and nimble, may safely hurt him) or else instead of falsing a blow, to fling the dagger indeed at the enemy's face. In which chance or occasion, it is necessary that he have the skill how to stick the dagger with the point. But yet howsoever it chance, the coming of the dagger in such sort, does so greatly trouble and disorder the enemy, that if a man step in nimbly, he may safely hurt him.		Of sword and dagger, or Rapier and dagger. AL the wardes which are laide downe for the single sword, may likewise be given for the sworde and dagger. And there is greater reason why they should be termed wardes in the handling of this, than of the single sword, because albeit the sword is borne unorderly, & with such disadvantage, that it wardeth in a maner no parte of the bodie, yet there is a dagger which continually standeth at his defence, in which case, it is not convenient that a man lift up both his armes and leave his bodie open to the enimie: for it is neither agreeable to true, neither to false arte considering that in each of them the endevor is to overcome. And this manner of lifting up the armes, is as if a man wold of purpose be overcome: Therefore, when in this deceitfull and false arte, one is to use two weapons, he must take hede that he beare the one cotinually at his defence, and to handle the other everie waye to molest the enimie: somtime framing one warde, somtimes an other: and in each of them to false, that is to faine a thrust, and deliver a thrust, to false a thrust, and give an edge-blowe: and otherwise also, to false an edge-blowe, and to deliver an edge-blowe. And in all these wayes to remember, that the blowe be continually different from the false: That is, if the thrust be falsed above to drive it home belowe: If within, yet to strike it without, and falsing an edgeblowe above, to bestowe it beneath: or falsing a right blowe, to strike with the reverse: or sometimes with a right blowe, but yet differing from the other. And after an edgeblowe on high, to deliver a reverse belowe. In fine, to make all such mixture of blowes, as may beare all these contrarieties following, to wit, the point, the edge, high, lowe, right, reversed, within, without. But, I see not howe one may practise any deceit with the dagger, the which is not openly daungerous. As for example, to widen it and discover some part of the bodie to the enemie, thereby provoking him to move, and then warding, to strike him, being so disapointed: but in my opinion, these sortes of falses of discovering the bodie, ought not to be used: For it behoveth a man, first, safely to defend himselfe, and then to offend the enimie, the which he cannot do, in the practise of the said falses, if he chaunce to deale with an enimie that is couragious and skilfull. But this manner of falsing next following, is to be practised last of all other, and as it were in desperate cases. And it is, either to faine, as though he would forcibly fling his dagger at the enemies face, (fro the which false, he shal doubtles procure the enemie to warde himselfe, either by lifting up his armes, or by retyring himself, or by moving towards one side or other, in which travaile & time, a man that is verie warie and nimble, may safely hurt him:) or els in steede of falsing a blowe, to fling the dagger in deede at the enimies face. In which chaunce or occasion, it is necessarie that he have the skill how to sticke the dagger with the poynt. But het howsoever it chaunce, the comming of the dagger in such sort, doth so greatly trouble and disorder the enemie, that if a man step in nimbly, he may safely hurt him.
	These deceits and falses, of the sword and dagger, may be warded according as a man finds it most commodious either with the sword, or else with the dagger, not regarding at all (as in true art) to defend the left side with the dagger, and the right side with the sword: For in this false art men consider not either of advantage, time, or measure, but always their manner is (as soon as they have found the enemy's sword) to strike by the most short way, be it either with the edge, or point, notwithstanding the blow be not forcible, but only touch weakly & scarcely: for in play, so it touch any way, it is accounted for victory.		These deceits and falses, of the sword and dagger, may be warded according as a man findes it most commodious either with the sworde, or els with the dagger, not regarding at all (as in true arte) to defend the left side with the dagger, and the right side with the sword: For in this false arte men consider not either of advantage, time, or measure, but alwaies their manner is (as soone as they have found the enimies sword) to strike by the most short waie, be it either with the edge, or point, notwithstanding the blowe be not forcible, but onely touch weakely & scarsly: for in plaie, so it touch any waie, it is accounted for victorie.
	Concerning taking holdfast, or seizing the enemy's sword, I commend not in any case, that seizure be made with the left hand, by casting a way of the dagger, as else I have seen it practiced: but rather that it be done keeping the sword and dagger fast in hand. And although this seem impossible, yet every one that is nimble & strong of arm, may safely do it. And this seizure is used aswell under an edgeblow, as under a thrust in the manner following.		Concerning taking holdfast, or seising the enimies sword, I commend not in an y case, that seisure be made with the left hand, by casting away of the dagger, as else where I have seene it practised: but rather that it be done keeping the sword and dagger fast in hand. And although this seeme unpossible, yet every one that is nimble & strong of arme, may safely do it. And this seisure is used aswell under an edgeblowe, as under a thrust in manner following.
	When an edgeblow or thrust comes above, it must be encountered with the sword without, on the third or fourth part of the enemy's sword, and with the dagger born within, on the first or second part thereof: having thus suddenly taken the enemy's sword in the middle, to turn forcibly the enemy's sword outwards with the dagger, keeping the sword steadfast, and as straight towards the enemy as possible by means whereof it may the more easily be turned. And there is no doubt but the enemy's sword may be wrung out of his hand, and look how much nearer the point it is taken, so much the more easily it is turned or wrested outwards, because it makes the greater circle, and the enemy has but small force to resist that motion.		When the edge blowe or thrust commeth above, it must be incountred with the sword without, on the third or fourth parte of the enimies sword, and with the dagger borne within, on the first or second parte thereof: having thus sodenly taken the enimies sword in the middle, to turne forciblie the enimies sword outwardes with the dagger, keeping the sword stedfast, and as streight towards the enimie as is possible by meanes whereof it may the more easely be turned. And there is no doubt but the enimies sworde may be wrong out of his hand, and looke how much nearer the poynt it is taken, so much the more easelie it is turned or wrested outwards, because it maketh the greater circle, and the enimie hath but smal force to resist that motion.
	OF SWORD AND CLOAK, OR RAPIER AND CLOAK For to deceive the enemy with the cloak, it is necessary to know how many ways it may serve the turn, and to be skillful how to fold it orderly about the arm, and how to take advantage by the largeness thereof: and farther to understand how to defend, and how to offend and hinder the enemy therewith, because it fails not always, that men fight with their cloak wrapped about the arm, and the sword in hand, Therefore it is the part of a wise man, to know also how to handle the cloak after any other manner.		Of Sword and Cloke, or Rapier and Cloke. FOR to desceyve the enimie with the cloake, it is necessarie to know how many waies it may serve the turne, and to be skilfull how to fould it orderly about the arme, and how to take advantage by the largenes thereof: and farther to understand how to defend, and how to offend and hinder the enimie therewith, because it fales not out alwaies, that men fight with their cloake wrapped about the arme, and the sword in hand, Therefore it is the parte of a wise man, to knowe also how to handle the cloake after any other manner.
	Wherefore one may get the advantage of the Cloak, both when it is about his body, and when it is folded about his arm: The Cloak eing about the arm in this manner. When it chances that any man to bicker with his enemy, with whom he is at point to join, but yet happily wears about him at that instant no kind of weapon, whereas his enemy is weaponed, & threatens him, then by taking both sides of the cloak as near the collar as is possible, he may draw if over his own head, and throw it at his enemy's face, who then being entangled and blinded there with, may either be thrown down, or disfurnished of his weapon very easily by him that is nimble, especially if he have to deal against one who is slow. A man may after another manner take the advantage of the cloak which the enemy wears, by taking with one hand both sides thereof, near the collar: which sides being strongly held, cause the cloak to be a gin being violently held, and plucked with one hand, he may so forcibly strike him with the other on the face or visage, that he will go near hand to break his neck.		Wherefore one may get the advatage of the cloke, both when it is about his bodie, and when it is folded about his arme: The cloke being about the arme in this maner. When it chaunceth any man to bicker with his enimie, whith whom he is at poynt to joyne, but yet happelie weareth about him at that instant no kind of weapon, whereas his enimie is weaponed, & threatneth him, then by taking both sides of the cloake as neare the coller as is possible, he may draw it over his owne head, and throwe it at his enimies face, who then being intangled and blinded there with, may either be throwen downe, or disfurnished of his weapon very easely by him that is nimble, especially if he have to deale against one that is slow. A man may after an other manner take the advantage of the cloake which the enimie weareth, by taking with one hande both sides thereof, neere the coller: which sides being strongly holden, cause the cloak to be a ginne or snare about the enimes necke, the which ginne being violently haled, and plucked with one hande, he may so forciblie strike him with the other on the face or visage, that he will goe neere hande to breake his necke.
	There be many other ways whereby one may prevail with the cloak, to the greatest part whereof, men of mean judgment may easily attain unto. Therefore when one has his cloak on his arm, and sword in his hand, the advantage he gets thereby, besides the warding of blows, for that has been declared in the true art is, that he may molest his enemy by falsing to fling his cloak, and then to fling it in deed. But to false the flinging of the cloak is very dangerous, because it may not be done but in long time. And the very flinging of the cloak, is as it were a preparation to get the victory, and is in a manner rather true art then deceit, considering it is done by the straight or some other short line: neither for any other cause is this the rather here laid down, in deceit, then before in true art, then for that when one overcomes by this means, he seems not to conquer manfully, because he strikes the enemy before blinded with the cloak. Therefore when one minds to fling his cloak, he may either do it from and with his arm, or else with his sword: in so doing it is necessary, that he have not the cloak too much wrapped about his arm: I say, not above twice, neither to hold it straight or fast with his hand, that thereby he may be the better able when occasion serves to fling it more easily. If therefore he would fling it with his arm, and have it go with such fury, and make such effect as is required, he must of force join to the flinging thereof the increase of a pace, on that side where the cloak is, but first of all he must encounter, either find, either so endure the enemy's sword, that by the means of the increase of that pace it may do no hurt.		There be manie other waies whereby one may prevaile with the cloake, to the greatest parte whereof, men of meane judgment may easely attaine unto. Therefore when one hath his cloake on his arme, and sword in his hand, the advantage that he getteth therby, besides the warding of blowes, for that hath bene declared in the true arte is, that he may molest his enimie by falsing to fling his cloake, and then to flinge it in deed. But to false the flingyng of the clok is verie daungerous, because it may not be done but in long time. And the verie flinging of the cloake, is as it were a preparation to get the victorie, and is in a manner rather true art then deceit, cosidering it is don by the streyght or some other shorte line: neither for any other cause is this the rather here laide downe, in deceite, then before in true arte, then for that when one overcometh by theis meanes, he seemes not to conquere manfully, because he strikes the enimie before blinded with the cloake, wherefore when one mindeth to flinge his cloake, he may either do it from and with his arme, or else with his sword: and in so doing it is necessarie, that he have not the cloake too much wrapped about his arme: I saie, not above twice, neither to hold it streight or fast with his hande, that thereby he may be the better able when occasion serveth to fling it the more easelie. If therefore he would fling it with his arme, and have it goe with such fury, and make such effect as is required, he must of force joyne to the flinging thereof the increase of a pace, on that side where the cloake is, but first of all he must incounter, either finde, either so ensure the enimies sword, that by the meanes of the increase of that pace it may do no hurte.
	And it is requisite in every occasion, that he find himselfto stand without: and when either an edgeblow or a thrust comes, be it above or in the middle, as soon as he has warded it with his sword, he shall increase a pace and fling his cloak, howsoev- er it be folded, either from the collar, either from any other part, or else to hale it off from his shoulder, although it be on his shoulder: and in this order it is easily thrown, & is thereby the more widened in such sort, that the enemy is the more entangled and snared therewith.		And it is requisite in everie occasion, that he finde himselfe to stand without: and when either an edgeblow or a thrust comes, be it above or in the middle, as soone as he hath warded it with his sword, he shall increase a pace and fling his cloake, how soever it be folded, either from the coller, either from any other parte, or else to hale it off from his shoulder, although it bee on his shoulder: and in this order it is easelie throwne, & is thereby the more widned in such sort, that the enimie is the more entangled and snared therewith.
	Concerning the flinging of the cloak with the sword, I say, it may be thrown either with the point, either with the edge: with the point when one stands at the low ward with the right foot behind, and the cloak before: In which case the cloak that would be well and thick doubled and placed on the arm, but not wrapped. And instead of driving a thrust with the point which shall be hidden behind the cloak, he shall take the cloak on the point of the sword, and with the increase of a pace, force it at the enemy's face. And in this manner the cloak is so forcibly, and so covertly delivered and flung, that the enemy is neither aware of it, neither can avoid it, but of force it lights on his face, by means whereof, he may be struck at pleasure in any part of the body.		Concerning the flinging of the cloake with the sword, I saie, it may be throwen either with the point, either with the edge: with the poynt when one standeth at the lowe warde with the right foote behinde, and the cloake before: In which case the cloake would be well and thicke doubled and placed on the arme, but not wrapped. And in steed of driving a thrust with the poynt which shalbe hidden behinde the cloake, he shal take the cloake on the poynt of the sworde, and with the increase of a pace, force it at the enimies face. And in this maner the cloake is so forciblie, and so covertly delivered and flinged, that the enimie is neither aware of it, neither can avoyde it, but of force it lighteth on his face, by meanes whereof, he may be stroken at pleasure in any parte of the bodie.
	The cloak may be flung or thrown with the edge of the sword, when one stands at the low ward, with the point of the sword turned backwards, one the left side and the cloak upon it, folded at large upon the arm up to the elbow: but not fast wrapped about it, and whilst he falses a reverse, he may take the cloak on the edge of the sword and fling it towards the enemy, and then strike him with such a blow as shall be then most fit for his advantage deliver.		The cloake may be flong or throwen with the edge of the sworde, when one standeth at the lowe warde, with the poynt of the sword turned backewardes, one the left side and the cloake upon it, folded at large upon the arme up to the elbowe: but not fast wrapped about it, and whilest he falseth a reverse, he may take the cloake on the edge of the sword and fling it towards the enimie, and then strike him with such a blow as shal be then most fit for his advantage deliver.
	Many other deceits there may be declared of the cloak, aswell of flinging as of falsing it : but because I think these to be sufficient for an example to frame many other by, I make an end.		Manie other deceites there might be declared of the cloake, aswell of flinging as of falsing it: but because I thinke these to be sufficient for an example to frame manie other by, I make and ende.
	FALSING OF BLOWS, OF SWORD AND BUCKLER SQUARE TARGET, AND ROUND TARGET Being of the opinion that as touching deceit, there is but one consideration to be had of all these three weapons, and for because all the difference which may be between them is laid down and declared in the true art, in the consideration of form of each of them: Therefore I am willing rather to restrain myself, then to endeavor to fill the lease with the idle repetition of one thing twice.		Of Sword and buckler, Square Target and round Target. BEing of opinion that as touching deceite, there is but one consideration to be had of all these three weapons, and for because all the difference which may be between them is laide downe and declared in the true arte, in the consideration of the forme of each of them: Therefore I am willing rather to restraine my selfe, then to indevoure to fill the leafe with the idle repetition of one thing twice.
	All these three weapons ought to be borne in the fist, the arm stretched out forwards, and this is evidently seen in the square Target and buckler: the round Target also, because by reason of his greatness and weight, it may not be held in the only fist, & forward, in which kind of holding, it would ward much more is borne on the arm, being stretched forth with the fist forwards, which is in manner all one, or the self same. Therefore one may false as much with the one as with the other, considering there is no other false used with them then to discover and frame diverse wards, bearing no respect to any advantage. And yet there is this difference between them, that with the round Target, one may easily ward both edgeblows and thrusts, and with the square Target, better than with any other, he may ward edgeblows, because it is of square form: and the edge of the sword may easily be retained with the straight side thereof, which is not so easily done with the buckler: for over and be- sides the warding of thrusts, the buckler is not so sure of itself, but requires aid of the sword. Edgeblows also when they come a thwart (for in that case, they encounter the circumference thereof: the which if it chance, the sword not to encounter on the diameter, or half, in which place the sword is only stayed, but does encounter it, either beneath, either above the said diameter (may easily slip and strike either the head or thighs : therefore let every man take heed and remember, that in striking at the buckler, either with the point or edge of the sword, he deliver it crossing or a thwart.		All theis three weapons ought to be borne in the fist, the arme stretched out forwardes, and this is evidently seene in the square Target and buckler: the round Target also, because by reason of his greatnes and waight, it may not be holden in the onelie fist, & forwarde, in which kind of holding, it would warde much more is borne on the arme, being stretched foorth with the fist forwardes, which is in manner all one, or the selfe same. Therefore one may false as much with the one as with the other, considering there is no other false used with them then to discover and frame divers wards, bearing no respect to any advantage. And yet there is this difference betwene them, that with the round Target, one may easely warde both edgeblowes and thrustes, and with the square Target, better than with any other, he may warde edgeblowes, because it is of square forme: and the edge of the sword may easely be retained with the streight side thereof, which is not so easely done with the buckler: for over and besides the warding of thrustes, the buckler is not so sure of itself, but requireth aide of the sworde. Edge-blowes also when they come a thwart (for in that case, they incounter the circumference thereof: the which if it chaunce, the sword not to encounter on the diameter, or halfe, in which place the sword is onelie staied, but doth encounter it, either beneath, either above the saide diameter) maie easelie slippe and strike either the heade or thighs: therfore let everie man take heede and remember, that in striking at the buckler, either with the poynte or edge of the sword, he deliver it crossing or athwarte.
	As concerning the falses and deceits, which may be used in the handling of these weapons, as at the single sword, they are infinite, so at these weapons they are much more, if the number of infinite may be exceeded. For besides, that with the sword one may false a thrust, an edgeblow, on high, a low, within without, and frame diverse other unorderly wards, There remains one deceit or false properly belonging unto these, which is, to bear the buckler, square Target, or round Target, wide from the body, and therewithall to discover himself, to the end the enemy may be hindered, and lose time in striking, being therewithall sure & nimble to defend himself & offend the enemy. And this he may practice in every ward, but more easily with the square Target than with the other two, because it is big and large enough, & may easily encounter and find the enemy's when it comes striking: but this happens not in the round Target, because his form is circular, neither in the buckler, because, besides his roundness, it is also small: by means of which two things, blows are very hardly encountered except a man be very much exercised in the handling thereof. And because there are two weapons, the one of offense, and the other of defense: it is to be considered, that when by means of a false thrust or edgeblow, the enemy's round Target, square Target or buckler, is only bound to his ward, and his sword remains free and at liberty, one resolve himself to strike immediately after the falsed thrust, for then he may very easily be hurt by the enemy's sword. Therefore let him remember for the most part, to false such thrusts, against the which, besides the weapon of defense, the sword be also bound to his ward, or else to false edgeblows from the knee downwards: for seeing the round target, or any of the other two, may not be used in that placed at his defense, which as soon as it is found, and thereby ensured that it may do no hurt, a man may then step forwards, and deliver such a blow as he best may without danger.		As concerning the falses and deceites, which may used in the handling of theis weapons, as at the single sworde, they are infinite, so at theis weapons they are much more, if the number of infinite may be exceded. For besides, that with the sword one may false a thrust, an edgeblowe, on high, alowe, within, without, and frame divers other unorderlie wardes, There remaineth one deceite or false properlie belonging unto theis, which is, to beare the buckler, square Target, or round Target, wide from the bodie, and therewithall to discover himselfe, to the end the enimie may be hindred, and lose time in striking, being therewithal sure & nimble to defend himself & offend the enimie. And this he may practise in everie ward, but more easelie with the square Target than with the other two, because it is bigge and large inough, & may easelie encounter and find the enimies when it commeth striking: but this happeneth not in the round Target, because his forme is circuler, neither in the buckler, because, besides his roundnes, it is also small: by meanes of which two things, blowes are very hardly encountred except a man be very much exercised in the handling thereof. And because there are two weapons, the one of offence, and the other of defence: it is to be considered, that when by meanes of a false thrust or degblowe, the enimies round Target, square Target or buckler, is onely bound to his warde, and his sword remaines free and at libertie, one resolve not himselfe to strike immediatly after the falced thrust, for then he may verie easelie be hurt by the enimies sword. Therefore let him remember for the most parte, to false such thrustes, against the which, besides the weapon of defence, the sword be also bound to his warde, or else to false edgeblowes from the knee downewards: for seeing the round target, or any of the other two, may not be used in that place, of force the sword must be there placed at his defence, which as soone as it is found, and thereby ensured that it may do no hurte, a man may then step forwardes, and deliver such a blowe as he best may without daunger.
	AN ADVERTISEMENT CONCERNING THE DEFENSES OF THE FALSE OF THE ROUND TARGET. Every time one uses to false with round Target, square Target, and buckler, or as I may better say, with the sword accompa- nied with them, he falses either an edgeblow, either a thrust, either leaves some part of the body before discovered. Against all the falses of the edge, which come from the knee upwards, the round Target or any of the rest, must be oppressed, and then suddenly under them a thrust be delivered, against that part which is most disarmed. But if blows come from the knee downwards, they of force must be encountered with the sword, and always with the false or back edge thereof, whether that the blow be right or reversed: & therewithall the enemy's leg must be cut with the edge prepared without moving either the feet or the body. And this manner of striking is so short that it safely speeds. Moreover, all thrusts and other edgeblows, aswell high as low may, nay rather ought to be warded, by accompanying the target or other weapon of defense with the sword, whose point would be bent towards the enemy, & as soon as the enemy's sword is encountered, if it be done with the false edge of the sword, there is no other to be done, then to cut his face or legs.		An advertisement concerning the defences of the false of the round Target. EVerie time that one useth to false with round Target, square Target, and buckler, or as I may better saie, with the sword accompanied with them, he falseth either an edge-blowe, either a thrust, either leaveth some parte of the bodie before discogered. Against all the falces of the edge, which come from the knee upwards, the round Target or any of the rest, must be oppressed, and then suddenly them a thrust be delivered, against that parte which is most disarmed. But if blowes come from the knee downwardes, they of force must be encountred with the sword, and alwaies with the false, or backe edge thereof, whether that the blowe be right or reversed: & therewithall the enimies legge must be cutt with the edge prepared without moving either the feete or bodie. And this manner of striking is so shorte that it safely spedeth. Moreover, all thrusts and other edgeblowes, aswell high as lowe may, naie rather ought to be warded, by accompaning the target or other weapon of defence with the sword, whose poynt would be bent towards the enimie, & as soone as the enimies sword is encountred, if it be done with the false edge of the sword, there is no other to be done, then to cut his face or legges.
	But if the sword be encountered with the right edge then if he would strike with the edge, he must of force first turn his hand and so cut. And this manner of striking and defending, does properly belong unto the round Target, square Target and buckler, and all other ways are but ane and to small purpose: for to encounter first and then to strike, causes a man to find himself either within the enemy's Target or sword, by which means he may easily strike, before either the sword or Target may ward again.		But if the sword be encountred with the right edge then if he would strik with the edge, he must of force first turne his hand and so cute. And this manner of striking and defending, doth properlie belong unto the round Target, square Target and buckler, and all other waies are but vaine and to small purpose: for to encounter first and then to strike, causeth a man to finde himselfe either within the enimies Target or sword, by which meanes he may easelie strike, before either the sword or Target may warde againe.
	But if any man ask why this kind of blow carries small force, and is but weak? I answer, true it is, the blow is but weak, if it were delivered with an axe or a hatchet, which as they say, have but short edges, and makes but one kind of blow, but if it be delivered with a good sword in the foresaid manner, because it bears a long edge, it does commodiously cut, as soon as the edge has found the enemy's sword, and especially on those parts of the body which are fleshly and full of sinews. Therefore speaking of deceit or falsing, a man must always with the sword and round Target and such like, go and encounter the enemy's blows, being accompanied together. And as soon as he has found the enemy's sword, he shall within it, cut either the face or the legs, without any further recovery of his sword, to the intent to deliver either thrusts, or greater edgeblows: for if one would both defend and strike together, that is the most short way that is.		But if any man aske why this kind of blowe carrieth small force, and is but weake: I aunswer, true it is, the blowe is but weake, if it were delivered with an axe or a hatchet, which as they saie, have but short edges, and maketh but one kind of blowe, but if it be delivered with a good sword in the foresaide manner, because it beareth a long edge, it doth commodiously cut, as soone as the edge hath founde the enimies sword, and especially on those partes of the bodie which are fleshly and full of sinnowes. Therefore speaking of deceite or falsing, a man must alwaies with the sword and round Target and such like, goe and encounter the enimies blowes, being accompanied to gether. And as soone as he hath found the enimies sword, he shall within it, cute either the face or the leggs, without any farthar recoverie of his sword, to the intent to deliver either thrustes, or greater edgeblowes: for if one would both defende and strike togeither, this is the most shorte waie that is.
	But when the enemy discovers some part of his body, thereby provoking his adversary to strike, and then would beat off the blow and strike him withal: in this case, either a man must not strike if he perceive not that his sword is most near the enemy, then his own Target is to the enemy's sword, or else if he would strike and be further off, he must recover his sword and void the enemy's blow, striking commodiously ether above ether somewhere else. And it is a very easy matter to lose much time, for the Target and such like are heavy, And if these motions meet with no object or stay, they pass beyond their strength. But if it so happen or chance, as I have before said, that a man finds himself more near to hurt then the enemy, then the enemy is ready to defend himself, then he must not false a blow first, and then recover his sword, but strike and drive it home at first, as resolutely and as nimbly as he may possibly: and this manner of striking pertains rather to the true art then to deceit or falsing.		But when the enimie discovereth some parte of his bodie, thereby provoking his adversary to strike, and then would beate off the blowe and strike withall: in this case, either a man must not strike if he perceve not that his sword is more neare the enimy, then his owne Target is to the enimies sword, or else if he strik and be further off, he must recover his sword & void the enimies blowe, striking comodiously ether above ether some wher els. And it is a very easie mater to lose much time, for the Target and such like are heavie, And if these motions meete with no object or steye, they passe beyond their strength. But if it so happen or chaunce, as I have before saide, that a man findes himselfe more neare to hurte the enimie, then the enimie is readie to defend himselfe, then he must not false a blow first, & then recover his sword, but strik & drive it home at the first, as resolutlie & as nimblie as he may posiblie: & this manner of striking pertaineth rather to true art then to deceit or falsing.
	OF THE FALSES OF THE TWO SWORDS: OR RAPIERS These kind of weapons have so great liberty of striking or warding, and are so intermeddled the one with the other, as no other sort of weapon is, which I may compare with these. There may be framed an infinite company of wards with these weapons, and all of them sure, except two, which are framed and borne without, and are these as follows.
	To bear both swords with their points backward: for this manner of warding, is as if one would of purpose cause himself to be slain: or else to bear both aloft, which a man may hardly sustain, considering the paizes of the swords are naturally heavy and tend downwards, so that the arms are much encumbered thereby. Therefore from these two which are framed without, shall be laid down, all those which may be found and may be framed in the handling of these weapons: as for example, high wards, low, wide, altered, diminished, and all those wards which are mixed, as to frame with one sword the high ward, with the other the broad ward, and to frame the low and broad ward, the high and low ward, two low wards, and two broad wards: but yet these last two are as painful as the two high wards, and therefore shall not be used. Moreover, a man may bear one sword with the point forwards, and the other backwards, and he may further, very easily find out and practice diverse other ways, if he consider in how many ways a man may move his hands, his arms, his feet, and his whole person: for each of these motions are sufficient of themselves, to alter the ward. In all these wards, he may with either hand and sword, practice to false against the enemy, sometimes by feigning, sometimes by discovery. And this is properly belonging to these weapons, to wit, to false with one, and to strike home, either with the self same, or with the other weapon: and likewise discover with the one, and ward with the self same, or with the other, the which never yet to this day was or might be done with any other weapon. For in the handling of other weapons, that which falses, does in like manner strike home, so that of force, there are spent two times: for which consideration men hold opinion, that falsing is occasion both of great hurt, and also of loss of time. But yet this happens not in these weapons, which forasmuch as they are two, and are of equal power both in striking and defending, may be handled both after one fashion. And presupposing always that one is skillful to handle the one aswell as the other, he may discharge at self same time two thrusts, two edgeblows, both right and reversed.
	But if he would exercise himself only in sport and play, he shall then continually use to strike his enemy with one, and defend his person with the other. Therefore when one deals against an enemy that has two swords, one of the which may always increase a pace, and strike either with a thrust, or with the edge, from that sword he must take heed to ward himself, for it is very forcible, and always brings great danger and peril with it: The other sword which was before, makes no increase of pace and therefore cannot strike more then the defense and strength of the arm will bear, and that is weak to strike, but yet very strong to defend: and the self same accidents and qualities, which are found to be in the enemy, are incident also to ourselves. Wherefore one finds that he stands with his right foot before, be it in any ward whatsoever, he may false with the fore sword and strike home with the same, or else he may false with his hind sword, and strike with the self same: or else after a third way, to wit, to false with the one, and hit home with the other: And this kind of false, does more properly belong to the two swords then any other, but yet he must take heed and very well remember that while he falses with the one, and would strike home with the same, that he bear the other directly opposite against the enemy. For whilst the enemy is bound to ward the false, and homeblowe of the one sword, he may come in with the other and strike, if he find any place either discovered or easy to enter: So that bearing this rule continually in remembrance, which is in the fight of two swords, to bear always the one directly against the enemy, to the intent to hinder him, that he resolve not himself to enter, he shall endeavor to false, sometimes with the one, and sometimes with the other sword, sometimes a thrust, sometimes an edgeblow, and then to drive it home, either with the same sword that falses, or else with the other. But in practice, and doing of all of this, it is required that he be of deep judgment, knowing presently upon the false, what art of the body the enemy discovers, increasing thither, and investing the enemy with that sword which is most nigh to that part, and with the which he may most safely strike.
	And it is to be considered, that it is a very strong and short way of striking, to false with the fore sword either a thrust or an edgeblow, and to false them not once or twice, but diverse times, now aloft, now beneath, sometimes with a thrust, some times with an edgeblow, to the intent, to blind and occupy the enemy's both swords, and at last when fit occasion serves, to strike it home with the hind sword: but yet always with the increase of a pace. The false which may be practice with the hind sword, is unprofitable being make without the motion of a pace, for it is so short that it is to no purpose. Therefore it cannot busy the enemy's swords in such manner, that it may force him either to discover or disorder his body. From whence it may be gathered, that after this false of the hind sword, it is no sure play to strike either with the self same hind sword, or else with the fore sword, because the enemy was neither in any part discovered or troubled. The best thing therefore that may be done, if one would false with the hind sword, is, to drive either a thrust or an edgeblow, resolutely striking with the increase of a pace, and as the enemy moves to defend himself, to strike him with the same sword, in some place that is discovered: For he cannot strike with the other sword for by that means of the increase of the hind sword, that the sword which was before, remains now behind, So that it may not strike, except it increase a pace, and to increase again, were to spend much time. Therefore when one endeavors with the increase of a pace to force his sword within, he shall assay to strike it home, with the self same sword because as I have before said, to strike with the other were too long. Wherefore I will lay down this for a rule, in the handling of these weapons, that if a man false with the fore sword, he may also strike home with the same or with the other, so that he increase And if he false with the hind sword, he shall presently, and resolutely force the blow home with the same sword, but yet with the increase of a pace: but if he do not fully deliver it, he shall again procure immediately to strike home with the self same sword, either with a thrust, or edgeblow, be it high or low, as at that instant shall be most commodious to serve the turn.
	AN ADVERTISEMENT CONCERNING THE DEFENSES OF THE TWO SWORDS, OR RAPIERS. In sport or play one may stand every way against the enemy, to wit, if the enemy be on high, to settle himself at his ward, low or broad. But it is more gallant to behold and more commodious indeed to place himself against the enemy in the very self same foot before, and in the very same site that he is in, either high or low. For standing in such manner, the enemy may hardly endeavor with his false, to trouble or busy both swords. And moreover it must be considered, that the fore sword is that which wards both falses, and resolute blows, the which it does very easily perform: For it be borne aloft, then by the bending of the point down, it defends that part of the body, to the which it is turned. Remembering therefore these rules, which are, to stand every way as the enemy does, and to ward his falses with the fore sword, I say, where any falses or blows come: then as soon as he has warded them with the fore sword, he shall increase a slope pace, and with the hind sword deliver either a thrust at some discovered place, either a right blow with the edge at the legs, or else (which is better) shall fetch a reverse, either athwart the face, or else athwart the arms, and his blow does most easily speed: for the enemy's fore sword is occupied, and his hind sword cannot come to oppose itself against this blow: neither may it so easily strike, because (by the increase of the foresaid slope pace) the body is moved out of the straight line, so that the enemy may not so commodiously strike with his hind sword, but that he shall be first struck on the face or on the arms.
	Wherefore, let every man resolve himself, (as soon as he has encountered the enemy's sword with his own fore sword) that he step in and strike with his hind sword. Neither, let him stand in fear of the enemy's hind sword: for either it cannot hurt because the body is voided (as I have said,) or else, if it may, it must presently provide to stand to his defense, and thereto is so bound, that it may do no manner of hurt.
	FALSING OF BLOWS, OF THE TWO HAND SWORD. For the deceits and falses of the two hand sword, there is no more regard to be taken in the handling thereof single, that is, one to one, then there is, when it is used among many: only this end is to be purposed, to wit, to move and handle with all nimbleness and dexterity, aswell the edge as the point, fetching those great circular and unruly compassings, therewith as his form, greatness, and manner of holding requires.
	Neither ought a man so much regard to fetch a small or great compass, or to strike more with the point then with the edge, but must believe only that the victory consists in the nimble and active guiding there of any manner of way. Therefore there may be framed many wards, of all the which, being a thing superfluous to reason of, I will handle only six of them, which are most commodious and usual: whereof the first may be called the high ward, the second the broad ward, the third the low ward, from which there springs all other three, towards the other side, making six in all.
	The high ward is framed by bearing the sword and arms lifted up on high and wide from the body, with the point of sword turned towards that part, as that arm is, whose hand is place by the cross, that is to say, if the right hand shall be at the cross, and the right foot before, to bear also the sword, with his point towards that side.
	There is also an other high ward opposite to this and that is, without moving the feet at all to turn the point towards the other side, that is, towards the left side and to cross the arms. And it is to be noted, that in this high ward, be it on what side it will, the sword is to be borne with the point turned downwards.
	The second is the broad ward, and must be framed with the arms widened from the body, not high but straight. And from this springs and is framed another broad ward, turned towards the other side by crossing of the arms.
	And the third is the low ward, and in this the sword would be borne with the point somewhat upwards. And this ward has his opposite or contrary, by turning the sword on the other side, and crossing the arms. There may be framed many other wards: As for example, to bear the sword on high, with the point backwards, to the intent to drive a down right, or cleaving edgeblow: or else to bear it low with the point backwards, to the intent to drive it from beneath upwards. But in these wards falses are to small purpose: And if there be any one of them worth using, it should be the false of an edgeblow, the which at two hand sword is not to be used at all, because there is much time lost considering that immediately after the false, he must strike home with an edgeblow. For it is not commodious at the two hand sword, to false an edgeblow, and deliver home a thrust, because the weight or swing of the sword in delivering an edgeblow, transports the arms beyond their strength, so that they may very difficultly withhold the blow to such purpose, that they may be ale as it were in that instant to deliver a thrust. Therefore the false that should be used at the two hand sword, ought always to be framed with a thrust, and then an edgeblow right or reversed to be delivered, or else to false a high thrust, and deliver it beneath or elsewhere. But yet if one would needs false an edgeblow, let him do it with the false edge of the sword, then turning it in full circle, to deliver home the edgeblow, and in striking always to increase a pace. But when this false of the back or false edge is practiced, the arms being crossed, then if he would step forwards to strike he must increase a pace with the right foot. And if in any of these wards he would false a thrust, which is the best that may be used at the two hand sword, he must observe the very same notes and rules concerning the increasing of the pace. Further the thrust is falsed, and the edgeblow delivered home at the two hand sword for no other cause or consideration, then for that the said edgeblow is far more forcible then the thrust: For the two hand sword is long, by means whereof, in the delivery of the edgeblow, it makes a great circle. And moreover, it so weighty that very little and small strength, makes and forces the blow to go with great violence. But for as much as the striking with the edge is very dangerous considering it spends much time, and especially in the great compassing of the two hand sword, under which time wary and active persons may with the sword or other weapon give a thrust, Therefore for the avoiding of this danger, he must before he determine with himself to strike with the edge, first drive on a thrust, rather resolute then falsed, and as far forwards as both arms will stretch. In doing of the which, he shall force the enemy to retire so much, that he may easily thereupon deliver his edgeblow with the increase of a pace, nothing doubting that the enemy will strike home first with a thrust. Therefore when one stands at the high ward, one either side he must false a thrust, and increase a pace delivering therewithal such an edgeblow, as shall be most commodious to serve his turn, either right or reversed. And further may practice the like in the broad and low wards, in either of the which, it is more easy to false the said thrust, then in the other.
	And it is to be considered, when the edgeblow after the falsed thrust, is by a slope pace voided, that he suffer not his arms and sword by reason of the weight or swing thereof, far transported beyond his strength, that the sword light either on the ground or that he be forced thereby to discover all that part of his body which is before. Therefore the best remedy is, as soon as he shall perceive that he has delivered his blow in vain, that he suffer his sword to go (not with a full thwart circle, and so about his head) until the point be backwards beneath in such sort, that the circle or compass direct him to the high ward, in the which he may presently resolve himself and return either to strike again, or else defend himself on either side, so handling his weapon, as shall in that case be most for his advantage.
	THE DEFENSES OF THE TWO HAND SWORD. The defenses of the two hand sword require a stout heart, for that the sustaining of such great blows, by reason whereof, a man considers not the advantage of time, being the most principal thing of all, causes him to fly or retire back holding for a certainty that every blow given therewith, is not possible to be warded. Therefore when he deals against an enemy, who uses likewise the two hand sword, he shall oppose himself in the low ward: And when a false thrust comes, if it come so far forwards that it may join home, he ought first to beat it off, and then to force a thrust at the enemy's face, or deliver an edgeblow downwards at the arms but not lifting up the sword in a compass. But for that these falsed thrusts for the most part are far off, and come not to the body, being used only to fear the enemy, and cause him to retire, that thereby one may have the more time to deliver an edgeblow with the increase of a pace (which pace causes the blow to go with greater violence:) and farther may discern and judge, by nearness of the enemy, whether the blow will hit home yea or no, for it is easily known how much the arms may be stretched forth: Therefore when this false thrust does not join or hit home, he ought not to endeavor to beat it off, but to expect when his enemy delivers his edgeblow, and then to increase a pace, and strike him with a thrust.
	But if it happen him to deal against a two hand sword, with a single sword or dagger, assuring himself that the two hand sword cannot but strike but with a thrust or an edgeblow, for the defense of the thrust he may beat it off and retire himself, but if it be an edgeblow, then, as soon as the two hand sword is lifted up, in the same time he must increase forwards and deliver a thrust, or else if he have no time to strike he must encounter and bear the blow in the first part of the sword, which is near the hilts, taking hold thereof with one hand, and striking him with the other. And this he may perform, if he be nimble and active, because the two hand sword carries but small force in that place.
	OF THE PARTISAN, BILL, JAVELIN AND HALBERD. Deceits or falses, are more manifest and evident in these, then in short weapons which are handled only with one hand because both the arms are moved more slowly then one alone. And the reason thereof is, that considering they are more long, they therefore frame in their motions a greater compass: and this is perceived more in edgeblows then in thrusts. Therefore the best false that may be practiced in the handling of these weapons, is the false of the thrust, and that the edgeblow ought never or seldom to be used, except great necessity constrain, as shall be declared. Wherefore in these weapons, I will frame four wards, three of them with the point forwards, of which three, the first is, the point of the sword being borne low, and the hind arm being lifted up.
	The second is, the point high, the right arm being behind and borne at low. The third, the point equal and the arms equal: And in every one of these a man must false without, and drive it home within, or false within and deliver it without, or false aloft and strike beneath, and so contrariwise. But as he falses within or without, he ought to remember this note, which is, he must always to the intent he may go the better covered and warded, compass the hindfoot to that part, to the which the weapon shall be directed to strike home after a false.
	The fourth ward which is much used, and especially with the bill, shall be to bear the weapon with the blunt end or heel forwards, the edge being lifted up on high. And this is much used, to the intent to expect the enemy's blows, and that thereby a man may be better able to ward them, either with the heel or middle of the staff, and then to enter and strike delivering an edgeblow with the increase of a pace, the which manner of striking is most ready and nimble. The false which may be used in this ward, is when he has warded the enemy's blow with the heel of his weapon, and then would increase forwards to deliver an edgeblow, if the enemy shall lift up or advance his weapon to defend himself from the said blow, then he shall give over to deliver that blow, by retiring his weapon, and give a thrust underneath, with the increase of a pace.
	And this kind of blow is very likely to work his effect without danger, if he aptly and nimbly used.
	OF THE PIKE. There may be used some deceit also in the Pike, although it be a weapon void of any crooked forks, and is much more apt to show great valor then deceit. And for as much as it has no other then a point to offend, and length to defend, for that cause there may be used no other deceit therewith, then with the point: and considering true art, is not the mark that is shot at in this place: I say, it may be borne after diverse fashions, as shall be most for a man's advantage, as either at the end, either in the middle, either more backwards, either more forwards, as shall be thought most commodious to the bearer. Likewise, one may frame three wards therewith, to wit, the first straight, with the arms equal: the second with the point low, the third, the point high, falsing in each of them a thrust, either within, either without, ether high, either low, and then immediately forcing it on resolutely, but contrary to the false, and carrying always the hind foot towards that side, to the which the Pike is directed to strike. In handling of the pike, a man must always diligently consider, so to work that the hind hand be that which may rule, drive on, draw back and govern the Pike, and that the fore hand serve to no other purpose then to help to sustain it.
	THE DEFENSES OF THE DECEITS OF THE WEAPONS OF THE STAFF. I have not as yet laid down the defense of the Bill, and the rest, because they are all one with this of the Pike. And I mind to handle them briefly all together, considering that in these a man may not either render false for false, or take holdfast of the weapon. And although it might be done, I commend it not, because it is a very difficult matter to extort a weapon that is held fast with both hands. That therefore which one may do to defend himself, is to have recourse unto true Art, remembering so to ward the enemy s if it were a true blow, and to strike before the enemy spend another time, in delivering his resolute thrust, And to take heed in delivery of his blows, that he be nimble and carry his body and arms so aptly and orderly applied, that the weapon wherewith he strikes may cover it wholly. And here I make an end of deceit, in practicing of the which, there is this consideration to be had, so, always to false, that if the enemy provide not to ward, it may reach and hit home, because being delivered in such order, it loses but little time.
	THE END OF THE FALSE ART.

Physical Training

Images	Completed Modernization by Norman White	Italian Transcription (1570) by Kelly Hatcher	English Transcription (1594) Open for editing
	HOW A MAN BY PRIVATE PRACTICE MAY OBTAIN STRENGTH OF BODY THEREBY If nature had bestowed strength upon men (as many believe) in such sort as she has given sight, hearing and other senses, which are such in us, that they may not by our endeavor either be increased, or diminished, it should be no less superfluous, than ridiculous to teach how strength should be obtained, than it were if one should say, he would instruct a man how to hear or see better than he does already by nature. Neither albeit he that becomes a Painter or a Musician sees the proportions much better than he did before, or by hearing learns the harmony and conformity of voices which he knew not, ought it therefore be said, that he sees or hears more than he did? For that proceeds not of better hearing or seeing, but of seeing and hearing with more reason. But in strength it does not so come to pass: For it is manifestly seen, that a man of ripe age and strength, cannot lift up a weight today which he cannot do on the morrow, or some other time. But contrary, if a man prove with the self same sight on the morrow or some other time to see a thing which yesterday he saw not in the same distance, he shall but trouble himself in vain, and be in danger rather to see less than more, as it commonly happen to students and other such, who do much exercise their sight. Therefore there is no doubt at all but that a mans strength may be increased by reasonable exercise, And so likewise by too much rest it may be diminished: the which if it were not manifest, yet it might be proved by infinite examples. You shall see Gentlemen, Knights and others, to bee most strong and nimble in running or leaping, or in vaulting, or in turning on Horseback, and yet are not able by a great deal to bear so great a burden as a Country man or Porter: But in contrary in running and leaping, the Porter and Country man are most slow and heavy, neither know how to vault upon their horse without a ladder. And this proceeds of no other cause, than for that every man is not exercised in that which is most esteemed: So that if in the managing of these weapons, a man would get strength, it shallbe convenient for him to exercise himself in such sort as shallbe declared.		How a man by privat practise may obtain strength of bodie therby IF nature had bestowed strength upon men (as manie beleeve) in such sorte as she hath given sight, hearing, and other sences, which are such in us, that they may not by our endevour either be encreased, or diminished, it should be no lesse superfluous, then ridiculus to teach howe strength should be obtained, then it were if one should say, he would instruct a m an how to heare and see better then he doth alreadie by nature. Neither albeit he that becommeth a Painter or a Musition seeth the proportions much better then he did before, or by hearing lerneth the harmonie and conformitie of voices which he knew not, ought it therefore be saide, that he seeth or hereth more then he did? For that procedeth not of better hearing or seeing, but of seeing and hearing with more reason. But in strength it doth not so come to passe: For it is manifestlie seene, than a man of ripe age and strength, cannot lift upp a waight to daie which he canne doe on the morrowe, or some other time. But contrarie, if a man prove with the selfe same sight on the morroe or some other time to see a thing which yesterday he sawe not in the same distance, he shall but trouble him selfe in vaine, and be in daunger rather to see lesse then more, as it commonlie happeneth to studentes and other such, who do much exercise their sight. Therefore there is no doubt at all but that mans strength may be encreased by reasonable exersise, And so likewise by too much rest it may be diminished: the which if it were not manifest, yet it might be proved by infinite examples. You shall see Gentlemen, Knights and others, to bee most strong and nimble, in running or leaping, or in vaulting, or in turning on Horse-backe, and yet are not able by a great deale to beare so great a burthen as a Cuntrie man or Porter: But contrarie in running and leaping, the Porter and Cuntrieman are most slow and heavie, neither know they howe to vawte upon their horse without a ladder. And this procedeth of no other cause, then for that everie man is not exercised in that which is most esteemed: So that if in the managing of these weapons, a man would gette strength, it shall be convenient for him to exercise himselfe in such sort as shall be declared.
	For the obtaining of this strength and activity, three things ought to be considered, to wit, the arms, the feet and the legs, in each of which it is requisite that every one be greatly exercised, considering that to know well how to manage the arms, and yet to be ignorant in the motion of the feet, wanting skill how to go forwards and retire backwards, causes men oftentimes to overthrow themselves.		For the obtaining of this strength and actiuitie, three things ought to be considered, to witte, the armes, the feete and the leggs, in each of which it is requisite that everie one be greatlie exercised, considering that to know wel how to mannage the armes, and yet to bee ignorant in the motion of the feete, wanting skill how to goe forwardes and retire backewardes, causeth men oftentimes to overthrowe themselves.
	And on the other side, when one is exercised in the governing of his feet, but is ignorant in the timely motion of his arms, it falls out that he goes forwards in time, but yet wanting skill how to move his arms, he does not only not offend the enemy, but also many times remains hurt and offended himself. The body also by great reason ought to be borne and sustained upon his foundation. For when it bows either too much backwards or forwards, either on the one or the other side, straight way the government of the arms and legs are frustrated and the body, will or nil, remains stricken. Therefore I will declare the manner first how to exercise the Arms, secondly the Feet, thirdly the Body, Feet and Arms, jointly:		And on the other side, when one is exercised in the governing of his feete, but is ignorant in the timelie motion of his armes, it falleth out that he goeth forwards in time, but yet wanting skill how to move his armes, he doth not onelie not offend the enimie, but also manie times remaineth hurte and offended himself. The bodie also by great reason ought to be borne and susteyned upon his foundation. For when it boweth either too much backewardes or forwardes, either on the on or other side, streight waie the government of the arms and leggs are frustrate and the bodie, will or nill, remaineth striken. Therefore I will declare the manner first how to exercise the Armes, secondlie the Feete, thirdly the Bodie, Feete & Armes, joyntly:
	OF THE EXERCISE AND STRENGTH OF THE ARMS. Let a man be never so strong and lusty, yet he shall deliver a blow more slow and with less force than another shall who is less strong, but more exercised: and without doubt he shall so weary his arms, hands and body, that he cannot long endure to labor in any such business. And there has been many, who by reason of such sudden weariness, have suddenly despaired of themselves, giving over the exercise of the weapon, as not appertaining unto them. Wherein they deceive themselves, for such weariness is vanquished by exercise, by means whereof it is not long, but that the body feet and arms are so strengthened, that heavy things seem light, and that they are able to handle very nimbly any kind of weapon, and in brief overcome all kind of difficulty and hardness. Therefore when one would exercise his arms, to the intent to get strength, he must endeavor continually to overcome weariness, resolving himself in his judgment, that pains is not caused, through debility of nature, but rather hangs about him, because he has not accustomed to exercise his members thereunto.		Of the exercise and strength of the armes YET a man be never so strong and lustie, yet he shall deliver a blowe more slowe and with less force than an other shall who is lesse strong, but more exercised: & without doubt he shall so werie his armes, handes and bodie, that he cannot long endure to labour in any such busines. And there hath beene manie, who by reason of such sudden wearines, have suddenlie dispaired of themselves, giving over the exercise of the weapon, as not appertaining unto them. Wherein they deceie themselves, for such wearines is vanquished by exercise, by meanes whereof it is not long, but that the bodie feete & armes are so strengthened, that heavie things seem light, & that they are able to handle verie nimblie anie kinde of weapon, and in briefe overcome all kind of difficulty and hardnesse. Therefore when one would exrecise his armes, to the entent to gette strength, he must endevour continuallie to overcome wearines, resolving himselfe in his judgement, that paines is not caused, through debilitie of nature, but rather hangs about him, because he hath not accustomed to exercise his members thereunto.
	There are two things to be considered in this exercise, to wit the hand that moves, and the thing that is moved, which two things being orderly laid down, I hope I shall obtain as much as I desire. As touching the hand and the treatise of the true Art, in three parts, that is to say, into the wrist, the elbow, and the shoulder, In every of the which it is requisite, that it move most swiftly and strongly, regarding always in his motion the quality of the weapon that is borne in the hand, the which may be infinite, and therefore I will leave them and speak only of the single sword, because it bears a certain proportion and agreement unto all the rest.		There are two things to be considered in this exercise, to wit the hand that moveth, and the thing that is moved, which two things being orderlie laid downe, I hope I shall obtaine as much as I desire. As touching the hand and arme, according as I hae alreadie saide, it was devided in the treatise of the true Arte, in three partes, that is to saie, into the wrist, the eblowe, and the shoulder, In everie of which it is requisite, that it move most swiftlie and stronglie, regarding alwaies in his motion the qualitie of the weapon that is borne in the hande, the which may be infinite, and therefore I will leave them and speake onelie of the single sword, because it beareth a certaine proportion and agreement unto all the rest.
	The sword as each man knows, strikes either with the point or with the edge. To strike edgewise, it is required that a man accustom himself to strike edgewise as well right as reversed with some cudgel or other thing apt for the purpose, First practicing to fetch the compass of the shoulder, which is the strongest, and yet the slowest edgeblow that may be given: Next and presently after, the compass of the elbow, then that of the wrist, which is more prest and ready then any of the rest. After certain days that he has exercised these three kinds of compassing edgeblows one after another as swiftly as he may possible And when he feels in himself that he has as it were unloosed all those knittings or joints of the arm, and can strike and deliver strongly from two of these joints, to wit the Elbow and the Wrist, he shall then let the Shoulder joint stand, and accustom to strike strongly and swiftly with those two of the El bow and the Wrist, yet at the length and in the end of all shall only in a manner practice that of the Wrist, when he perceives his hand and wrist to be well strengthened, delivering this blow of the Wrist, twice or thrice, sometimes right, sometimes reversed, once right, and once reversed, two reverses and one right, and likewise, two right and one reversed, to the end that the handle take not accustom to deliver a right blow immediately after a reverse. For sometimes it is commodious, and does much advantage a man to deliver two right, and two reversed, or else after two right, one reversed: and these blows, ought to be exercised, as well with one hand as with the other, standing steadfast in one reasonable pace, practicing them now, aloft, now beneath, now in the middle. As touching the weight or heft, which is borne in the hand, be it sword or other weapon, I commend not their opinion any way, who will for the strengthening of a man's arm that he handle first a heavy weapon, because being first used to them, afterwards, ordinary weapons will seem the lighter unto him, but I think rather the contrary, to wit, that first to the end, he does not over burden and choke his strength, he handle a very light sword, and such a one, that he may most nimbly move. For the end of this art is not to lift up or bear great burdens, but to move swiftly. And there is no doubt but he vanquishes which is most nimble, and this nimbleness is not obtained by handling of great hefts or weights, but by often moving.		The sword as each man knowes, striketh either with the poynt or with the edge. To strike edgewise, it is required that a man accustome himselfe to strike edgewise as well right as reversed with some cudgell or other thing apt for the purpose, First practising to fetch the compasse of the shoulder, which is the strongest, and yet the slowest edgeblowe that may be given: Next and presentlie after, the compasse of the elbowe, then that of the wrist, which is more preste and readie then any of the rest. After certaine daies that he that exercised these three kindes of compassing edgeblows on after an other as swiftly as he may possible And when he feleth in him selfe that he has as it were unlosed all those three knittings of joyntes of the arme, and can strike and deliver stronglie from two of those joyntes, to witte the Elbowe & the Wrist, he shal then let the Shoulder joynt stand, and accustome to strike stronglie and swiftlie with those two of the Elbow and the Wrist, yet at the length and in the end of all shal onlie in a maner practise that of the VVrist, when he perceiveth his hand-wrist to be wel strengthened, delivering this blowe of the Wrist, twice or thrice, sometimes right, sometims reversed, once right, and once reversed, two reverses and one right, and likewise, to right and one reversed, to the ende that the hande take not a custome to deliver a righte blowe immediately after a reverse. For sometimes it is commodious, and doth much advantage a man to deliver two right, and two reversed, or else after two right, one reversed: and these blowes, ought to be exercised, as well with one hand as with the other, standing stedfast in one resonable pace, practising them now alofte, now beneath, now in the middle. As touching the waight or heft, which is borne in the hande, be it sword or other weapon, I commend not their opinion any waie, who will for the strengthning of a mans arme that he handle first a heavie weapon, because being first used to them, afterwardes, ordinarie weapons will seeme the lighter unto him, but I think rather the contrarie, to wite, that first to the end, he doe not over burthen & choak his strength, he handle a verie light sword, & such a one, that he maie most nimblie move. For the ende of this arte is not ot lifte up or beare great burdens, but to move swiftelie. And there is no doubt but he vanquisheth which is most niblie, and this nimblenesse is not obtained by handling of great heftes or waightes, but by often moving.
	But yet after he has sometime travailed with a light weapon, then it is necessary according as he feels himself to increase in strength of arm, that he take another in hand, that is something heavier, and such a one as will put him to a little more pain, but yet not so much, that his swiftness in motion be hindered thereby. And as his strength increases, to increase likewise the weight by little and little. So it will not be long, but that he shall be able to manage very nimbly any heavy sword. The blow of the point or thrust, cannot be handled without the consideration of the feet and body, because the strong delivering of a thrust, consists in the apt and timely motion of the arms feet and body: For the exercise of which it is necessary that he know how to place them in every of the three wards, to the end, that from the ward he may deliver strongly a thrust in as little time as possible. And therefore he shall take heed that in the low ward, he make a reasonable pace, bearing his hand without his knee, forcing one the thrust nimbly, and retiring his arm backward, and somewhat increasing his forefoot more forwards, to the end, the thrust may reach the farther: But if he chance to increase the forefoot a little too much, so that the breadth thereof be painful unto him, than for the avoiding of inconveniences, he shall draw his hind foot so much after, as he did before increase the forefoot. And this thrust must be oftentimes jerked or sprung forth, to the end to lengthen the arm, accustoming to drive it on without retiring of itself, that by that means it may the more readily settle in the broad ward, For that is framed (as it is well known) with the arm and foot widened outwards, but not lengthened towards the enemy. And in thrusting let him see, that he deliver them as straight as he can possibly, to the end, they may reach out the longer.		But yet after that he hath sometime travailed with a light weapon, then it is necessarie according as he feeleth himselfe to increase in strength of arme, that he take an other in hande, that is something heavier, and such a one as will put him to a little more paine, but yet not so much, that his swiftnes in motion be hindred thereby. And as his strength encreaseth, to encrease likewise the waight by little and little. So will it not be long, but that he shalbe able to mannage verie nimblie any heavie sword. The blowe of the poynt or the thrust, cannot be handled without the consideration of the feete and body, because the strong delivering of a thrust, consisteth in the apt and timelie motion of the armes feete and bodie: For the exercise of which, it is necessarie that he knowe how to place them in everie of the three wardes, to the ende, that from the warde he may deliver strongly a thrust in as little time as is possible. And therefore he shall take heede that in the low warde, he make a reasonable pace, bearin ghis hande without his knee, forsing on the thrust nimblie, and retiring his arme backward, and somewhat encreasing his forefoote more forwardes, to the end, the thrust may reach the farther: But if he chance to increase the forefoot a little too much, so that the breadth thereof be painfull unto him, then for the avoiding of inconeniences he shall draw his hinderfoot so much after, as he did before increase with the forefoote. And this thrust must be oftentimes jerked or sprong forth, to the end to lengthen the arme, accustoming to drive it on without retyring of it selfe, that by that meanes it may the more readily settle in the broad warde, for that is framed (as it is well knowen) with the arme & foote widened outwards, but not lengthened towards the enimie. And in thrusting let him see, that he deliver them as straight as he can possibly, to the end, they may reach out the longer.
	At what time one would deliver a thrust, it is requisite that he move the body and feet behind, so much in a compass, that both the shoulders, arm, and feet, be under one self same straight line. Thus exercising himself he shall deliver a very great and strong thrust. And this manner of thrusting ought oftentimes to be practiced, accustoming the body and feet (as before) to move in a compass: for this motion is that which instructs one, how he shall void his body. The thrust of the high ward is hardest of all other, not of itself, but because it seems that the high ward (especially with the right foot before) is very painful. And because there are few who have the skill to place themselves as they ought to deliver the thrust in as little time as is possible. The first care therefore in this so to place himself, that he stand steadily. And the site thereof is in this manner, to wit: To stand with the arm aloft, and as right over the body as is possible, to the end he may force on the thrust without drawing back of the arm or loosing of time. And whilst the arm is borne straight on high (to the end it may be borne the more straight, and with less pains) the feet also would stand close and united together, and that because, this ward is rather to strike than to defend, and therefore it is necessary that it have his increase prepared: so that when the thrust is discharged, he ought therewithall to increase the forefoot so much that it make a reasonable pace, and then to let fall the hand down to the low ward, from the which if he would depart again, and offend to the high ward, he must also retire his forefoot, near unto the hind foot, or else the hind foot to the forefoot, And in this manner he shall practice to deliver his thrust oftentimes always placing himself in this high ward with his feet united, discharging the thrust with the increase of the fore foot. But when it seems tedious and painful to frame this ward, then he must use, for the lengthening of his arm, to fasten his hand and take holdfast on some nook or staff, that stands out in a wall, as high as he may lift up his arm, turning his hand as if he held a sword, for this shall help very much to strengthen his arm, and make his body apt to stand at this ward. Now when he has applied this exercise, for a reasonable time, so that he may perceive by himself that he is nimble and active in delivering these blows and thrusts simply by themselves, then he shall practice to compound them, that is to say, after a thrust to deliver a right blow from the wrist, then a reverse, and after that another thrust, always remembering when he delivers a blow, from the wrist, after a thrust to compass his hind foot, to the end, the blow may be the longer: And when, after his right blow, he would discharge a reverse, he must increase a slope pace, that presently after it, he may by the increase of a straight pace, force on a strong thrust underneath. And so to exercise himself to deliver many of those orderly blows together, but yet always with the true motion of the feet and body, and with great nimbleness, and in as short time as possible, taking always for a most sure and certain rule, that he move the arms and feet, keeping his body firm and steadfast, so that it go not beastly forward, (and especially the head being a member of so great importance) but to keep always his body bowed rather backward than forward, neither to turn it but only in a compass to void blows and thrusts.		At what time one would deliver a thruste, it is requisite that he move the body & feete behind, so much in a compasse, that both the shoulders, arme & feet, be under one self same straight lyne. Thus exercisinge him selfe he shal nimbly deliver a verie great & strong thrust. And this manner of thrusting ought oftentimes to be practised, accustoming the bodie & feete (as before) to move in a compasse: for this mocion is that which instructeth one, how he shall voide his bodie. The thrust of the high warde is hardest of all other, nor of it selfe, but because it seemes that the high ward (especially with the right foote before) is verie painfull. And because there are few who have the skil to place themselves as they ought to deliver the thrust in as little time as is possible. The first care therefore in this ward is, so to place himselfe, that he stande steddily. And the syte thereof is in this manner, to wite: To stande with the arme aloft, and as right over the bodie as is possible, to the end he may force on the thrust without drawing back of the arme or loosing of time. And whilest the arme is borne straight on high (to the end it may be borne the more streight, & with lesse paiens) the feete also would stand close and united together, & that because, this ward is rather to strike than to defend, and therefore it is necessarie that it have his increase prepared: so that when the thrust is discharged, he ought therewithall to increase the forefoote so much that it make a reasonable pace, and then to let fal the hand down to the lowe warde, from the which if he would depart againe, and affend to the high ward, he must also retire his forefoot, neer unto the hinder foote, or els the hinderfoote to the forefoot, And in this manner he shall practise to deliver his thrust oftentimes alwaies placing himselfe in this high warde with his feet united, discharging the thrust with the increase of the fore foot. But when it seems tedious and painfull to frame this warde, then he must use, for the lengthninge of his arme, to fasten his hande and take houldefast on some nooke or stafe, that standeth out in a wall, as high as he may lift upp his arme, turning his hand as if he held a sword, for this shall helpe very much to strengthen his arme, and make his bodie apt to stand at this warde. Now when he hath applied this exercise, for a reasonable time, so that he may perceive by himselfe that he is nimble and active in delivering these blowes and thrusts simplie by themselves, then he shall practise to compound them, that is to saie, after a thrust to deliver a right blowe from the wrist, then a reverse, and after that an other thrust, alwaies remembring when he delivereth a blowe from the wrist, after a thrust to compasse his hinderfoote, to the end, the blowe may be the longer: And when, after this right blowe, he would discharge a reverse, he must encrease a slope pace, that presently after it, he maie by the encrease of a streight pace, forse on a stronge thrust underneath. And so to exercise himselfe to deliver manie of those orderlie blowes togeither, but yet alwaies with the true motion of the feet and bodie, and with as great nimblenesse, and in as shorte time as is possible, taking this alwaies for a most sure and certaine rule, that he move the armes & feete, keeping his body firme and stedfast, so that it go not beastly forwarde, (and especially the head being a member of so great importance) but to keepe alwaies his bodie bowed rather backward than forward, neither to turne it but onely in a compasse to voide blowes and thrustes.
	Moreover, it shall not be amiss, after he has learned to strike, (to the end to strengthen his arms) if he cause another to force at him, either with a cudgel, or some other heavy thing, both edgeblows and thrusts, and that he encounter and sustain them with a sword, and ward thrusts by avoiding his body, and by increasing forwards. And likewise under edgeblows, either strike before they light, or else encounter them on their first parts, with the increase of a pace, that thereby he may be the more ready to deliver a thrust, and more easily sustain the blow. Farther, when he shall perceive, that he has conveniently qualified and strengthened this instrument of his body, it shall remain, that he only have recourse in his mind to the five advertisements, by the which a man obtains judgment. And that next, he order and govern his motions according to the learning and meaning of those rules. And afterwards take advise of himself how to strike and defend, knowing the advantage in every particular blow. And there is not doubt at all, but by this order he shall attain to that perfection in this Art which he desires.		More over, it shall not be amisse, after he hath learned to strike, (to the end to strengthen his armes) if he cause an other to force at him, either with a cudgell, or some other heavie thing, both edgeblowes & thrustes, ant that he encounter & sustaine them with a sworde, & ward thrustes by avoyding his bodie, and by encreasing forwardes. And likewise under edge blowes, either strike before they light, or els encounter them on their first partes, with the encrease of a pace, that thereby he may be the more readie to deliver a thrust, and more easily sustaine the blowe. Farther, when he shall perceive, that he hath conveniently qualified and strengthned this instrument of his bodie, it shall remaine, that he onely have recourse in his minde to the fine advertisements, by the which a man obtaineth judgement. And that next, he order and governe his motions according to the learning & meaning of those rules. And afterwardes take advise of himselfe how to strike & defend, knowing the advantage in every perticular blow. And there is no doubt at all, but by this order he shall attaine to that perfection in this Arte which he desireth.
	FINIS		FINIS.

Copyright and License Summary

For further information, including transcription and translation notes, see the discussion page.

Work	Author(s)	Source	License
Images		Ragione di adoprar sicuramente l'Arme
Italian Transcription	Kelly Hatcher	Ceallach mac Donal - His Musings
Italian Transcription	Niccolò Menozzi	Ragione di adoprar sicuramente l'Arme by Giacomo di Grassi
English Transcription	Open	Document circulated online
Modernization	Norman White	Document circulated online

Additional Resources

• di Grassi, Giacomo; Saviolo, Vincentio; Silver, George. Three Elizabethan Fencing Manuals. Ed. James Louis Jackson. Scholars Facsimilies & Reprint, 1972. ISBN 978-0820111070
• di Grassi, Giacomo; Swanger, W. Jherek. The Way to Employ Arms with Certainty. Lulu.com, 2013.